The Transition to Net-Zero Emissions is a Tax on the Air You Breathe

Co-authored by Ronald Stein, PE and Willie Soon, PhD

January 24, 2026

Nonscientists Al Gore, John Kerry, Barack Obama, and Bill Gates support taxing the gas of life – CO2

Al Gore, John Kerry, Barack Obama, and Bill Gates all have lifestyles with large personal mansions and travel by planes, cruise liners, and automobiles, that are all built with fossil fuels, the same fossil fuels they wish to rid the world of. And these “average D students”, according to Richard Lindzen of MIT, in science insisted to tax the air all life depends on. The great weather forecaster, Joe Bastardi, recently provided an estimate that some $10-12 trillion dollars had been wasted over the past 30 years because these pseudo-activists sold the world the idea of “fake energy” by wind turbines and solar panels.

  • These green delusionists seem to be oblivious that wind turbines and solar panels may produce “zero” emission, but ONLY generate electricity. Those wind turbines and solar panels are incapable of making any of the products or transportation fuels demanded by the 8 billion now on this planet.
  • These “green” mandators for transitioning from ICE vehicles to EV’s would only eliminate gasoline used in ICE vehicles, which is only 1 of the more than 6,000 products made from fossil fuels. The EV, like the ICE vehicle, continues to be 100% made from those oil products, inclusive of tires, computers, wiring and insulation, and all the electronics of those so-called “zero emissions” vehicle.
  • These so-called “political leaders” CANNOT explain how wind turbines and solar panels can make any of the other 5,999 products that are now made from hydrocarbons that we see in operating hospitals, airports, offices, shopping centers, datacenters, etc. or how those renewables will support the 50,000 merchant ships, 300 cruise ships, 20,000 commercial aircraft, and 50,000 military aircraft on this planet that did not exist 200 years ago?

CO2 is a gas of life that makes the world greener and the plants more water-wise. CO2 concentration levels:

  • 8,000 ppm: Naval Submarines
  • 5,000 ppm: Space Station
  • 4,000 ppm: Abundant Life
  • 1,600 ppm: Average
  • 800 to 1,500 ppm: Greenhouses enrich the air to boost plant growth and yield by providing more carbon for photosynthesis.
  • 425 ppm: TODAY, with nonscientists Al Gore, John Kerry, Barack Obama, and Bill Gates promoting LESS CO2.
  • 200 ppm: Ice ages, which contributed to global cooling
  • 140 ppm: Death, i.e. CO2 starvation levels when humans, animals, and plant life CANNOT survive.

Why on earth are those so-called political leaders promoting that the world moves toward starvation levels of CO2? Is it a way to generate tax on our air to lessen the US budget deficit?

In the 1800’s (before oil) life expectancy was around 30 to 40 years of age, and the world population was about 1 billion.

As you know, no one uses that black tar commonly referred to crude oil until it is processed into oil derivatives that are the basis of more than 6,000 products and various transportation fuels today that did not exist in the 1800’s.

After oil, the world populated from 1 to more than 8 billion in less than 200 years, not from that useless black tar, but from the products we have today from PROCESSED crude oil.

We may not need those hydrocarbons, but we do need those 6,000 products and transportation fuels, that did not exist 200 years ago, that are MADE from hydrocarbons to support the 8 billion on this planet.

Today, we’re a materialistic society based on more than 6,000 products and transportation fuels based on hydrocarbons. We need the products not fossil fuels, BUT we have no back up plan to replace the hydrocarbons that are supporting the supply chain of all those products and transportation fuels that were the basis for the world population growing from 1 to 8 billion in less than 200 years.

We know that wind and solar can ONLY generate electricity, but wind and solar CANNOT make any of the 6,000 products and transportation fuels that are based on hydrocarbons. In the event COP30 get their wishes that we eliminate hydrocarbons BEFORE we have a replacement identified, the world’s population will most likely decline by billions of people as we would be unable to support the supply chain of products and transportation fuels demanded by those on this planet.

Getting back to the US budget deficit of $38.46 Trillion. It is heavily caused by Medicare and Social Security expenses for the growing numbers of older people that are here because of the products made from hydrocarbons that have contributed to an exceptional health care infrastructure that did not exist in the 1800’s that is contributing to today’s longer longevity.

Current CO2 levels of 425 ppm are well below what Navy personnel breath in submarines, and well below what our Astronauts beath on the Space Station, and well below what plants breath in greenhouses, yet Gore, Kerry, Obama, Gates, and California Governor Newsom, all want to over regulate the emissions from our use of hydrocarbons that are only being demanded by people’s addiction to the products made from hydrocarbons.

In 1800, when the atmospheric CO2 level was said to be about 270-280 ppm, it was considered the pre-industrial baseline before large-scale fossil fuel burning supported the world’s population growth from 1 to 8 billion in less than 200 years.

In the event these so-called “political leaders” get their wish by taxing our air and we rid the use of crude oil, it will most likely result in a depopulation of billions on this planet if we rid the use of crude oil before we can clone it to support the supply chain of products for humanity. And, like the 1800’s, when we had no products from hydrocarbons, nobody will live past 60 years of age, and thus the $38.46 Trillion deficit problem will be resolved with a drastic decrease in the numbers eligible for Medicare and Social Security as they die off, AND virtually nobody will live long enough to be added to Medicare and Social Security.

The transition to net-zero emissions is a tax on the air we breathe.

[BIO: Willie Soon, PhD., an astrophysicist and geoscientist, is a leading authority on the relationship between solar phenomena and global climate. He has published extensively for nearly the past 4 decades on solar and stellar physics and Earth sciences as well as public health. Dr. Soon works are well recognized by world-class scientists like Kary Mullis (Nobel Laureate in Chemistry), John Clauser (Nobel Laureate in Physics), Freeman Dyson (Wrangler at Large), Eugene Parker (Father of Solar Wind) and many more.]

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2026 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net




Credo 2026: Perspective

By Steven Yates

January 24, 2026

Every January I write a “who I am and what am I doing here” kind of article. Last year’s installment is here.

My superficial rereading of that didn’t reveal anything significant I’d change. I still work on integrating Stoic insights into Christian faith.

The biggest change from last year at this time to this year at this time is that I’m done with partisan politics. (See my “other” archive.)

The other day I was browsing in Stoic philosopher Marcus Aurelius’s Meditations and this leaped out at me (Book 2, p’graph 17):

Human life:

Duration: momentary. Nature: changeable. Perception: dim. Condition of Body: decaying. Soul: spinning around. Fortune: unpredictable. Lasting fame: uncertain. Sum up: the body and its parts are a river, the soul a dream and mist, life is warfare and a journey far from home, lasting reputation is oblivious.

Then what can guide us?

Only philosophy.

Which means making sure that the power within stays safe and free from assault, superior to pleasure and pain, doing nothing random or dishonestly and with imposture, not dependent on anyone else’s doing something or not doing it. And making sure that it accepts what happens and what it is dealt as coming from the same place it came from….

Let’s look at it.

Momentary duration: life is short. And the older you get, the faster the years fly by.

Changeable nature: are we the same person we were, say, 30 years ago? I recall a time when I would have laughed off anyone telling me I’d be living overseas. I would have laughed at anyone saying Donald Trump would become president — twice.

Dim perception: none of us knows as much as we think we do. Our five senses are far from perfect. The past couple of weeks show how many people can view the same video (of the events surrounding the shooting of the woman in Minneapolis) and draw very different conclusions about who should be blamed.

Ideological programming is stronger than we think. What we believe we’ve seen is almost never the whole story and often biased, which is the biggest problem with eye-witness testimony in trials.

These days, when someone waxes hysterically about some outrage on another continent, I remind myself, he/she wasn’t there. I’m not there. I finally ask: would my being there accomplish anything?

I find thus myself “bracketing” a lot of what comes my way: not believing, not disbelieving, not judging, unless and until more evidence comes my way or if I can seek out more information — always assuming it’s something I want to spend my precious time on.

Decaying condition of body: none of us are getting younger. Everyone knows this intellectually. Most of us live as if our days weren’t numbered. Even me. Paraphrasing a different Stoic philosopher, Seneca: the problem is not that life is short but that we waste so much of it.

Soul spinning around: much energy is wasted fretting about things we can’t control. Again: I’m guilty of this as anyone.

Unpredictability: I don’t like to make predictions about a new year because neither I nor anyone else really knows the future. I recall I prediction I made at the beginning of last year: that we’d see more Luigi Mangiones. We didn’t. I was wrong.

Fame uncertain: I have no expectations of it. It is liberating, though, to be able to write knowing that few are going to be interested.

So here goes. Sort of a potpourri.

The dollar as we know it is collapsing. This explains, in part, the meteoric rise of silver and gold prices over the past year or so. Powerful people are preparing for the dollar to collapse, and some are almost certainly orchestrating their alternative.

I said as we know it. The transition to a digital dollar as cash is phased out will be as smooth as those in power can make it … so as not to provoke an understandably reluctant peasantry any more than is necessary. I imagine we’ll see classes aimed at sixty- and seventy somethings in how to use a digital wallet on a smartphone. We’ll also be hit with news reports intended to associate cash use with drug dealing and other criminal activity.

But no one knows for sure when this planned “reset” will kick in fully. So the best thing to do now is calm the hysterics and act from reason: get out of debt, move what wealth you can into hard assets (gold, silver, real estate), and learn new skills — skills you can use outside the coming de facto digital prison.

The first of these isn’t instantaneous, but you can create a system in which you pay the same amount consistently each month more while cutting spending. And then be patient. You’ll get there.

You may not be in a position to buy assets if you’re working two jobs to survive. But if you can find a mentor you can start learning one survival skill: say, electrical wiring. It’ll take maybe an hour per session.

I don’t advise Christians to wait on the “rapture.” Without getting into whether a “pre-tribulation rapture” is Scripturally sound … neither you nor I knows God’s timetable.

Marcus says that “only philosophy” can guide us. I’d supplement this: “philosophy following an adequate worldview,” which acknowledges God as the Author of the world we have to navigate.

A world about which we have learned a few things and learned how to do a few things. Our areas of ignorance are still enormous, though.

Proverbs counsels (3:5-6): “Trust the Lord with all your heart; and lean not on your own understanding. In all your ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct your paths.”

That should be kept in mind, given what follows.

Among the things we haven’t learned, in all our thousands and possibly many more years of existence is how to organize ourselves socioeconomically and politically.

If we’re sinners, as Christianity avers, this is to be expected.

I’ve done multipart treatises on how civilizations — empires — have lifespans just like people (start here). Assuming we can trust the history books:

Civilizations have a breakout and period of rapid expansion … heaven help anyone in the way (ask remaining indigenous peoples of North America!).

They reach relative stasis, with a stable currency, a single governing body and administration, a common language, a common culture. Trade routes are laid down; transportation systems fall into place.

Problem-solving opportunities aplenty open doors to wealth creation and social mobility. The wellbeing of all isn’t a mere afterthought. Endeavors public and private serve a common good. Social trust is high, because most people accept and play by rules they see as beneficial to all.

It’s not that the society doesn’t hit bumps in the road, some major. It adapts and course-corrects. Optimism abounds, reflected in culture (art, architecture, music, and long-term planning).

Then things go wrong.

Wealth starts to become an end in itself. It soon serves family dynasties instead of the common good. Elites separate from commoners seen as a peasantry to be “guided,” i.e., manipulated, as when the Rockefeller’s hijacked public education.

A loss of direction ensues. Fundamentals that built the society — in our case, Constitutionalism, the idea of limited government, and that our republic is suited “only for a moral and religious people” (John Adams) — are either forgotten or shelved.

Intellectuals, some of whose ideas went into laying out those fundamentals, are marginalized or marginalize themselves by turning to insular and highly specialized conversations no one outside their academic cubicles can follow.

The period of drift can last decades. By and large, social and cultural optimism hold. But if one looks closely, one sees real leadership disappearing. Statesmen become politicians; captains of industry because wealth extractors; thinkers become talkers; real problem-solving is replaced by quick fixes.

Decadence then sets in. The commanding heights become increasingly corrupt, as do efforts to hide the corruption while pretending nothing is amiss.

The state grows into a massive bureaucracy. Instead of solving problems it usually makes them worse, often creating more problems in its wake.

Sound currency is abandoned because the bureaucracy needs more money. Raising taxes will provoke a revolt. So the central bank and treasury department begin creating “money” out of thin air.

Result: inflation. What is being inflated is the money supply, and as more money circulates, the purchasing power of individual units shrinks.

This isn’t taught in schools. Most people thus identify inflation with rising prices and don’t look deeper. Every attempt to control inflation fails, because the central bank and political class continue the quick fixes (e.g., withs interest rates) instead of attending to fundamentals: spending and money printing.

As students are now viewed as consumers, universities dumb down their curricula to retain them. Attention spans shorten. More and more people look for easy routes and short cuts.

Since the wealthy have systems that protect them from the ravages of currency debasement, and because they’ve abandoned service to anything except profitability, we see Peter Turchin’s “wealth pump” and rising inequality.

Social mobility has declined. The middle class is now struggling. Social trust is dropping. Some resent the rich, suspecting that they’ve rigged the system.

National and international policies work against sustaining a middle class: globalization, “free trade” agreements, open borders (free migration means cheap labor), replacing humans with automation, etc.

The administrative state and corporations are more and more united into a seamless whole of wealth concentration and extraction: what Chris Hedges once called a “corporate coup.”

Subsidies and other handouts abound, but they come with strings attached. The number of genuinely productive people is shrinking while dependency is rising.

Empire is characterized by dominating others: sometimes through military conquest, but economic encirclement is more common these days. It is true that some are lifted out of poverty. But embracing modernity comes with costs.

In an empire’s final stages, one sees:

  • overextension: foreign policy becomes increasingly irrational and belligerent;
  • a rising debt spiral, the result of irrational fiscal policy and weakening currency;
  • if by some chance it’s the world’s reserve currency we’re talking about — hint, hint — one sees attempts by others to circumvent the need to use it; some of these are crushed militarily, but when rival powers with their own global reach work on alternative currencies, this isn’t possible without provoking world war;

One also sees:

  • politicians becoming glorified celebrities; spokespersons for wealth extractors openly celebrating “greed [being] good” (think: Gordon Gekko in Wall Street); talkers become babblers; quick fixes grow increasingly desperate;
  • colonization of cities by migrants, legal or not, who don’t assimilate or learn the dominant language; they become sources of friction and disruption as we’ve seen in living color;
  • cultural disintegration: nihilistic art, music, movies, lifestyles; architecture, designed for functionality only, turns ugly;
  • the mainstreaming of a similarly nihilistic “eat, drink, and be merry” or “don’t worry, be happy”;
  • a marketplace filling up with scam artists, further reducing social trust; everybody is expected to out “hustle” everybody else; you can’t get through an hour without someone trying to sell you something;
  • education collapsing at all levels; the institutions remain but do not educate; their price tag is beyond absurd;
  • a fascination with sex (all varieties), even as relations between the two actual sexes break down and birthrates crater; populations of singles explode; we read of loneliness epidemics; porn flourishes.

Finally: some able to do so pack their bags and flee, whether to preserve assets they have left or just to get off the proverbial sinking ship….  Rome had its expats, and so does America.

History moves in cycles of various lengths and scales. This should give us perspective.

On the largest scale, “linear progress” is historically local. The past few hundred years of technological advances and whatever societal progress we’ve made is, like a human life span, a blip in comparison with how long we’ve been on this planet.

Though it’s a topic for a separate article, there is evidence we’ve come this way before.

There are reasons, that is, to think it possible that long before the peoples of ancient history we know, there existed at least one civilization of global reach, that it achieved heights comparable to our own including flight, that a few memories of its existence and a few of its artifacts survived into historical times. Not only do we find accounts of its existence in Sumerian and other mythologies, Scripture itself, and in curious tracts such as the Book of Enoch; but a few ancient maps, most likely compilations of much older maps long lost, reveal geographical knowledge not possessed by Mediterranean civilizations of history.

Stone ruins, moreover, have been found on every continent that cannot be identified with any known culture. Some bespeak of the abilities of their builders, whoever they were. There are, finally, hundreds of “ooparts” as some colorfully call them: out-of-place artifacts that don’t fit accepted history and archeology. All these findings have been documented by writers such as René Noorbergen, Charles Berlitz, Graham Hancock, and others.

We have no full account of what happened to this civilization. Many texts maintain that it turned evil and God destroyed it (e.g., in Genesis 6:5f.). Some of its destruction may have been self-inflicted just as ours is self-inflicted.

Conventional ancient historians and archeologists don’t acknowledge any such civilization, of course. Their term: “pseudo-archeology.”

I get it. Recognizing that such a civilization might have existed implies that advanced empires are vulnerable to the same things that destroyed lesser ones like that of Alexander, the Romans, the Arabs of a thousand years ago, Spain, France, the Ottomans, and the British; and that we could fall from grace and leave similarly few traces behind. This is humbling! I think the idea frightens conventional historians and archeologists, which might explain how they deal with “ooparts”: putting them in the back rooms of museums and forgetting about them.

Empires rise; empires fall. The details may be vastly different; the patterns are similar.

Our present cycle is trending downwards. The U.S. empire is in decline, and if the dollar loses its status as the world’s reserve currency, we’re toast … just as the British were toast when the dollar replaced the pound.

I’m not a historical determinist. I think it possible, in principle, for a declining empire to turn its fortunes around and come back from the brink. Almost none have done so, though. They’ve not made the choices they needed to make, such as facing their situation realistically and returning to fundamentals. The few who reinvented themselves ended up worse, as Rome the republic became the Roman Empire.

In the case of our republic turned empire, those of us who have spent much of our lives urging such choices have not gained traction in a marketplace that rewards catering to short attention spans, entertainment, simplicity: a marketplace where deep thought is invisible and “consumers of information” with little patience for anything truly difficult or demanding. Thus we can shout from rooftops and not be heard above the noise. What we don’t have is an easily grasped, infotainment-based, instant-gratification “offer.”

We do have what some Stoic philosophers described as an “inner citadel”: the mental resilience Marcus Aurelius urged in that final paragraph quoted at the outset: that “power within” kept “safe and free from assault, superior to pleasure and pain, doing nothing random or dishonest … not dependent on anyone else … accept[ing] what happens” because what happens is outside our control.

Realizing this affords even greater perspective.

You’ll have lower blood pressure as the billionaire Technocrats do as they please and the masses remain blandly accepting of most of what is thrown at them. (Look at how they kowtowed to Covid lockdowns and shots.)

Coming full circle: Christians may be convinced that these are the end times, but we also enter the world of the Stoics when the elites force upon us their digital dollar (programmable CBDC without that label), a digital ID to access your digital “wallet” and spend it on necessities; and (programmable) universal basic income for those rendered unemployable by AI.

These Technocrat moves might last for a while, but whatever God’s timetable turns out to be, some natural shock the Technocracy didn’t anticipate and can’t contain may come along and push the entire shebang off the cliff.

Which is why I close by emphasizing something we can control: cultivating that “inner citadel” and acting with intention: especially acquiring survival skills (growing things, making things, cultivating relationships of various sorts, taking care of those around us, minimizing contact with undesirable persons and institutions).

Expectations of fame or no, I kinda wish more people would read this and take it seriously.

Because those who don’t do the above things may find out what it means to suffer….

© 2026 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

I read the Trump administration’s National Security Strategy so you don’t have to. My report is on Navigating the New Normal on Substack, where you’ll find other content not available elsewhere. Consider subscribing to have new articles sent directly to your inbox. Don’t worry; it’s free.

I hear from fellow NWV.com writer Devvy K. that keeping a site like this one up isn’t free. If 5,000 readers donate $5/mp. to help keep NewsWithViews.com afloat, that would be $25,000/mo.! Donate here.

Steven Yates is a recovering ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. (Obtain his recent slim tract on the “wisdom” of obtaining such a degree here.)

He taught for more than 15 years total at several colleges and universities in the Southeastern U.S. He has authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012, he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: many of the problems in the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His cosmic horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) (written for the sheer fun of it) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such). Readers notice, and so does the almighty algorithm.




Banksters and the Trump-Haters in the Business World

By Cliff Kincaid

January 24, 2026

Since I recognize that Trump Derangement Syndrome occupies the heads of most of those in the “mainstream media,” I occasionally tune in to the business-oriented media for “news.” Big mistake. Some of the most notorious Trump-haters in the media hold positions in the so-called “business” media, especially the Wall Street Journal and Bloomberg.

Except for Joe Kernen, who interviewed President Trump at Davos, the daily “news” crew at CNBC crew is a pathetic lot. Most notorious is Steve Liesman, always issuing gloom-and-doom pronouncements on Trump policies.

On Thursday, the CNBC crew featured a clip of banker Jaime Dimon at Davos griping about the treatment by ICE of “a little old lady” in Minneapolis. Nobody mentioned that the self-professed “queer” woman had used a car to ram an ICE agent and put him in a hospital.

“I don’t like what I’m seeing, five grown men beating up a little old lady,” Dimon said. “So I think we should calm down a little bit on the internal anger about immigration.”

What about the anger over illegal aliens killing Americans?

The Trump Administration has “carried out over 650,000 arrests, detentions, and deportations of illegal aliens — including the worst of the worst criminal illegal alien killers, rapists, gang members, and repeat offenders.” It has deported more than 400,000 illegal aliens charged with or convicted of crimes.

Dimon doesn’t care. Instead, he makes up a story about a little old lady.

Meanwhile, Dimon, the chief executive of JPMorganChase, has “reached out” to Marxist/Muslim NYC Mayor Zohran Mamdani in a “friendly” chat, after admitting that he is a Marxist (while ignoring the fact that Mamdani’s Muslim sympathies lie with the “Twelver” ideology of the Ayatollah running Iran.)

Dimon is a total ignoramus. Either he is a victim of Trump Derangement Syndrome, or he just doesn’t care about the facts.

Perhaps it has something to do with the fact that Trump was threatening — and has now filed — a lawsuit against Jamie Dimon over his campaign to debank and politically persecute Trump and other conservatives.

Bloomberg News also has its share of idiots, who want to curry favor with their boss, Democrat billionaire Michael Bloomberg.

One is David Rovella of Bloomberg, who claims, “The Republican-controlled Congress last summer pushed through a massive tax-and-spending bill sought by Trump that, largely through tax cuts to corporations and the wealthy, set the US on a path to $40 trillion national debt.” He conveniently ignores the prospect of increased federal revenues driven by economic growth, how Trump’s tariff policies were predicted to generate $2.5 trillion in new revenue, and how the tax cuts benefit the middle class.

Gross domestic product grew at a 4.4% annualized rate between July and September. This is the reality of Trump’s economy.

Meanwhile, Yaroslav Trofimov of the Wall Street Journal has referred to “Trump’s hemispheric imperialism” and just wrote a story on how, supposedly, Trump’s “threats to allies” had stirred “worry” that the U.S. has “lost its way globally.”

Using the term “imperialism” is an old Soviet charge against the U.S.

Has this foreign-born “journalist” ever heard of the Monroe Doctrine?

His X account is full of anti-Trump rants and his story on President Trump’s appearance at Davos claimed he was “swinging a wrecking ball at the international order.”

That “international order” gave us Barack Hussein Obama and Joe Biden and the Russian invasion of Ukraine, which Trump is trying to solve.

Trofimov describes himself as a foreign correspondent of The Wall Street Journal since 1999 and the newspaper’s chief foreign-affairs correspondent since 2018. He is also a fiction writer.

He wrote a book about Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the heroism of the Ukrainian people in their resistance. On November 5, 2024, he wrote that, “If Ukraine is defeated and occupied by Russia one day, many Ukrainians will blame the fickle and unreliable West for their tragedy.”

That’s not Trump’s fault. Blame Obama and Biden.

The media monitoring group called CAMERA notes that Trofimov has also distorted the situation in the Middle East by claiming that Israel “has maintained military occupation over Palestinian territories since 1967,” when that is false and that sovereignty over the territory is disputed.

These people in the business media, including the Wall Street Journal, lie for a living and seem to think the pubic accepts their lies.

In regard to “wrecking” the global order, Trump came away from Davos with a Greenland deal brokered by NATO that may give the U.S. control of land around military bases.

By the way, the Eisenhower Administration considered a similar deal. I have posted the relevant documents on my website.

Meanwhile, advocates of the “international order” are fretting that Trump’s “Board of Peace” may supplant the United Nations.

Let us remember that Jack Smith was a United Nations-trained lawyer who worked for Barack Hussein Obama and was assigned by Biden’s Attorney General to jail Trump. He failed.

The U.N. is a failure, too.

There was a time when we had a Senate Internal Security Subcommittee that held hearings into Communist infiltration of newspapers, radio, television and other communications media.

We can only hope for a return to those days.

Instead, however, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) chairman Brendan Carr has indicated slanted and partisan media outlets will now be probed for violating federal law.

He declared, “For years, legacy TV networks assumed that their late night & daytime talk shows qualify as ‘bona fide news; programs – even when motivated by purely partisan political purposes. Today, the FCC reminded them of their obligation to provide all candidates with equal opportunities.”

You can read the FCC’s notice here. It provides guidance “on the application of the statutory equal opportunities requirement…”

Let us make sure this applies to the so-called “business” outlets, too.

© 2026 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Trump’s Incredible Successes

By Cliff Kincaid

January 23, 2026

President Trump, in his first year, has destroyed Iran’s nuclear weapons capability and snatched a communist dictator from Venezuela and placed him in an American jail.

For the first time in years, Israel is safe and secure. A Middle East peace is possible.

In Latin America, there is a string of right-wing victories, ranging from El Salvador to Argentina and Chile, and the communists blame and hate Trump for it. Even Communist Cuba’s future is in jeopardy.

These are absolutely amazing developments.

Meanwhile, in domestic policy, prices are coming down, especially oil, and the economy is humming. He has brought inflation down while bringing in billions of dollars in tariff revenue. When the tax advantages of the Big Beautiful Bill kick in this year, it will grow even faster.

By any measure, Trump’s first year was a major success.

I didn’t mention how he has closed the border and apprehended thousands of dangerous criminals let in by the Joe Biden Administration.

Yet, some critics on the right, such as my old friend and associate J.R. Nyquist, say Trump’s foreign policy is a disaster because he has alienated some of our allies such as Canada, which just declared a “strategic relationship” with Communist China. He is also concerned about Trump’s rhetoric on Greenland.

But look at the facts. Two conservative provinces in Canada want to separate from the federal Mark Carney government. This is not solely because of Trump, for they were upset about their treatment by the federal government for years. They may not become U.S. states but they will identify more with America than the Carney government. This would be a major victory and probably lead to the collapse of the Carney government, giving America the opportunity to solidify influence over the country through sympathetic and real allies and rescue the country from the Chinese.

As for Greenland, Trump has put Europe on the defensive over its milquetoast attitude toward the Arctic threat posed by communist Russia and the Chinese Communists. It is the same milquetoast attitude most of them have had toward Russia and its plans for conquest. It was Trump who prodded them into paying more for their own defense and gave Ukraine the ability to defend itself.

In his own way, Trump has emerged as a geopolitical genius with an instinctive understanding of why the United States must safeguard the hemisphere, including the Panama Canal, Greenland, Canada, and why Europe must take the lead in their own defense.

Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney’s “strategic” deal with China has made it clear, for all to see, that Canada is an enemy state. But this is nothing new.

The new Canada/Red China statement said, “The two sides committed to working to improve global governance…” while making a side deal on Chinese cars and Canadian Canola oil.

“Canadians must become more aware of the risks associated with so eagerly climbing into bed with China,” says commentator Chris George, adding that “Canadians need to educate themselves…”

This is an understatement.

Nine months ago, on my Rumble channel, Canadian Army veteran Lloyd Leugner talked in detail about Canada being characterized by open borders, fentanyl smuggling, Chinese infiltration by triads, Mexican cartels, associated money laundering and an Army that has now become a “woke joke.”

President Trump understands this, and those were factors in his tariffs.

Anti-communists should know that there was a plan dating back decades to make Canada into a communist state. For background, please read ​Alan Stang’s “CANADA: How the Communists Took Control” and a Canadian intelligence report on the Fabian socialist takeover of Canada. The report was researched by former Royal Canadian Mounted Police undercover agent Pat Walsh.

In response to Trump’s tariffs, the Canadian government finally acknowledged that transnational criminal organizations, including cartels, “play a leading role in the production and distribution of fentanyl throughout Canada” and identified seven such organizations as terrorist entities.

Yet, Prime Minister Mark Carney has now made a “strategic” deal with China. This is suicide for Canada and a threat to the United States.

The pending withdrawal of the province of Alberta from Canada signals the end of the Carney regime. In the meantime, I appreciate Trump symbolically placing an American flag over the country. It means American protection for Canadians and Americans.

How is it possible that Mark Carney of Canada could suddenly emerge on the world stage and become a conscious agent of the Chinese Communist conspiracy? This is something that every anti-communist should understand. It is the march of socialism and communism worldwide and it also happening in the United States, as we see in the Democratic Party encouraging a domestic insurgency.

In a Canadian National Post op-ed, Geoff Russ argues that Carney cozying up to China aligns Canada “with those who would destroy us.” He wrote, “Canada has nothing to gain from isolating itself from the United States or the West in the short term, just to stick it to Donald Trump.”

It’s called Trump Derangement Syndrome, and I am afraid a variation of this disease has infected some anti-communists who believe the left-wing rhetoric about Trump destabilizing the “world order.” That “world order” was stacked against us.

Canada’s previous “Indo-Pacific Strategy” had identified China as an “increasingly disruptive global power” and had declared that the regime was “making large-scale investments to establish its economic influence, diplomatic impact, offensive military capabilities and advanced technologies. China is looking to shape the international order into a more permissive environment for interests and values that increasingly depart from ours.”

Now, Canada is part of that environment. Trump understands it.

Meanwhile, Carney is threatening to deploy some Canadian Army troops to Greenland, to defend the island AGAINST the United States!

We have many friends in Canada, especially in the conservative regions.

Tanya Gaw of the Canadian group Action4Canada says, “The United States has every reason to view Canada as a growing security liability. Every major enemy of the US is operating within our borders. The question is will Trump feel compelled to ‘Maduro’ Carney and Justin Trudeau? Considering this is the ‘undeclared worst war of all time’ it wouldn’t be unreasonable to do so.”

The so-called “conservative” political party in Canada is meeting in Calgary, Alberta, from January 29-31, 2026, apparently to devise a response of some sort to Mark Carney’s strategic relationship with China and overall mishandling of the country’s economy.

At the end of it all, we will see if there is viable opposition to what they call “Marx Carnage.” If not, Canada should expect the Greenland treatment.

© 2026 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Work is Not Working Out so, Let’s Work on Changing the Nature of Work

By Sidney Secular

January 23, 2026

Of the many Americans who work and are burnt out, actually half are full time workers. Of these, 76% struggle with a work-life imbalance, 20% describe their workplace as toxic, 40% battle various addictive tendencies while fewer than 8% take advantage of available employee assistance programs designed to help them cope with their situations. Many people mark time to retirement like inmates marking days on a cell wall, comparing notes with each other on how long they will have to endure their situations until they can feel free again. Traditional responses such as more benefits and supportive workshops aren’t fixing the problem.

Meanwhile, drugs such as anti-depressants treat symptoms but not the underlying causes. The general world of work as it presently exists drains people’s energies and so-called solutions simply serve to mask the problems involved. Unless the “worker” is lucky to occupy a special niche or offer a truly unique product or service, the nature of competitive capitalism tends to demand constant acceleration in terms of bigger targets, faster output, and higher profit margins. Work may also tend to be tedious and depending upon the situation, often involves considerable tension. In a high paying position, in each quarter the employee must outperform the last, and the employer gives no quarter until that happens, even when the employee’s physiology can’t sustain the stress involved.

At the turn of this century, mental health issues were already costing the economy billions in lost productivity and healthcare expenses. Now, two decades later, the cost is in the trillions. When the pace never slows, peace never comes and escapism becomes survival. As a result, people seek relief in “comfort” – food, alcohol, gambling, pot, porn, shopping, streaming and scrolling on their devices, a “habit” that presently takes about 7 hours a day for most of those involved. Consumption offers validation or at least gives the satisfaction of having gotten something in return for the stress involved. Credit card debt rises while savings shrink. As more people consume in order to feel better, the more enslaved they become to jobs they hate but can’t afford to leave.

The race for status or money – or both – drains more than wallets, it drains the soul. Mental comparisons breed anxiety and frustration. Burnout becomes ordinary and life’s meaning fades from view. Disengagement runs deep. The industrial age taught us to equate discipline with virtue, productivity with morality, and a lack of both or either with laziness. These beliefs still dominate the working milieu. They feel natural even as they grind us down and the result is a quiet epidemic of resignation. Managers escalate expectations without the necessary tributes that used to arise when such expectations were met.

American society congratulates itself for increased GDP, comparing itself with other industrial nations in that metric instead of a more worthwhile ethic, while mental illness rates soar. People are too busy working to question what’s actually happening. Meanwhile, it’s easy to just vote the same incumbent in every election instead of spending the time to look for someone better often because the accepted belief is that there is nothing better! There’s precious little time for that, anyway. A catchy commercial for a candidate is good enough.

Meanwhile, a weary population is passive, something that the political regime relies on so as to easily roll for some more Somalians. The leaders fear an awakened public that will act if they find out what’s really going on. When the stress becomes chronic, both body and mind pay dearly. People eat poorly, sleep poorly, and move slowly. This combination results in fatigue, brain fog and emotional volatility. Productivity loss from lack of focus and the inability to function clearly far outweighs absenteeism. Escapism feeds corporate profits. Entire industries thrive on the promise and premise that one more purchase will restore a sense of control or satisfaction, but the feeling is both false and fleeting.

It is possible to break this cycle of vicious circles. The first step is to become aware that the system is broken and those involved in it are also broken for being part of it. Many especially older people sense this but don’t voice it, fearing a negative response from employers and uninformed judgements from the masses. This silence only reinforces the status quo. The antidote to all of this is fearless critical thinking and the willingness to engage in conversations over it. We need to question the assumption that work should consume most of our waking hours, that exhaustion equals dedication and that endless growth is the only measure of human progress. People must talk about this at home, at work if feasible and in public forums. Those able to do so must write about it.

We must refuse to normalize the suffering of those whose lives have become a mental prison with neither hope nor cure. The more people become aware of the problem, and call it out, the harder it becomes to ignore it. Change usually starts with one voice and grows to be many. Building a community dedicated to the problem turns awareness into action and solidarity into strength. Shifts happen at a certain point when people no longer whisper about burnout but start demanding a healthier life model out loud. Individuals must recognize this is how changes occur. Every decision to set a boundary, question a norm, or to choose meaning over status chips away at the acceptance of this is “just how it is.”

Furthermore, financial freedom can foster mental freedom. Accumulation of six months or more of savings could give you the power and confidence to walk away from a toxic job and start something new. You could explore entrepreneurship which would turn your value, skills and passions into something of your own making and create work that serves life instead of life serving work. This mental health crisis will be solved only when we find work to honor human potential and limits and create a balance between the energies we expend in earning and living, production and rest and between surviving, striving, and thriving.

If we want healthy minds, we must fix the environment to permit that situation; that is, the environment in which a health mind can exist. And, finally, we must stop pretending that the system is fine. Once we do that, we then must do whatever is necessary not only to live but to thrive. This is best accomplished by doing what you love to do.

© 2026 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




How Do Dumb or Corrupt People Get Elected to Top Positions?

By Frosty Wooldridge

January 22, 2026

You might be scratching your head as to how dumb and corrupt people get elected to governorships, mayorships, House Members, Senators and even to the Supreme Court.

As you scan our country at the insanity of Americans protesting I.C.E. officers enforcing our immigration laws—you can’t help but wonder why and how hundreds of anti-ICE demonstrators want 25 million illegal aliens to remain in our country?!

What if each one of them was the father, mother, sister, brother, uncle, aunt, grandma and grandpa of Laken Riley? Or, Jocelyn Nungaray? Or Rachel Morin, mother of five, killed by an illegal alien? Or Kate Steinle killed in San Francisco by an illegal alien? What about the deaths of hundreds if not thousands of Americans killed in auto accidents over the past 50 years by drunken illegal aliens? Or how about if you were the parents of 270,000 kids who have overdosed by drugs imported by illegal aliens? In fact, what if you were parents of children for over 1.2 million drug deaths from illegal drugs brought into this country by MS-13 gangs over the past 50 years?

If someone you loved was killed by illegal aliens, would you be out there in Minneapolis, Minnesota ranting, screaming, throwing rocks, blocking I.C.E. agents, charging into a church, and undermining the rule of law?

The fact is: 99.9 percent of Americans don’t want to become victims of rapes, killings, murders, drug deaths, car theft, paying for illegals’ health, schooling their kids, paying for breakfasts and lunches, and dying from drunken drivers who lack licenses, insurance and integrity. Especially from illegal CDL drivers of big rigs!

But there’s bunch of people in Minneapolis that want lawlessness, and they practice anarchy, and they are getting away with it. They’re getting away with it in Portland, Oregon…Los Angeles, California…Seattle, Washington…Denver, Colorado…New York City, and other Sanctuary Cities and States.

What kind of people are they? Answer: stupid, emotional, spoiled, un-American, and do not adhere to the “Social Contract” that has given them the most incredible freedoms, education and rights ever enjoyed by any nation on the face of the Earth.

While one of them, Renee Good, died for trying to drive over an I.C.E. agent, in Tehran, Iran—they’ve gunned down somewhere in the vicinity of 5,000 people demonstrating in the streets. In a dictatorship, you don’t enjoy any such freedoms of demonstrating like we do in America.

What brought about this national crisis, national mess? First off, we already allowed 15 to 20 million illegal aliens into our country before Biden arrived in the White House. Within four years, he invited another 15 to 20 million illegal aliens of every kind of corruption you can imagine…from professional shoplifters, to terrorists, to pregnant tourism anchor baby moms, to an entire underground economy of corruption unseen by most Americans.

Our country has been filled up with incompatible religions and ethnic tribes that possess not one affinity with Western Values and our way of life. Who thought it was a great idea to import 4,000,000 followers of the most violent religion on this planet: Islam? Whose bright idea was it to import over 240,000 Somalia refugees with an average IQ of 67.7? How’s that turning out in Minnesota and Detroit where 83 percent of them remain on welfare for life. And, in Detroit, they hate America and chant, “Death to America.” As their numbers grow, so will their violence grow. The Quran mandates they NEVER become Americans. That’s why they raise their butts to the air toward Mecca five times a day.

How did someone as corrupt as Governor Tim Walz get into office? Are the people of Minnesota THAT stupid? Answer: apparently, they are THAT stupid. Where did it get them? Answer: the greatest $9 billion…possibly $19 billion in a horrific fraud scandal in American history. But then, we’ve got an even bigger fraud in U.S. Aide. We’re talking trillions of your tax dollars over the past 50 years. It was/is a bureaucratic slush fund for corrupt politicians.

What about electing a bartender with a peanut brain in New York City by the name of Alexandria Ocasio Cortez. She is dumb. She’s mouthy. She’s vacant. Same with House member Jasmine Crocket out of Texas. We’re talking dumber than a tree stump, but as mouthy Muhammed Ali.

How stupid were the people of New York City to elect a Muslim-Communist-Ugandan-refugee into the mayorship of that city? Why would anyone vote for a man who wants to install Sharia Law into America? We’re talking really dumb bunch of voters.

Same with the total stupidity and incompetence of Governor Gavin Newsom in California. He brought that state to billions in debt, over 250,000 homeless, 2 to 3 million illegal aliens, billions for a high-speed train that hasn’t been completed, schools in shambles, and he doesn’t know the difference between a male and female. How stupid is he? Answer: really, really, stupid and incompetent.

You could name your own senators and other leaders in your state. My State of Colorado suffers two useless/worthless U.S. Senators who vote for open borders, and Governor “Pothole” Polis who made us a “Sanctuary State” that’s killing us in tax dollars to pay for over 200,000 illegal aliens in our state.

But there’s a bigger problem developing. There’s a new book that uncovers what our leaders are doing to America and how they are destroying the foundation of our Republic:

The Invisible Coup: How American Elites and Foreign Powers Use Immigration as a Weapon by Peter Schweizer

Every day, ICE is arresting hundreds of illegal immigrants with a criminal record. They didn’t just come here. They were sent here.

“Our debates about immigration revolve around what happens with immigrants once they arrive. We need to start talking about who is sending them and why. For decades, establishment elites sold us the story of immigration as a compassionate renewal of the American Dream within a harmonious melting pot.

“But beneath that narrative lies a different reality: Mass migration has morphed into the most powerful political weapon ever aimed at the United States—one engineered by elites at home and aided by adversaries abroad. Now Peter Schweizer, the bestselling investigative journalist of our time, is blowing the lid off this whole series of schemes. Schweizer detonates a political shock wave eclipsing his past bombshells, revelations that have sparked FBI probes and bipartisan reforms.

“Urgent, shocking, and overflowing with national security implications, The Invisible Coup makes America’s greatest political threat visible for all to see—and solve.”

Over the past 50 years, as an American who has watched the progression of legal and illegal refugees advancing upon our civilization across all our 50 states, what Schweizer addresses in his book, I’ve watched immigration destroy our cities, our air, our highways, our water, our schools, and our viability as a civilization—because of their sheer numbers. The more people, the greater the problems, and the worse the outcomes.

The new governor of New Jersey cries out at the energy costs in her state. She’s going to solve them by freezing energy rates. What she doesn’t understand is New Jersey at 9.4 million is projected to reach 10 million by 2050. The more people, the more demand, the greater the costs, the greater the pollution. It’s a NO WIN for all Americans to keep adding immigration refugees from around the world.

I’ve spoken about what we face in my three books on America’s overpopulation crisis driven by mass immigration. I’ve made it clear in the 1,500 radio interviews I’ve made over the past 20 years. We’re no longer the “Melting Pot”, but we’re now Somaliland in Minneapolis and Lewiston, Maine, and Muslimland in Detroit, and Islamland in New York City. Los Angeles is Mexico North. Chicago is no longer America, but a haven for illegal refugees from all Third World countries. Oh, and Chicago Mayor Johnson is dumber than a box of dandelions. San Francisco is not safe to drive your car or park—you WILL be robbed. Denver is gridlocked traffic seven days a week with a beggar on every corner. Miami has more foreigners than Americans. Where these millions of refugees congregate, Americans flee.

In other words, mass immigration is unraveling the United States of America—into a future Disunited and Fractured States of America.

We need to deport all 25 million illegal aliens. If we don’t shut down all immigration coming into our country, we’re not going to survive as a civilization by 2050, if not sooner.

© 2026 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Duke and the Dork

By Joan Swirsky

January 22, 2026

Once upon a time, there was a good-looking, articulate, young boy named David Duke who attended a conservative elementary school in New Orleans. In Junior High, as an eighth-grade project, he was irresistibly attracted to the subject of segregation. He then attended a military school in Georgia and “by the time he graduated was already a member in good standing of the Ku Klux Klan”––ultimately becoming a grand wizard of the Knights of the Ku Klux Klan.

Duke as Grand Wizard, c. 1974.

In his self-published 1988 autobiography, My Awakening: A Path to Racial Understanding, Duke stated: “We [Whites] desire to live in our own neighborhoods, go to our own schools, work in our own cities and towns, and ultimately live as one extended family in our own nation. We shall end the racial genocide of integration. We shall work for the eventual establishment of a separate homeland for African Americans, so each race will be free to pursue its own destiny without racial conflicts and ill will.”

But Duke was an equal-opportunity hater, sharing his contempt for Blacks with–– ta da! –– Jews!

“The Jews are trying to destroy all other cultures––as a survival mechanism–– the only Nazi country in the world is Israel,” he once explained to his many followers.

While numerous elected officials and civil-rights leaders routinely condemned Duke’s aggressive, in-your-face racism, he nevertheless enjoyed remarkably widespread support, similar to but not the same wildfire effect as today’s anti-Semitism.

The support he did receive emboldened him to run for public office. While he ran unsuccessfully as a Democrat for the Louisiana state legislature in 1970s and ‘80s, and for the1988 Democratic presidential nomination, after he became a Republican he finally won a seat in the Louisiana House of Representatives.

To this day, Duke continues to endorse candidates, including Tulsi Gabbard for president in 2019 and Donald Trump for President in 2024––both of whom thoroughly repudiated both Duke and his endorsement.

In 2024, Duke lauded anti-Israel activists. He also praised Nick Fuentes––the Holocaust-denying, Nazi sympathizing podcaster––calling him a comrade in the fight for “our people” against “Jewish supremacism.”

This is the same Nick Fuentes who enjoyed a fawningly friendly interview with Tucker Carlson…the same Tucker Carlson who VP Vance finds it impossible to repudiate, in spite of Carlson’s escalating vilification and calumny toward both Jews and Israel, as just one of countless examples is his recent interview with Ian Carroll, a conspiracy theorist who falsely claimed, among other smears, that  “Israel did 9/11.”

True, VP Vance’s friendship with Carlson goes back decades. He acknowledges that Carlson featured him on his Fox TV show dozens of times and petitioned President Trump personally at Mar-a-Lago to make Vance his VP.

But all that was well before Fox fired Carlson in 2023, and also before Carlson became a modern-day version of Father Charles Coughlin, obsessed with Jews to the point of pathology and using all of his energies to spew the hatred that lives within––indeed, enlivens––his mind and heart 24/7.

A final word about Duke…. when it came to expressing his deep animus toward Blacks and Jews, he never waffled, never hesitated, never obfuscated, and never accumulated the kind of splinters that VP Vance has clearly amassed from his refusal to condemn the rank racism spewing from his friend Carlson and others and his insistence on sitting and staying put and not moving a millimeter off of that proverbial splinter-spiked fence.

NOT GOING UNNOTICED

In his response recently to conservative radio host Scott Jennings, Vance dismissed the idea that conservatives should actively guard their ranks against antisemitism, framing his answer in the most politically correct terms. “I think we need to reject all forms of ethnic hatred, whether it’s antisemitism, anti-Black hatred, anti-white hatred,” he said. The only things missing from his response were three little words: Jewish, Israel, Zionist.

According to writer Adam Eliyahu Berkowitz, “Among Jewish conservatives, frustration is mounting over Vance’s reluctance to condemn these figures. Daniel Flesch, a Heritage policy analyst, criticized the vice president for equating antisemitism with other forms of prejudice, calling it ‘effectively the equivalent of @TheDemocrats’ ‘…and Islamophobia’ response.’ Flesch stressed that antisemitism requires specific attention, separate from other social grievances.”

Evangelical leader Laurie Cardoza-Moore, president of Proclaiming Justice to the Nations, issued a scathing statement in response to Vance’s interview. “Tucker appears to have Vance in a trance,” she said. “It’s time for JD Vance to take a moral, Christian stand on antisemitism. There is no place for double talk on this matter.”

Cardoza-Moore continued, clearly alluding to VP Vance’s obdurate refusal to condemn––and sever relationships with––Tucker Carlson, who a prominent Jewish Group just named “Anti-Semite of the Year,” as well as Candace Owens, Nick Fuentes, and others in their malignant orbit.

“You don’t get to condemn hatred, while befriending the haters,” she stated. “This is not about canceling people; it’s about advocating for the Judeo-Christian values upon which our Republic was founded.”

According to writer, attorney, former IDF officer and former NYPD officer Micha Danzig, “In moments of political stress, the most revealing test of leadership is not rhetoric but refusal: what a leader will not tolerate, what he or she will not excuse, and what they will not leave unnamed.

That is why Vice President J.D. Vance’s persistent failure to confront antisemitism on the populist right must be treated as a primary concern, not a side issue.”

And according to conservative commentator Evan Sayet: “Vance had an opportunity at just the essential moment to oppose the hate and the lies of Owens, Carlson, Bannon, etc., but in Vance’s case, he flew cover for them, he turned on those who did dare to speak out.”

WHAT????

All of a sudden, out of the blue a few days ago, who shows up at the White House to attend President Trump’s meeting with oil executives where he planned to discuss how to acquire the largest oil reserves in the world in Venezuela?

None other than Tucker Carlson! He who spent the previous week vilifying the president and Secretary of War Pete Hegseth and Secretary of State Marco Rubio for their smashingly successful operation in Venezuela, deposing the drug-pushing dictator Nicolas Madura after 13 years of a tyrannical reign, which saw one of the richest countries in the world devolve into a third-world country under socialism/communism.

Who invited him? Initially, Tucker Carlson’s business partner, Neil Patel, stated that the president himself had invited Carlson to this important, high-level meeting. But within minutes, conservative activist Laura Loomer debunked that lie.  And it didn’t take long for Loomer to report that, indeed, @NeilPatelTDC just confirmed with the White House that this is false. President Trump isn’t the person who invited Tucker Carlson to the White House.

“This is outrageous,” Loomer said. “Tucker Carlson is a virulent Jew hater and Islamic mouthpiece, and he has no business being in the Oval Office. Truly disgusting. What a hypocrite Tucker truly has become.”

So, who extended the invitation? Who even has an ongoing and apparently close relationship with Carlson? Ummm… is it a wild guess to say VP Vance?

Is this why President Trump, just the other day, felt compelled to state in no uncertain terms: “There is no room for antisemites in the MAGA movement…We don’t need them, we don’t like them.”

And isn’t it significant that in the same interview, the president refused to say who would be the best candidate to replace him?

Talk about a none-too-subtle swipe at you-know-who!

That would be VP Vance, who I have now labeled the dork! Dork has many definitions, but to me it is a do-nothing dweeb, very good at posturing, but not so good at pretending he is someone he is not, i.e., an unbiased, America-First, Make-America-Great-Again, rock-ribbed American patriot.

Instead, going strictly on his statements and his actions––what other measures of the man are there? ––he is a stealth figure too disturbingly aligned with the in-your-face racists among us, too timid to repudiate their racism, too weak in character to stand firmly with our most trusted ally, Israel, and, frankly, too dorky to even be considered for the august and most important position on earth, the President of the United States.

We had the Duke, now we have the Dork… both colossal losers!

© 2026 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com




Radical Feminism Has Destroyed America

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

January 22, 2026

Puh Leeze Save me the hate mail. We have a slogan in the circles in which I run, TRUTH SOUNDS LIKE HATE TO THOSE WHO HATE THE TRUTH. So calling me names will not change the TRUTH of what you are about to read.

I have been married to the same beautiful women for 46 years. We have 2 daughter and 1 son and they have blessed us with 11 grandchildren…9 of them girls. I LOVE women! I married one…I am surrounded by them.

According to the dictionary a feminist is one who believes in equal RIGHTS for women. By that standard I believe that most Americans support equal RIGHTS for women. But the fight is not over RIGHTS, it is over ROLES. That is at the heart of the Homo, Bi, Trans, deviant-sex movement. It is not that they want to actually BE the opposite gender, they simply want to play the ROLE. Does any REAL man like a bossy woman?

Males used to be masculine…Clint Eastwood types…and women feminine…Doris Day, Marilyn Monroe..that view launched PLAYBOY Magazine. But now it is all about POWER. Women are fighting to be men and men are afraid of women. It is the ROLE they desire to emulate…not the sex. Feminism is all about POWER!! Transgender….what a term from hell.

It all emanates from the fall of man in the Garden. Read about it HERE. Take some time and read the Biblical narrative of the fall of man.

Both of our daughters were “jocks.” They played all sports when they were in high school, Both played COLLEGE Softball for 4 years…one at Hillsdale College in Michigan and the other at Marietta College in Ohio. They were tough and feminine. Both married STRONG men and are now stay at home…home-school mothers. They LOVE being mothers!! They both are vibrant Christian women. Their family and their faith IS their life. Have you noticed how angry the radical feminists have become? They are full of anger and hate.

The Bible tells us that  “For rebellion is as the sin of witchcraft.” Feminism is rebellion. We all have seen the fruit of it in Minnesota. Let me provide you a few links to unhinged radicalized feminists. Watch this. And this. Men acting like women and women acting like men.

Folks, this is witchcraft…the fruit of rebellion. RADICAL feminists are women who wish to have the male ROLE. They look for soft men who want to be bossed by their mommy. Feminist are a turn off to most REAL,MASCULINE men.

But men have been conditioned by society that they are not to be “mean” to women. “Mean” is open to debate, but it essentially requires that they are not to “boss” women around. Take a second look at those video clips and you will see that it is perfectly OK for women to be “mean” to men…especially in today’s utterly confused masculine/feminine roles carved out by today’s once-Christian morality based system.

But we have lost all sense of normalcy today. Watch this amazing clip of SCOTUS DEI/FEMINIST/BLACK/ fool of a woman who cannot…or will not…define a woman…something each of our 11 under-13 grandchildren can do without hesitation. Talk about dumber than a 3rd grader. Yet, in today’s PC culture no one is permitted to state the obvious…she is dumber than a first grader, yet she makes ultimate morality policy for our nation.

Look, folks. EVERYONE knows the genetic differences between the sexes. Gender is NOT assigned at birth. Stop with the foolishness. Transgenderism is a psychiatric/Spiritual disorder…not a genetic one. Why in the HELL do Christians in America cater to such tomfoolery? What is wrong with medical schools…psychiatric experts…educational experts…? Isn’t it time somebody stood up and called the experts out for the obvious. YOU FOLKS ARE ANTI-SCIENCE AND ANTI-NATURE. Not one human being in the history of the world has ever been birthed by anything but a woman. NOT ONE!! These are the same fools who gave us COVID.

Have you noticed that nearly all of the violence in America comes from the LEFT? The tolerance crowd is the least tolerant of all. They are of their father the Devil. The women are the worst.

America is under judgment my friends. Maybe not the ULTIMATE judgment of Our Creator, but we are under judgment none-the less.

Try this one on for size. One of the signs of the judgment of God upon a nation is the blindfolding of the Judges. Read it here.

Or how about this one. As for my people, children are their oppressors, and women rule over them. O my people, they which lead thee cause thee to err, and destroy the way of thy paths.

Look around your church. Is your pastor a strong, bold Christian man? Are BOLD, UNASHAMED MEN common in your congregation? Did you see the church in Minneapolis that was attacked by women and men who act like women? HERE Couldn’t some BOLD MAN have stood up and knocked someone on his/her butt? Why wouldn’t MEN defend their King?

Oh…I remember. Love YOUR enemies! Are we supposed to also love Christ’s enemies? These invaders are “of their father the Devil and the works of their father they will do”!! REAL MEN DEFEND THEIR KING!!

Radicalized feminism is rebellion to God. For rebellion is as the sin of witchcraft, and stubbornness is as iniquity and idolatry I Samuel 15:23

Radical feminism is witchcraft. That’s what the Bible says. The Rebellion of Radical Feminism has destroyed this nation..

Don’t blame me. I’m just the messenger. Feminism is rebellion.

Put that in your pipe and smoke it….

© 2026 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Beware of the American Marxist Left, They Speak With A Forked Tongue

By Amil Imani

January 21, 2026

Acting to give the poor possession of what the rich have worked to gain is the sure way to kill incentive and make us all poor.

Is it a case of ordained fate we cannot escape or is it that We the People are too dense to learn from our own mistakes? Paging through humanity’s history, time, and again we find numerous instances of costly mistakes where people ignore facts and reason by entrusting their lives to a “savior.”

And time and again, we have ended up paying the price for our folly. If we are not genetically doomed to make these ruinous mistakes—which I am certain we are not—then do we commit them out of wishful thinking, laziness, desperation, or some combination of the three?

To illustrate how mistake-prone we are, a few examples will suffice. In order to address “economic disparity,” a pivotal concern of humanity, Karl Marx showed up trumpeting his battle cry, “from each according to his ability, to each according to his needs.” Marx announced that the proletariat is the producer of wealth and that capitalists are leeches robbing them of the fruits of their labor.

In effect, Karl Marx originated the concept of class warfare, the poor against the rich. He urged the workers to rise, rid themselves of the rich, and take full possession of their own self-produced goods. Humanity’s poor masses found their messiah in this ideologue, rallied behind him, and got to experience a Marxist paradise. While Marx’s summons was aimed at the laboring class of industrial Europe, the peasantry in both Russia and later in China enthusiastically answered his call.

The results: many of the rich went to early graves, only to be replaced by a new class of overlord apparatchiks, and the poor continued to be poor. In the process, the disciples of Marx and Lenin such as Stalin and Mao subjected over 100 million to death, and untold millions suffered for many decades while the promised workers paradise never materialized.

Democrats and Incentive

Dis-incentive was the “Achilles Heel” of Marxism. Except for the ruling class, whether you worked hard or loafed, you basically got the same incentive under Marxism. The Democrats and Biden basically want to transform America to cultural-Marxism: a failed economic philosophy, in a poorly disguised form that this Party has been relentlessly pushing. Democrats’ redistribution of wealth does nothing but dis-incentivize an individual’s prime motive force “self-exertion” for “self-reward.” Democrats feel the rich have too much and the poor should simply get a much bigger share of what the rich have. If that is not the exact Marxist failed philosophy, then what is it?

While Marx’s workers’ paradise ideal continued to struggle and kept failing miserably to deliver its promises, its offshoots such as European Socialism and now American Redistributionism under Democratic leadership still aim to create a society where those who succeed in generating wealth turn over the major share of their earnings to those who do not.

Dis-incentivizing individual exertion through confiscatory taxes is the surest way to reduce the overall wealth of any society. The rich resort to strategies that shelter their wealth become discouraged in investing their funds, and then the overall wealth of the society declines. It is an investment by those who have funds that creates wealth and jobs. And it is jobs that are the best way to help the have-nots, not government handouts.

In order to address economic issues effectively, government policies should facilitate all individuals and companies to create more wealth, not penalize those who have managed to create and acquire wealth by over-regulation and excessive taxation. The last thing any government should do is to use the ineffective deadly weapon of classism, pitting the poor against the rich.

Hitler’s ‘Salvation’

Not long after the launch of Marxism, another “savior,” by the name of Adolph Hitler, rose to power on the promise of fixing humanity’s economic and other problems at its very foundation based on nationalism. Specifically, he proposed ridding the world of its burden of undesirables and unfit, with Jews on top of his list. Marx’s trump “card” was class warfare. Hitler flashed the ethnic-race card. He claimed that the Aryan race was the cream of humanity’s crop that brought nothing but good to the table, while Semitic, black, and yellow people represented exploiters and aberrations to be eliminated. For good measure, he lumped in the mentally challenged, homosexuals and the physically handicapped as humanity’s misfits as well to be rid of.

Picking a scapegoat has always worked magic over the millennia, and even Hitler’s syphilitic brain recognized its value for his campaign of mass genocide. The results: Millions died, among them some of mankind’s best-educated and productive Jews. Hitlerism and Communism, for all intents and purposes, either died or went on life support, providing ample opportunities for other saviors.

Islam to the Rescue

In contrast to Marx’s class warfare and Hitler’s ethnic-race rallying cries, Khomeini and Bin Laden hoisted the ever-effective battle call of religion.

In no time at all Islam, long fractured, lethargic and dormant, found a new vitality under the leadership of the Ayatollah Khomeini of Iran, who raised the Black Standard and promised Allah’s paradise to the totality of mankind for the simple price of accepting his Shiite brand of Islam. A naïve dreamer of an American President, Jimmy Carter, hailed Khomeini as a saint-savior, an answer to a prayer, so to speak. Not to be left out, shortly after the Shiite Khomeini’s lightning success in Iran that deposed the Shah and established the Islamic Republic, a Sunni Muslim “Osama Bin Laden” launched his campaign of bringing about a worldwide Caliphate, as the sure cure for humanity’s ills.

In contrast to Marx’s class warfare and Hitler’s ethnic-race rallying cries, Khomeini and Bin Laden hoisted the ever-effective battle call of religion. The very concept of religion that stands for uniting people has been subverted, time and again, by clever and devious opportunists as means of pitting people against each other.

America at a Critical Point

The great nation of all nations, America, is at a critical point and crossroads. The current uprising under the direction of BLM and Antifa (funded by George Soros? encouraged by Obama? certainly encouraged by the DNC) has been abysmal in all areas vital to our nation. Islamist jihadists are on the march, Democratic leaders are paralyzing the police, and democracy is in retreat.

The Islamic Republic of Iran is rapidly moving toward acquiring nuclear weapon capability.

Domestically, our house is in shambles. The national debt inherited by Trump is staggering. If Biden is elected, the nation’s debt will exceed that of our obligation under all other previous administrations combined. Our children and grandchildren will have to service this debt at economically soaring rates. Even today, forty cents of the Federal tax dollar go to servicing the loans—much of it to China and foreign entities.

It is imperative that we, as a nation, live within our means, just like families do. In like manner that families should cut back on everything they can, in order to live within their means, the Federal Government needs to do the same. It must reduce the size of government and eliminate hundreds of bureaucracies that are redundant or completely useless as President Trump has done.

We, as responsible citizens, must make sure that the president we vote for believes in and acts on these truths.. Otherwise, America, as we know it, will not be recognizable.

© 2026 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Muslim Flags Going Up Quietly Around The Country

By Bradlee Dean

January 21, 2026

“The stranger that is within thee shall get up above thee very high; and thou shalt come down very low.” – Deuteronomy 28:43

Friends, I want to make clear that you all understand that what is happening to your country as you read this: It is not happening by chance. This is a coordinated effort between both the state and federal government (Judas’ in the halls of government; Luke 22:48) in selling you off to your enemies (Deuteronomy 28:63, 68). This is an United Nations agenda being exposed for what it means to advocate, which is a global government agenda.

In a spiritual sense, Americans, your sins are finding you out (Numbers 32:23).  There is no nice way of saying this. It isn’t like we haven’t been warned 1,000 times (Ezekiel 33:3).

This also includes the transgressing scoundrels who have been tolerated in corrupting the government, who think they are having a free dictatorial hand in all of this, as if to suggest that there will be no consequences for their crimes.  They are also being taken in their own devices (Proverbs 5:22).

https://www.bitchute.com/embed/Be5D0Sw5ZN0N

For their own sakes, the people of this country need to come to the quick conclusion (Repentance; Acts 20:21) that the Lord is sovereign both in the blessings, as well as the curses (Deuteronomy 30:19).  What this country is witnessing right now, scripturally speaking, is the judgments upon a revolting, wicked and disobedient people (Deuteronomy 7:10).

Muslim flags going up quietly across the country.

Video: Flags being ripped down in New York

© 2026 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




California Screaming is Becoming a Reality

By Karen Schoen

January 21, 2026

How many of you think that what goes on in California stays in California? NOPE! Boy are we naive if we think that what goes on in California does not affects every state in the Union. It seems as though Californians have taken the “We are stupid” pill and will now pay the price at the pump and pay more for all the goods at the grocery store. Every necessity is about to escalate into the ‘I can’t afford it’ category.

How did that happen? Well, Newsom is a socialist governor who seems to feel that the cost of the regulations he puts in place don’t have any consequences on Californians and certainly don’t affect him. The regulations in AB-5 are about to strangle the 70,000 truckers who just learned they can no longer be independent truckers. AB-5 is forcing them to become W-2 employees of their carriers or be fined. No small businesses for them.

The carrier companies they work for said “No, we cannot afford to W2 these independent truckers who own their own rigs. We’ll leave California.” The truckers said “No, we’ll leave California!” And a huge portion of the 70,000 independent truckers have left California or are in the process of leaving. The carriers, aka Freight Handlers, who are national corporations said “We’ll leave too. We will move to another state.” Landstar, a national company, issued one statement, “LEAVE.”

So what did Newsom do? He hired illegals to replace the American truckers. What does that mean? It means Americans are at risk from truckers who can’t read English and cause accidents. It means goods sitting at the docks can’t be distributed throughout America. That affects all of us. It also means that Californians lost government funding from the DOT for breaking federal law and hiring illegals. https://ijr.com/trump-admin-pulls-160-million-in-funding-from-california-over-illegal-trucker-licenses/

To add insult to injury, the heavy duty regulations placed on the refineries are causing refineries to leave California. California is about to lose 20% of its power … of its fuel. This is causing gas prices to rise unchecked in California, Arizona and Nevada. Newsom is blaming high profitability on refineries as the cause for escalating prices. His Public Service Commission told him it was due to his regulations. But Newsom is stubborn and does not pay attention and basically doesn’t care. After all he’s rich and can afford high gas prices.

Newsom’s solution, Pay the refineries subsidies to stay in CA. YES those same companies he put out of business will now be subsidized to stay. In addition CA will no be getting oil from ASIA at a much higher price. Newsom is either evil, doesn’t care or has zero common sense.

The question is whether California will be smart enough to choose a different route as they choose their new governor or will they sit back and let the insane regulations of environmentalists destroy everything they worked hard to achieve. Do they care where their taxes are going? That remains to be seen. But, what will that do to the rest of us as the goods pile up on the docks and the prices go higher and higher and higher. CA is filled with waste fraud and abuse. Is this what you want America to look like? If we thought Minnesota was bad just look at what this incompetent, selfish governor did to the once great state of CALIFORNIA. Then ask yourself, “Is this who I want as a president?”

Politics is local. With that in mind…As always it is imperative that you share and spread the truth. There is so much confusion. Vet your candidates! Check out their actions. Use opensecrets.org to find their donors. What have they done to earn your vote? And above all, VOTE in the Primaries. Is America worth saving?

© 2026 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com




Time to Boot “Pay For Play” Bondi

By Kelleigh Nelson

January 20, 2026

All I want to do is be the best attorney general that I can be.  —Pam Bondi (Uh Pam, we’re still waiting.)

Attorney General Pam Bondi ‘whiffed’ on the Epstein Files. First, she gave them (influencers) binders full of nothingness. And then she said that the witness list, or the client list, was on her desk. There is no client list, and it sure as well wasn’t on her desk.  —Chief of Staff Susie Wiles (Hey Susie, didn’t you promote Pammy for AG?)

Our country is now taking so steady a course as to show by what road it will pass to destruction, to wit: by consolidation of power first, and then corruption, its necessary consequence. —Thomas Jefferson

I think it’s perfectly understandable that the American people would like to know who he [Epstein] trafficked those women to and why they weren’t prosecuted.  —Sen. John Kennedy

Epstein, Epstein, Epstein!  In February of 2025, the first phase of declassified files largely contained documents that had been previously leaked but never released in a formal capacity by the U.S. Government.  Attorney General Pam Bondi claimed that the truckload outside her office contained all the files and would soon be released. The documents were given to a large team of lawyers who were assigned to review them and redact sensitive personal information about victims before public release.

Five months later, in July of 2025, we again heard from AG Bondi that the review was complete, and no client list was discovered.  In November, Congress passed the Epstein Files Transparency Act compelling the release of all files by December.  As of January 2026, the DOJ is still reviewing over two million documents related to the case, and releases are ongoing but significantly behind the legally mandated schedule.

Bill Clinton’s association with Epstein and Maxwell in the late 1990s and early 2000s is well documented and the images released last December are just a slice of the “several hundred thousand” documents Deputy Attorney General Todd Blanche has said are tied to the investigation.

House Oversight Committee Chairman James Comer has threatened Bill and Hillary Clinton with contempt proceedings for defying the US Congressional subpoenas to testify in the Epstein case.  Will they be put in chains like Peter Navarro and hauled off to jail for four months?  Doubtful.  It is unlikely contempt charges will happen to the former president and his radical Saul Alinsky mentored wife.  Hillary met Alinsky in 1961 when her Methodist Youth Minister Don Jones, who served at First United Methodist Church in Park Ridge, Illinois during her teenage years, took his class to meet the left-wing community organizer.

Former Obama Attorney General Eric Holder refused a House subpoena for documents related to the “Operation Fast and Furious” gun-walking scandal in 2012 citing “executive privilege”.  Border Patrol Agent Brian Terry was murdered by a Mexican felon who had one of the guns that originated from the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives gun smuggling operation. Holder never faced criminal prosecution or personal legal sanctions.

The “immediate release” of the entire Epstein case has gone silent and the public, once again, will most likely never know the truth.

Pam Bondi’s Rise to Fame

Pam loves the camera and never shies away from an interview even when she has nothing of value to say.  She’s a Fox News favorite.

Bondi began her campaign for Florida Attorney General in late 2009.  Wealthy members and fundraisers associated with the Church of Scientology became major supporters, organizing events for her campaigns, starting around 2010, a move she defended as helping fight human trafficking, despite a court case accusing Scientology of human trafficking and slave labor.  In 2014, wealthy Scientologists hosted a campaign fund raiser for her in Clearwater, Florida, their headquarters.  She had toured those same facilities in 2010 and in 2016 gave an address to members of their group.

Bondi was elected in 2010 as Florida’s attorney general to protect the public from fraud and abuse. However, she fired two prosecutors in her office who were investigating the use of false evidence to kick people out of their homes.  Why?  Because the people committing the fraud happened to be Bondi’s campaign donors.

Florida was the epicenter of a massive “robo-signing” scandal, where “foreclosure mills” and major banks systematically produced fraudulent documents to expedite the eviction of homeowners. This practice involved employees with little training signing hundreds of affidavits daily without verifying their accuracy, a process that began in earnest around 2009.

Bondi was criticized for slowing down investigations, firing key staff, and ultimately settling for a smaller, centralized national deal rather than pursuing local litigation.

After Bondi was termed out in 2019, she became a lobbyist at Ballard Partners whose income shot into the stratosphere after Donald Trump became one of their clients during his first term.  She worked with Trump’s Chief of Staff, Susie Wiles, while at Ballard. Wiles and Bondi were colleagues and had a close professional and personal relationship. Wiles admired Bondi’s looks and called her “Barbie.”

Susie Wiles had 42 different clients, including Republic Services, a waste management firm accused of dumping toxic waste into a landfill; two mining firms seeking to develop resource extraction operations in public lands and watersheds; Swisher Sweets tobacco, which has been attempting for years to block restrictions on its illegal candy-flavored cigars; and Globovision Tele Ca, Corp., whose owner was federally sanctioned in a $1.2 billion money-laundering case.  Wiles continued official lobbying while Trump’s campaign manager.

Bondi represented Amazon, General Motors, private prison firm GEO Group, and other “Fortune 500 companies.” She was also one of Uber’s hired guns as well as lobbying for the government of Qatar, the country where a literally uncountable number of migrant itinerant workers died constructing venues for the 2022 World Cup.  Recently she had been lobbying for a series of sheriff’s associations.

Check out Ballard Partner’s profile at Open Secrets.

The Qatari government has built up an army of lobbyists and PR gurus in the U.S. in recent years in an effort to turn its reputation around. Bondi signed off on the legality of Trump accepting Qatar’s gift of a $400 million plane, triggering scrutiny from congressional Democrats.

Last March, the Qatari Embassy inked a deal with Cornerstone Government Affairs. The team of lobbyists working on the account includes David Planning, a former special assistant to Trump, and Chris Hodgson, a former aide to former Vice President Mike Pence and House Majority Leader Steve Scalise.

George Zimmerman

Fourteen years ago, Bondi was a big part of the fraudulent prosecution architecture in the George Zimmerman case.   Zimmerman had been attacked by a drugged-up Trayvon Martin and was screaming for help while having his head slammed into cement.  Zimmerman was a member of the community watch and had called the Sanford Police Dept before the altercation ensued.  He fatally shot Martin and was charged with second-degree murder and manslaughter when it was an obvious issue of self-defense.

In 2012, Attorney General Eric Holder wasted no time in heading down to Florida after the shooting to stand with groups demanding the arrest and prosecution of Zimmerman. He praised his close friend Rev. Al Sharpton shortly after Sharpton threatened to take things “to the next level” if authorities failed to arrest Zimmerman.

Florida’s Governor, Rick Scott was advised by AG Bondi to appoint Angela Corey as prosecutor of the Zimmerman case.  Corey was Bondi’s campaign manager.

Bondi supported the prosecution against George Zimmerman. She collaborated with Democrat lawyer Ben Crump to prosecute Zimmerman.  Bondi was pictured consulting Martin’s mother, Sybrina Fulton, alongside lawyers from Ben Crump’s firm as they sought to jail Zimmerman for defending himself.

Bondi did intentionally, willfully and with specific intent attempt to use the power of her office to assist in the malicious and wrongful prosecution of a transparently innocent man.

Bondi, Zeldin and Fluoride

As of January 2026, AG Pam Bondi and EPA Administrator Lee Zeldin have not withdrawn the EPA’s appeal in the Food & Water Watch v. EPA fluoride case, though they’ve been urged to by advocates; instead, the Biden EPA initiated the appeal in early 2025, and the Trump EPA, with Zeldin now leading, continued it, focusing on legal grounds while also planning a broader review of fluoride science.

Advocates, including those associated with Pam Bondi’s previous efforts and the Fluoride Action Network, have called for Zeldin and Bondi to withdraw the appeal and implement a ban, but this hasn’t happened.

HHS Director, Robert F. Kennedy Jr. wants to eliminate fluoride from America’s water.

Pam’s Poison Fetish, written in August of 2025, exposed Bondi’s and Zeldin’s opposition to RFK Jr.’s elimination of fluoride.

Following is a portion of that article.

“Health and Human Services Secretary RFK Jr. says fluoride is an industrial waste associated with arthritis, bone fractures, bone cancer, IQ loss, neurodevelopmental disorders and thyroid disease. He wants it removed from America’s water.

“Groups like the Fluoride Action Network have been in court for nearly a decade after the EPA denied their petition against local water utilities adding in the waste product.  In September of 2024, the ruling by California District Court Judge Edward Chen, an appointee of former President Obama, dealt a blow to public health groups in the growing debate about whether the benefits of continuing to add fluoride to the water supply outweighs its risks.

“‘In all, there is substantial and scientifically credible evidence establishing that fluoride poses a risk to human health; it is associated with a reduction in the IQ of children and is hazardous at dosages that are far too close to fluoride levels in the drinking water of the United States,’ the judge wrote in his ruling.

“AG Pam Bondi and EPA Administrator Lee Zeldin are working with the chemical association to appeal this ruling.  Pam Bondi was a registered lobbyist with the Washington, D.C.-based firm Ballard Partners and has represented wealthy special interests and foreign governments, including Qatar and a refrigerant company with ties to China. While a direct link between Bondi and the chemical association specifically fighting fluoride removal isn’t clear, it’s worth noting that concerns have been raised in the past about Bondi’s decisions and potential influence from corporate interests during her time as Florida’s Attorney General.

“Zeldin received consulting payments from a Qatari investor involved in the felony corruption case against former Sen. Bob Menendez (D-NJ). During his confirmation process, Zeldin received strong support from major chemical industry lobbying groups, such as the American Chemistry Council (ACC).

“Despite dental pressure, 99% of western continental Europe has rejected, banned, or stopped fluoridation due to environmental, health, legal or ethical concerns.  Only about 5% of the world population is fluoridated and more than 50% of these people live in North America.”

Bondi’s Efforts to Dismiss Case Against Pfizer

Dr. Mary Bowden, who saved countless lives during the Covid era, said, “The truth about what happened during those years is starting to surface and it is happening in court.”

In the 30-minute video, Dr. Mary Talley Bowden, whistleblower Brook Jackson and Attorney Robert Barnes discuss the fight for truth is in the COVID vaccine trials.

Pfizer’s Albert Bourla told the public they were working at the speed of science to develop a vaccine for Covid-19.  However, researchers who were testing Pfizer’s vaccine at several sites in Texas noted that speed may have come at the cost of data integrity and patient safety.

Dr. Bowden points first to Pfizer whistleblower Brook Jackson who stated that researchers were “unblinding the patients” and “weren’t following the protocols.” Jackson was a regional director employed at the privately owned research organization Ventavia Research Group.  She told The British Medical Journal (BMJ) that the company falsified data, unblinded patients, employed inadequately trained vaccinators, and was slow to follow up on adverse events reported in Pfizer’s pivotal phase III trial.

Staff who conducted quality control checks were overwhelmed by the volume of problems they were finding. After repeatedly notifying Ventavia of these problems, in September of 2021, Brook Jackson emailed a complaint to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Ventavia fired her later the same day. Jackson has provided the BMJ with dozens of internal company documents, photos, audio recordings, and emails. (BMJ report) Emails from Pfizer’s partner company, ICON, show Ventavia was not keeping up with data entry queries.

Jackson filed a qui tam lawsuit under the False Claims Act in 2021, alleging fraud against the U.S. government. Pfizer had secured billions in contracts tied to trial data, including from the Department of Defense. Jackson argued that flawed data tainted submissions, led to emergency authorization and massive public funding.

The FDA followed up Jackson’s letter of allegations with a phone call.  They spoke for an hour and sixteen minutes regarding her concerns.  To date, Ventavia has not been inspected by the FDA, and only nine of 131 U.S. clinical trial sites were inspected prior to FDA approval.

Pfizer has since commissioned Ventavia to work on four new vaccine trials.  Ventavia said, “We are confident in our practices and procedures in conducting clinical trials.”

Pfizer said it had received an anonymous complaint about Ventavia in September 2020.  “Actions were taken to correct and remediate where necessary.  Pfizer’s investigation did not identify any issues or concerns that would invalidate the data or jeopardize the integrity of the study.”

An FDA spokesperson said, “FDA has full confidence in the data that were used to support the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine authorization and the Comirnaty approval.”

Jackson’s January 2021 federal whistleblower lawsuit false claim act against Ventavia Research Group, LLC, Pfizer Inc., ICON, PLC was dismissed with prejudice.

Trial Site News reported, “In early 2022, the DOJ declined to intervene on Jackson’s behalf, despite her voluminous evidence. Then, in an unusual move, the government filed a statement of interest siding with Pfizer and Ventavia – explicitly urging the court to dismiss Jackson’s case. By October 2022, federal attorneys argued that Jackson’s allegations, even if true, did not warrant a lengthy legal battle. In a striking admission of priorities, the DOJ effectively argued that pursuing the fraud claims was not in the government’s interest – an argument critics interpret as ‘we’d rather not know, or let the public know, if something went wrong.’”

As a result, the person who tried hardest to blow the whistle on these trial violations was not only silenced but left without a job, without a court remedy, and facing nearly $20,000 in personal legal sanctions (the judge ordered her to pay some of Pfizer’s legal costs).

The False Claims Act is supposed to empower insiders to expose fraud on the government, even when government officials themselves might be complicit or prefer not to act.  It is supposed to protect whistleblowers from retaliation and even reward them with a portion of recovered funds plus legal costs.

Initially sealed for government review, the Biden-era DOJ declined intervention but later moved to dismiss, citing public health policy concerns.  A district court allowed dismissal, but Jackson appealed to the Fifth Circuit. In a recent oral argument, her attorney, Warner Mendenhall, argued against late government intervention without good cause. Attorney Robert Barnes highlighted a favorable panel and probing questions toward the government and defendants. Optimism grew, with hopes a new administration might reverse course.  In this case, the DOJ actually shielded Pfizer and Ventavia from discovery.

With the new Trump administration promising transparency and the appointment of HHS Director RFK Jr., who had long railed about government secrecy in public health, and promised “radical transparency” at the HHS, hope flared anew. Many believed the case would finally be heard.

But it remains muzzled.

Financial disclosures revealed that Pam Bondi provided legal services to Pfizer, Inc. while in private practice, specifically while working as “Of Counsel” to the law firm Panza, Maurer & Maynard. Surely, this should have raised questions about recusal and DOJ impartiality.  Did that have anything to do with Trump’s DOJ affirming and embracing Biden’s DOJ intervention on Pfizer’s behalf?

Brook Jackson’s lawyer called this absurd.  There was nothing that prevented Secretary Kennedy or AG Bondi from withdrawing the government’s motion to dismiss the minute they took office in 2025.  They should have allowed it to proceed or at least been neutral.

Instead, they defended Pfizer’s victory and urged the appeals court to uphold the dismissal with prejudice (meaning permanently).

Trial Site News founder Daniel O’Connor said, “If there was a moment to demonstrate a break from past secrecy, this was it, and the administration more than blinked.”

Attorney Robert Barnes affirmed in email that “Brook’s case is pending before the Fifth Circuit of Appeals, where the court has not yet issued its ruling.”

© 2026 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




The Prince Of the Power Of the Air

By Rob Pue

January 20, 2026

I believe most people today are so caught up in the “material world,” the world we live in, see and experience, that we forget there’s a whole other realm out there — just as real as the material world, but one we, as human beings, are unable to see with our eyes.  I’m talking about the spiritual realm.

Of course, there are many who don’t believe such a thing exists.  Many of these will readily accept the existence of extraterrestrial beings — space aliens.  In fact, about 80% of Americans believe in physical aliens from outer space.  In contrast, only 49% believe in unseen spiritual forces beyond the natural world.

This is a colossal failure of our modern churches to “rightly divide the Word of Truth.”  Because the Bible clearly describes an unseen spiritual realm, in which the affairs and lives of men are profoundly influenced.  Ephesians 6:12, “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.”

My friend, Coach Dave Daubenmire, has described it in perhaps the best way I’ve ever heard.  So let me elaborate and expand on this illustration that I got from him.  Imagine you’re visiting an aquarium.  There are enormous tanks filled with water, fish and other sea creatures.  Inside the tank is an entire ecosystem.  The fish in the tank assume this is their entire world.  They have no idea that another realm exists outside their tank.

But we can look in and see it all completely and clearly.  Those in charge of the aquarium are even able to interact with the inhabitants of the tank, though the fish can’t comprehend it.  The caretakers of the tank supply all the needs of the fish, keep their environment stable, steady and healthy.  In some cases, for certain higher-intelligence sea creatures, these “caretakers” can also influence their behaviors and train them to act or “perform” in certain ways.  Most of the fish are unaware of these caretakers. All they know is what they experience.

Now, in the case of aquariums, the caretakers always have the best interests of the fish in mind.  They want to see the underwater habitat they’ve created for them thrive. They want the fish to stay healthy, grow, reproduce, and in some cases, even learn.  They’re careful to make sure all the conditions inside the tank are perfect at all times.  They tend to the quality of the water and filtration systems, they provide food, underwater shelters and perfect conditions for the fish to mate and reproduce.  If problems arise within the tank, they’re addressed and corrected quickly, so that no harm will come to the fish.

But imagine what happens if there’s an evil “caretaker” that also has access to the tank.  This evil “caretaker” can also influence the environment and behaviors of the fish.  He can poison the tank, cause the fish inside to war against one another, cause them to act in unnatural ways, and even limit or stop their reproduction.  This evil one only wants to destroy, cause chaos inside the tank and ultimately, bring death to everything living inside.

As we visit the aquarium, we can look inside and see all this taking place.  Because to the fish, we — like the caretakers — are part of an “unseen realm.”  The fish in the tank know nothing about us, though the more intelligent “fish” get to know the Good Caretaker, recognize when He comes to feed them or fix a problem, and are willing to learn from Him.  In contrast, the evil “caretaker” comes silently, and does his wicked deeds covertly.  The fish may sense something is “off” but they don’t understand what’s causing it.

Friends, we live in a “tank” known as “Earth,” but we’re not fish.  This Earth was created for us as a beautiful Garden and we were created in God’s image to know, love, walk and talk with Him and worship Him.  But something evil has crept in unawares. All most of us know is what we can see and experience inside our tank.  Some of us have learned to interact with the Good Caretaker — God — and we praise Him for His love, kindness, mercy and protection.  We’re eager to learn from Him.  But even many of those who know the Good Caretaker are hesitant to believe there could be an evil one.  Those who do know there’s an evil one often feel powerless to resist or stand against him.

This is what’s happening in our world today, and it’s been happening since the “evil caretaker” was cast down from heaven.  Revelation 12:9, “And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.”  In his pride, Satan wanted to be God, take the place of God and rule over God.  But as a created being — once a high-ranking angel of God — he was naturally defeated and exiled to Earth, along with a third of the angels who sided with him.

When that happened, Satan was given limited power and became “the prince of this world.” (John 12:31).  He’s been wreaking havoc on mankind ever since, out of pure hatred.  He hates us because we’re made in the image of God, because we have eternal souls, the ability to receive eternal life and to literally live with God in His everlasting Kingdom of Heaven forever.  Satan lost that chance when he was defeated.  Now, he wants only to kill as many human lives and souls as possible.

As the father of lies, he seeks to tempt, deceive and cause as many as possible to reject Almighty God and His gift of Salvation through His Son, Jesus Christ.  Meanwhile, God, our “Good Caretaker,” makes Himself known to all, but the war in the spiritual realm continues.  We can see Satan’s work in 2nd Corinthians 4: “the god of this world hath blinded the minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, should shine unto them.”

This vile serpent will eventually be cast into the lake of fire, which was created for him and his unholy angels, which have now become demons.  Sadly, he’ll go there with as many human souls as he and his angels are able to deceive in this present world.

And yes, demons are absolutely real and doing Satan’s bidding on this earth.  But the fact is, God and His holy angels are infinitely more powerful than Satan and his demons.  God is omnipresent (He’s everywhere at the same time).  He’s also omniscient (He knows all things at all times — He knows the end from the beginning).  Angels do God’s work in our lives, as caretakers within the invisible realm of this world.  But the war in the spiritual realm continues — and it’s a war for our very souls.

This war has been going on since Satan was cast out of heaven and it continues today.  In fact, the closer we get to the Great and Terrible Day of the Lord, the more it intensifies.  Revelation 12:12, “Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea!  For the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.”

Today, there’s a great turmoil going on within the hearts of men and women.  We may not understand what’s causing it, but we know something is seriously wrong.  There’s been an exponential and unexplainable increase in sheer madness.  The explosion of homosexuality and transgenderism is only one example of many I could list.  And we’re without excuse.  Deuteronomy 30:19 makes it clear that we have the freewill to choose life or death: “I have set before you life and death, blessing and cursing: therefore choose life, that both thou and thy seed may live.”

Romans 1 also makes it clear that we’re without excuse.  God has made Himself known to all of us through His creation.  Unlike fish in a tank, our Good Caretaker can be clearly seen and known.  “For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse. Because that, when they knew God, they glorified Him not as God, neither were they thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish hearts were darkened. Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools.”

And today, in our human “wisdom,” Satan and mankind have now combined to devise the most sinister and wicked deceptions in the history of the world.  The deceptions are many, but allow me to elaborate on just a couple things here.

It crept in slowly, gradually, imperceptibly — and it appeared to be for our benefit and advancement.  Indeed, it seemed like a miracle of technology.  I’m talking about the internet, where information and knowledge of any subject can be instantly at our fingertips.  But as Satan and man unveiled the Worldwide Web, it wasn’t long before we discovered the information and knowledge it provides can also be a web of lies.

Then came WiFi — wireless internet, where we could connect to the Internet without the hindrance of plugging in to anything.  I’ll take a little bit of Scriptural license here and just mention Psalm 2: “…Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.”  Now, all that “information” and “knowledge” is free-floating in the atmosphere.

Then came the age of the cell phone, which has morphed from simple mobile communication to a myriad of handheld computer devices, so advanced, there are now more than 3 million mobile apps for cell phones and the average phone has 80 of them installed.  And today the least used application on a cell phone is…the phone.

As all this was taking place, up went the cell towers, the WiFi signals, all sending out EMF radiation into our atmosphere.  These electromagnetic fields transmit data wirelessly, but studies have shown they can also have serious negative health effects — harming us physically, emotionally and mentally, although still, invisibly.  Now, with 5G and 6G transmissions on a global scale, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, there is definitely something evil in the air.  Not to mention the addiction that constant connection to the Internet brings, or the wickedness and evil of many of the apps people use — for everything from sexual perversion to simulating a “virtual reality” that only exists in the reprobate mind.

Now, we’ve stepped into the age of Artificial Intelligence, where it’s said the amount of knowledge available to us now doubles every twelve hours.  And there are also those evil men and women, who believe it would advance and even “transcend” the human experience to implant computer chips in our brains, so we can become a part of the so-called “Internet of Things.”  Some have even promised us eternal life through Artificial Intelligence.

Once again, Satan has whispered doubt in the ears of men and women… “Did God really Say?”  Let me close with this: Satan is called, in Scripture, “the prince of the power of the air,” because he’s a powerful, but limited spiritual being who influences the fallen world from the unseen realm.  Because he’s not omnipresent, Satan and his demons have unleashed this “artificial intelligence” on mankind, in an effort to be everywhere at once.  Because he’s not omniscient, like God, is this Internet of Things his way of attempting to gain control of all humanity’s understanding, while controlling our minds, influencing our hearts and deceiving our souls?  Could this be Satan’s way of replaying Genesis 6, when every imagination of the thoughts of man’s heart was only evil all the time?

In Matthew 6:8, Jesus reveals, “…your Father knoweth what things you have need of, before you ask Him.”  Absolutely.  And so, now, does your cell phone, which you voluntarily take everywhere you go, and you have a panic attack if it gets lost.  Through surveillance and the algorhythms of Artificial Intelligence, Satan and his demons can now imitate God and deceive men even more convincingly, anticipating your desires before they may even come to your mind, then enticing you into unspeakable depravity.

We’re in the ultimate age of deception. Satan and his demons are going to and fro’ on the earth, prowling around like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour.  The spiritual battle is real and the “ruler of this world,” the god of this age” is the father of lies.  So be aware, and beware of the “prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience.”

© 2026 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




Tell Us What You REALLY Think

By Frosty Wooldridge

January 19, 2026

If you listen to NPR or CNN or Oprah Winfrey, you receive an entirely different slant on the facts. Unless you’re standing on the streets of Minneapolis, Minnesota, you will never be given the facts by the liberal media. Except for Nick Shirley, independent journalist. The liberal media people obfuscate, cloud, skew, twist and change reality to their point of view.

Over the weekend, NPR reported that residents in Minneapolis were afraid to come out of their homes. Children were afraid to attend school. People were afraid to drive their cars. People were afraid to buy food.

What they didn’t say: illegal aliens were afraid to leave their homes. Illegal aliens were afraid to report to work. Illegal aliens’ children were afraid to attend school. Illegal aliens were afraid to drive their cars because they didn’t have licenses, insurance or registration papers. Illegal aliens were afraid to buy food because ICE agents would discover them, arrest them and deport them—-as our laws require.

At the same time, Mayor Jacob Frey reported that ICE agents were violent in the streets of Minneapolis. In reality, his henchmen did everything in their power to thwart ICE operations that have, thus far, captured and deported 2,500 criminal illegal aliens in Minneapolis. Mayor Frey said that ICE was causing chaos, when in fact, renegade American citizens were breaking the law by impeding ICE operations.

What does that tell you? It means National Public Radio reporters, as demanded by their bosses, give false reporting. Slant it, obfuscate it, confuse, obscure and fog the facts to fit NPR’s narrative.

It’s the same reason that NPR did not and would not report on the invasion on America’s border of 15 to 20 million illegal aliens during the Biden years.

Have you heard the latest by Oprah Winfrey? “You don’t overeat and become obese. Obesity causes you to overeat.”

Oprah, tell us how you REALLY feel since you’ve been fat all your life, but you’re trying to justify it for some unknown reason. That facts are: if you eat more calories than you burn, you store more and more fat until you become obese. It’s that simple. It’s that factual.

It George Orwell that gave us “Newspeak” in his novel, 1984.

“Newspeak is the fictional, controlled language from George Orwell’s novel Nineteen Eighty-Four, designed by a totalitarian government to limit thought and control the population by drastically reducing vocabulary and simplifying grammar, making rebellious or complex ideas literally impossible to express. Its principles, like replacing words with simpler opposites (e.g., “ungood” for “bad”) and creating political jargon, (doubleplusungood), serve to eliminate dissent and reinforce the Party’s power, becoming a term for manipulative, jargon-filled language in real life.”

That’s how the American people got treated during Biden’s invasion of this country.

Here is a thought from a reader:

“Everybody seems to be missing an important point: there is a psy-ops going on here. By classifying illegal aliens as undocumented migrants, there is an implication that the only difference between a legal immigrant and an illegal alien is missing papers. Thus, we should treat the illegal the same way as the legal immigrant. The “undocumented migrant” is intended to confuse the people of this country and it is working. Most people do not realize that the undocumented migrant is a criminal intent upon stealing from the taxpayer or conducting criminal activity. We need to challenge anybody who uses the term “undocumented migrant” and ask why they do not have documents. F. Westford, Massachusetts

Thus, you have the liberal press making a crime into another word. Someone who crashes our borders without invitation is a criminal by our laws: US Code 8, Sections 1325, 1325, 1326. Just like a criminal who breaks into your home, they are susceptible for arrest, prosecution and jail. That’s what’s happening in Minneapolis, but you’ve got all those numb-brains out there siding with the criminals. Additionally, they are breaking the law by impeding Federal ICE officers in their work to enforce our laws.

Here’s another reader from Chicago:

“It appears our country is experiencing an epidemic of “stupidity” brought to us by the corrupt political sector and the “fake news corporation”. Trump is right about that. The “silent majority” is awake now, and it terrifies the left.

“The left wing has been promoting Civil War as a means to disrupt, confuse, and distract Americans as to what the LEFT has been doing. They have been cheating and stealing to syphon the wealth and strength of this nation. How else could our “Public Serve Themselves” become millionaires on a public salary?

“I find it disgusting to watch the likes of Nancy Pelosi, Ihan Omar, and many other “public servants” who have acquired millions on the salary paid by the taxpayers. They are the assholes whom the protestors should be going after during their “no kings” rallies, but they target President Trump who works for free. This fact shows the sad truth about the stupidity of the “protestors”. They have no clue what they are doing.

“As part of the “Senior” generation now, you and I have survived through multiple administrations and heard all the Party lies and the politicians’ lies.

“We have been told for years that we have free and open elections, except they didn’t finish the sentence, which was “as long as we choose between the Demon-RAT or Repub-o-rat that the ‘PARTY BOSS’ presented for us to choose from on that ballot.

“With the invention of television, the Left can deliver its brainwashing bullshit to more people in nanoseconds.

Now we must listen to DemonRats tell us that “Men can have babies, Men can morf into women”, and that we must “trust the science”. All the while, the modern medical establishment make BILLIONS as they create more poison to create illusion of health.

“All of the DEI and WOKE nonsense, along with all the other baloney being pedaled by the LEFT-Wing brainwashed college subversives, is to distract us from their agenda, which has always been Socialism/Communism. The college brainwashed morons have never experienced real dictator-style COMMUNISM up close because if they had they would never flock to it.

“Schools no longer “teach”. They are institutions of lower learning and student programming.

“American standards were lowered to accommodate the stupid. Lower IQ’s is the left’s way to easily take control of the nation so the Left can become RULERS instead of elected public servants. How ironic the protestors are having “No Kings” rallies and haven’t a clue that they are being “ruled” by Kings of the DemonRat Party.” B.M. Chicago, IL.

Here’s another one, we’ve got Supreme Court Justice Ketanji Jackson who could not answer what a woman is. She doesn’t know what a man is. She thinks men can get pregnant. She never passed basic biology, but because of D.E.I., she sits on the highest court in the land, making incredible lawful decisions when she’s possesses less brains than a 10th grader in biology class.

The bet is, if you could speak up, you would SPEAK WHAT REALITY REALLY IS!

© 2026 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Gavin Newscum Couldn’t Run a Lemonade Stand

Authored by Devvy Kidd Not AI

January 19, 2026

I was born in Merced, California in 1949 and lived in that beautiful state most of my life.  Earthquakes were my biggest fear- ain’t no fun.  When my late husband and I left California for Colorado Springs, CO (He was a bird Colonel transferred to Ft. Carson, (1989. I went to work (GS-11) at Peterson AFB, AF Space Command, NORAD (Colorado Springs).  One of my contracts was inside Cheyenne Mountain. Oh my gosh, what a fantastic experience.

But, Colorado Springs, CO in the winter can be brutal and I wanted to go home to California. We did in 1997 after John retired; 27 years of service.  Mid-2005, I, along with others began warning people about what was going to happen to the economy, banks and the usual destruction by the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve.  I told my husband we have to get our house sold and get out of California – not to mention I was sick of paying for every freebee under the sun for ILLEGAL aliens.

In February 2006 I came out here to W. Texas and purchased us a new home; moved in June 6, 2006.  By Thanksgiving, 2007, the severity of the tornado coming was starting to sink in with the American people.  The couple who bought our house had already given the keys back to the bank.

We warned.  Flashback after members of Congress changed their dirty diapers after defecating on the U.S. Constitution:

Bailouts:  The Wound That Will Keep on Hemorrhaging, September 25, 2008, Mine: “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008

The Fake $700 Billion Bailout Rescue Plan, Mine, October 2, 2008: “That $700-billion figure that won’t really last because eventually the feds will sell off what they’re buying and might even make a profit in the end as they did with the Chrysler bailout warrants years ago. You know where that very important $700-billion figure came from?

“Here’s a quote from that Forbes story: “It’s not based on any particular data point,” a Treasury spokeswoman told Forbes.com Tuesday. “We just wanted to choose a really large number.” They made it up to be sufficiently ginormous to frighten everyone into rapid action. And it worked.”

“A Treasury spokes mouth said the $700 billion dollar figure was made up. The number is fake! These elitists who run our lives believe in their arrogance they could simply pluck a big enough number out of the sky and the American people would swallow it out of fear.

“Headlines around the world the past week have screeched bank bail outs in many other countries blaming the U.S., and demanding our Congress pass this $700 billion dollar hoax. I don’t think enough Americans understand just how convoluted and massive are the connections between the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve and other global financial institutions. How many Americans know this private banking cartel is being audited by another corrupt mega outfit called the International Monetary Fund — unlawfully funded with billions annually from the sweat and labor of the American people:

“In fact, the United States now supplies $27 billion of funds to the IMF at an annual cost to the taxpayer of $1.9 billion–an expenditure conspicuous by its absence in the Federal budget and a hidden element in our deficit and debt.[1]

Which brings me back to scamster, Gavin Newscum, guv of my destroyed home state (voters allegedly kept reelecting the same socialists and communists to their state legislatures and governor’s mansion and expect change for the better.  Well, “pretty boy” Newscum wants to be president make no mistake about that.

Newscum in a pretzel kind of way is related by old marriage in the family to liar and crook, 85-year old Rep. Nancy Pelosi who, thank God, has decided after decades to retire from Congress.  And, speaking of God, Newscum, diagnosed with dyslexia at age 5 was baptized and raised in the Catholic Church.  He must have been asleep as Newscum supports sexual deviants, supports killing a human baby in the womb and fake marriages between same sexes of which there are only 2, not the dozen plus genders nonsense.

Champion of the climate change hoax which has ruined so many lives and businesses.  Shut down the state over the manufactured COVID hysteria destroying thousands of businesses and people’s lives (including my little sister who now lives in Texas).  There’s an old saying:  It’s not what you know, it’s who you know and Newscum got to know the right people because of his family connections. It’s no secret billionaire heir and friend of his family, Gordon Getty, invested in Newscum projects, which of course, is his right to spend his money however he wants.

When I lived in California for about 35 years, we didn’t have huge fires and overrun with illegal aliens who were deported when caught without rioting. Most of the larger fires were/are from arsonists and that is a proven fact.  (Except Paradise, CA, which was started by defective PG & E wiring & equipment that didn’t get fixed even though they were warned of the coming disaster. Long story, but the city has been beautifully rebuilt.)  ABC10 Investigation: PG&E knew old power line parts had ‘severe wear’ months before deadly Camp Fire – “Evidence used to convict PG&E of the 2018 Camp Fire shows the company knew old parts needed replacing, but tried to show they could last longer.”

The global warming/climate change nitwits along the coast line with big money, didn’t want the already approved desalination plants to provide critical water to the state’s enormous agriculture/farming sector which didn’t get built until it was too late.

Several years before my mother passed (2023), I took her to see my sister in Carlsbad, California.  We went to the newly opened and operational desalination plant there that pumps 50 million gallons of water a day.  It was an fascinating visit and the only one in California at the time; now there are eight.  This is a broadcast by Joe Rogan, Sept. 3, 2022 on water, desalination and droughts regarding California.

This is an interesting and informative article about those plants (apparently and unfortunately believers of the “climate change” con job): California looks to streamline desalination plants, Oct. 29, 2024:

“The State Water Resources Control Board kick-started its process to amend its ocean protection standards for desalination plants at a scoping meeting Monday after Gov. Gavin Newsom ordered the regulator to consider streamlining new projects in August 2022. (Snails move faster.)

The predictable and MASSIVE Palisades Fire (once a spectacular place as I’ve been there and Malibu several times) was in Jan. 2025.  An arrest was made; arson. 12 people died and thousands of homes and businesses were destroyed.  It didn’t have to happen to the degree it did but the fire dept didn’t have water! The fire hydrants were dry!  California has full recall.  The moron mayor, Karen Bass, age 72, member Democrat Communist Party USA (at one time worked as a “community organizer” – think usurper Hussein Obama and ACORN) should have immediately been recalled. Another DEI failure.

One year down the road: Palisades Protesters chant, ‘Fire them all,’ during ‘They Let Us Burn’ march, Jan. 7, 2026: “Stay up to date with live coverage of the “They Let Us Burn” Palisades Fire protest, one year after the devastating wildfires tore through the Pacific Palisades neighborhood in LA, killing 12 and destroying thousands of homes and businesses.

“Aerial shots taken by The Post show the once most sought-after neighborhood in Los Angeles, home to celebs like Tom Hanks and Ben Affleck — still looks like a war zone a year after wildfires leveled much of it.

“Some survivors are unhappy that only a handful of the nearly 7,000 destroyed homes have been rebuilt, and the outraged residents say Mayor Karen Bass and city bureaucracy have failed them every step of the way.”

There’s a half dozen separate reports at the main link above: 1 week ago – “Nurse who lost her home says ‘Newsom is too busy running for president’ as frustration mounts.”

Hopefully Mayor Bass will be defeated in the next election altho’ she should have been recalled last year; Gavin Newscum who never met a mirror he didn’t love can’t run again for governor; term limited out.  Hallelujah!

THIS was inexcusable.  I know that area very well having traveled all over California in the decades I lived there. BILLIONS spent on ILLEGAL aliens Newscum loves and protects giving them “free” cash, medical, dental, food cards and more for years.  Palisades and the surrounding areas was not occupied by only millionaires and billionaires, but average people like you and me. Because of the ‘normal’ – not climate change BS – weather patterns and wind, that entire area has always been a fire risk. The new fire chief had quite a bit to say about that horrific disaster:

LAFD ‘never had a chance’ in Palisades: What new chief says about facing future disasters, Jan. 13, 2026: “According to the department’s after-action report, however, staffing levels on the day the Palisades Fire began fell short of the LAFD standard for extreme weather conditions. The National Weather Service had warned of low humidity, high winds and dry vegetation, what it calls a “particularly dangerous situation.” It’s the highest level of alert the agency can give.

“Despite the high risk, the LAFD report said the decision not to deploy more firefighters in advance was in part made to save money…

“It’s important to note that we are mostly an urban fire department. We needed to do better training as to how to work in this type of an environment.”  Really? Pacific Palisades and that surrounding area hasn’t moved so it seems to me those brave firefighters should have been specially trained for exactly what happened at least a couple times a year.

Returning to Chief Moore’s comments: “Early versions of the after-action report differed from the version released to the public in October, a fact that was first reported by the Los Angeles Times. The Times also reported that Battalion Chief Kenneth Cook, who wrote the report, wouldn’t endorse the final version because of the changes.

“Moore acknowledged to the L.A. Board of Fire Commissioners at a Jan. 6 meeting that the report had been watered down.

“It is now clear that multiple drafts were edited to soften language and reduce explicit criticism of department leadership in that final report,” Moore told the commissioners. “This editing occurred prior to my appointment as fire chief, and I can assure you that nothing of this sort will ever again happen while I am fire chief.”

Now they need a new mayor because Bass’ “leadership” while the whole area was burning down is beyond incompetence.

Spencer Pratt announces he will run for LA mayor, “Spencer Pratt announced he will run for mayor of Los Angeles, while speaking at the “They Let Us Burn” protest in Pacific Palisades.

“Since losing his home in the Palisades Fire, Pratt has been deeply involved in California politics, influencing legislation on social media and wildfires, and gaining prominence as a powerful voice for his followers…

“Political commentator and candidate running for California governor, Steve Hilton, tells The Post, “Pratt’s running because he understands the whole system is corrupt and broken. He laid that out just now, and that’s exactly what we need. We need outsiders to fight the corruption and get common sense back into California government, into Los Angeles government. He’s running to do that in LA. I’m running to do that in California.”

First Partner Jennifer Siebel Newsom Escalates ICE Attacks as Governor Backpedals on His Podcast, Jan. 16, 2026: “California’s First Couple continues to lead the Democrat party’s charge against federal immigration enforcement, with Gov. Gavin Newsom and First Partner Jennifer Siebel Newsom gaslighting and targeting U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) operations amid escalating violence in Minneapolis.

“Jennifer Siebel Newsom parroted Democrat talking points in a statement on Thursday, accusing President Donald Trump of deliberately “inciting violence” by increasing ICE operations in Minneapolis and nationwide:

“Trump continues to incite violence whenever it serves him. As ICE operations in Minneapolis, across the country, and even here in our own state unfold with increasing force, I am disturbed by the physical power used against innocent people—especially our communities of color and those exercising their right to peacefully protest. This violence is not random, it is intentional—meant to unsettle, to exhaust, and to intimidate. None of this can be normalized.”

“She then carelessly remarks that a majority of ICE agents are “untrained and unqualified” in this “unprecedented attack on our democracy,” and throws in “authoritarian overreach” on cue.”

Innocent people?  We’re talking about murderers, rapists, thieves and those who have NO legal right to be in this country, period, who have federal warrants out for their arrest or deportation.  It’s all about getting more illiterate mooches registered with the Democrat Communist Party USA so hubby has a chance to become president.  Is it any wonder fed up Americans are leaving California in droves – especially millionaires and billionaires. There goes all that big tax money.

Authoritarian overreach, Mrs. Newsom?  Try reading the law and BTW:  America is not a democracy.

Not to mention all the non-native born who are running for offices all over the state who care nothing about the U.S. Constitution or even their state constitution.  California Globe is a good web site that keeps you informed about California.

LA County Supervisors Approve ‘ICE-Free Zones’ on County Property, Defying Federal Enforcement – “This latest escalation fits squarely into California’s long pattern of obstructing federal immigration law”, Jan. 14, 2026.

Here’s a news flash for the bozos they call supervisors (emphasis mine)   10 U.S. Code § 252 – Use of militia and armed forces to enforce Federal authority: “Whenever the President considers that unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages, or rebellion against the authority of the United States, make it impracticable to enforce the laws of the United States in any State by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, he may call into Federal service such of the militia of any State, and use such of the armed forces, as he considers necessary to enforce those laws or to suppress the rebellion.”

10 U.S. Code § 253 – Interference with State and Federal law: “The President, by using the militia or the armed forces, or both, or by any other means, shall take such measures as he considers necessary to suppress, in a State, any insurrection, domestic violence, unlawful combination, or conspiracy, if it—

(2) – opposes or obstructs the execution of the laws of the United States or impedes the course of justice under those laws.”

Now, if all these rogue governors, mayors and stupidvisors don’t like the LAW, get your arse on over to communist, China, communist N. Korea, communist VietNam or London. They’d love you there. Personally, I’d like to see a list of them arrested and charged. Getting thrown into a cage (waiting for your bail hearing) sends a big message to elected public narcassists:  No one is above the law.  Hello, calling Blondi Bondi.

Buttressing Institutional Integrity in an Election Year: Federal Force Deployment during L.A. Riots (1992): “On April 29, 1992, violence erupted across the city of Los Angeles in response to the jury acquittal of four police officers involved in the excessive beating of Rodney King, an African American man. For multiple reasons, including the specific context that spurred the violence, the L.A. Police Department (LAPD) was “uncharacteristically unresponsive” during the initial days of unrest, and tensions on the ground continued to escalate.

“At the request of L.A. mayor Tom Bradley, California’s Governor, Pete Wilson, deployed the National Guard. Governor Wilson and Mayor Bradley formally requested federal support from President Bush as well, and explicitly requested that the President invoke the Insurrection Act.

“On May 1, President Bush signed Executive Order 12804 federalizing the California National Guard and pledging to send federal forces. The Pentagon activated ‘Operation Garden Plot’—the DoD’s civil disturbance plan—forming Joint Task Force-LA (JTF-LA). It was reported that 4,000 Army and Marine troops and 1,000 federal officers, including U.S. Marshals and Customs and Border Patrol agents, were deployed to maintain order.”

Got that Tampon Tim Walz, Comrade Mayor Frey and the rest of you buffoons? The violence must stop and our laws must be enforced or we’ll be just another banana republic with actual dictators like Maduro.  Gavin Newscum is no more fit to be president of these united States of America than Mickey Mouse.

That’s why the mid-term elections are absolutely critical.  Stop voting for Somali’s or any muslims as judges or any other office as their “holy” book, the Quran is NOT and never will be compatible with our Constitution, freedom and liberty. Quit reelecting the same cockroaches who have bankrupted our republic whether it’s mayor, city council, state rep, senator and most of Congress who continue spending “money” that doesn’t exist.  Borrowed debt to spent more debt.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

Dr. Oz Slams California as ‘Worst Offender’ in $1.8 Billion Medicaid Scandal: Withholds $300 Million From State, Jan. 14, 2026: “Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Administrator Dr. Mehmet Oz announced on X that audits have uncovered over $1.8 billion in unlawful federal Medicaid spending on non-emergency health care for illegal immigrants across eight states—with California leading the pack as the “worst offender,” including a staggering $1.31 billion from California alone, dwarfing the totals from Illinois, Washington, Colorado, Oregon, and other states combined.”

“Governor Newsom’s expansion of Medi-Cal enrolled approximately 1.7 million illegal immigrants at an annual cost now estimated between $10–12 billion.”

Gavin Newsom confronts $18B budget disaster he helped create, Jan. 7, 2026 (Now he’ll travel around the country lying through his teeth telling everyone what a wonderful job he’s done for California. We don’t need another lying Biden. Newscum our next president?  God spare us.

California’s Billionaires Rage at Huge Tax Bill to Fund Illegal Migrants’ Health Subsidies, Jan. 14, 2026 (Millionaires and billionaires create jobs.)

Don’t Count on Washington to Protect us From a Looming Banking Crisis, April 5, 2005, Dr. Edwin Vieira

Short broadcast on Comrade Newscm’s massive failure as governor

Pelosi & her Brassiere Brigade, Mine, Jan. 8, 2007

“The swearing in of Nancy Pelosi was covered ad nauseum on all networks January 4, 2007. Her coronation as Speaker of the House was hailed as historic! A step for equality! The term equality meaning female instead of one’s complete knowledge of the history of this republic and founding documents.

“Her Highness has made the promise of bi-partisanship; hold on to your wallet and don’t enlist in any branch of the military any time soon. Make no mistake about it: Pelosi’s crowning will be one of the darkest days for freedom and liberty in this country and another gigantic step towards communism, fascism and further weaning the American people into total dependency on mother government.”

Book Excerpt: How A Branch of the Getty Family Became LGBTQ Icons, July 8, 2022: “Ariadne–Gail and J. Paul Getty Jr.’s youngest child–was the shy one. She successfully dodged the public eye for most of her life, while her siblings became the subjects of headlines, though generally not by choice.

“When eventually she did appear in the spotlight, she chose a venue as high-powered as it gets: The World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland.” Rest at link.




Breaking the Death Grip on Iran

By Amil Imani

January 18, 2026

The current uprising in Iran is no longer a cycle of episodic unrest; it is a structural rupture. As of January 2026, the Iranian security apparatus – comprising the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC), the Basij, and FARAJA – has effectively moved from “crowd control” to “urban warfare.” The regime’s survival now rests entirely on a “death grip” maintained through a centralized surveillance architecture and physical hubs of command and control.

The security services are not ghost entities; they are housed in identifiable, high-consequence nodes. Across the 31 provinces currently in revolt, these offices and barracks serve as the nerve centers for the National Information Network (NIN) – the “Halal Internet” used to throttle citizen communication while maintaining state command.

The regime’s technological capability to track dissidents relies on these physical installations. These sites house the servers and operators who utilize Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) to filter and block international traffic while utilizing AI-driven facial recognition algorithms integrated into the municipal CCTV grids. By maintaining this centralized control, the regime ensures that even when the global internet is severed, their “internal net” remains a weapon of war.

For the Iranian diaspora and U.S. government agencies monitoring the January 2026 near-total blackout, the question of deterrence has shifted. If the goal is to stop the killing, the focus must move to the sources of kinetic and digital power.

The “offices and barracks” are the points from which lethal orders originate. These structures house the Signal Intelligence (SIGINT) collection units and mobile IMSI-catchers used to identify protesters in real-time. Strategically, these nodes represent the regime’s greatest vulnerability.

A coordinated neutralization of a regional command node – such as a provincial IRGC headquarters – would involve more than just a disruption of power. It would require the physical degradation of the facility’s hardened transmission arrays. By utilizing precision-guided, low-collateral munitions to collapse the ventilation and generator sub-structures, the “death grip” is effectively severed at the source.

Should these facilities face targeted tactical disruption, the regime’s ability to coordinate a nationwide crackdown – which has already resulted in thousands of reported deaths – would effectively fracture. Once the physical command-and-control (C2) infrastructure is compromised, the security forces within are rendered blind, unable to receive the lethal orders necessary to sustain a coordinated crackdown. Without centralized command, the “death grip” on the Iranian audience would begin to slip, allowing for a decentralized surge of popular power.

The United States and its allies possess a qualitative edge in electronic warfare that could theoretically render the Iranian security services blind. Beyond standard sanctions, there is an “active defense” capability designed to interfere with the repressive machinery.

The U.S. has the capacity to execute “Denial of Service” (DoS) payloads against the IRGC’s proprietary encrypted messaging servers and deploy “Stuxnet-class” logic bombs to crash the database architecture of the FARAJA identification centers.

Such an “Active Defense” operation would see the total inversion of the regime’s surveillance tools. Imagine the moment the IRGC’s proprietary “Siavash” communication lines are flooded with localized “Denial of Service” (DoS) payloads that mimic internal commands. The resulting “digital fog” would cause the regime’s own tracking algorithms to misidentify security personnel as dissidents, effectively crashing the database architecture of the FARAJA identification centers. In this state of total electronic chaos, the regime’s technological capability to interfere with the citizenry is replaced by a desperate, internal struggle to regain control of its own blinding systems.

Targeting the IRGC’s internal communication protocols would not only save lives on the streets of Tehran and Zahedan but also provide a window of opportunity for the “silent majority” to join the front lines without fear of immediate, automated identification.

Deterrence must also be personal. On January 15, 2026, the U.S. Treasury took the unprecedented step of sanctioning Ali Larijani, the Secretary of the Supreme Council for National Security. This move aims to signal that those in the “offices and barracks” are being watched.

However, sanctions are only a slow-acting medicine for a patient in cardiac arrest. What is really required is a more direct approach to dismantle the apparatus of death, for which the following high-priority objectives must be addressed:

Neutralizing Command Nodes: The primary goal is to disrupt the flow of lethal orders. Success in this area results in regional paralysis of security forces, preventing coordinated massacres.
Blinding Surveillance Hubs: By neutralizing facial recognition and tracking assets – including the 15,000 AI-powered cameras deployed in Tehran – the international community restores anonymity to the protesters.
Starving the Shadow Economy: Cutting off the “Bonyad” financial pipelines and the IRGC-dominated crypto ecosystem directly correlates to increased desertion and plummeting morale within the lower ranks.
Breaching NIN Gateways: Force a breach in the information blackout. This allows for the real-time documentation of abuses, which acts as a psychological deterrent to commanders who fear future prosecution.

History shows that regimes fall when the cost of repression exceeds the benefits of loyalty. In early 2026, the IRGC is facing “security fatigue.” By increasing the pressure on their physical and digital infrastructure, the international community forces a choice upon the rank-and-file: continue defending a crumbling fortress or abandon the barracks. Recent U.S. sanctions against top security chiefs have signaled that the era of impunity is over, but as the death toll rises, the demand for more direct interference grows.

The time for diplomatic “carrots” has passed. The Iranian people are facing a regime that has declared a state of exception where “necessity knows no law.” To provide a true deterrent, the international community must be willing to target the very tools of the regime’s survival.

Whether through the digital jamming of SIAVASH-type tactical communications or the physical degradation of command sites, the objective remains the same: to break the tools of the killer so the victim may live.

© 2026 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




He Brought Us From Darkness

By Tom DeWeese

January 18, 2026

Into the chilled October night four figures cut through the dark. Over the railroad tracks, down the dirt streets, past the preserved homes and the silent shops, they quietly made their way to a group of buildings just ahead.

The short elderly man in the middle seemed to be the center of their concern. As the group ascended the stairs inside the long wooden building one man held his arm in assistance. At the top of the stairs another helped him out of his coat. The third led him to a seat at the end of a long work bench.

In front of his chair there had been erected a plank of wood about six feet high and six inches across. On it were tubes and wires running from the top to the floor. A glass globe lay on the workbench.

The old man paused for a moment, brushed the lock of white hair from his eyes and began to work. One of the men assisted as the other two watched with smiles and intensity for the work being completed.

The date was October 21, 1929, and the location was the newly restored Menlo Park Laboratory now in its new location at the Greenfield Village historic park connected to the Henry Ford Museum in Dearborn, Michigan. The two men watching were President Herbert Hoover and Henry Ford. The elderly gentleman was Thomas Edison and the fourth was Franci Jehl, a former Edison assistant. The event was the Golden Anniversary of the creation of the first successful development of electric light. Edison was about to recreate that historic event of fifty years before.

As Edison worked, over in the Henry Ford Museum some four hundred world dignitaries were gathered to honor Edison. As they waited for him to complete the recreation they sat in darkness. In fact, around the nation and the world, many other nations reduced their lighting as the world waited and listened to the events over the radio.

It had been a long day for Edison. At 10:00am that morning he had toured the perimeter of Greenfield Village in a Civil War vintage train. The train pulled into the reconstructed Smiths Creek Station where sixty-seven years earlier an irate conductor had thrown Edison from the train because young Edison had accidentally started a fire when he was working on an experiment in a baggage car. Now the depot had been moved to Greenfield Village and Edison descended to the platform on the arm of the President of the United States.

That afternoon Edison entered the Menlo Park laboratory compound for the first time since it had been moved from its original New Jersy location where it had been the location of Edison’s greatest achievements. Over one thousand patents had been filed from that laboratory, including the electric light.

Henry Ford, a man who savored the drama of history, had restored the entire complex to the smallest detail. So thorough was he that even the old trash dumps were dug up and placed in a glass case outside the building – because here was the refuse tossed out the window from untold vital experiments. Due to the fame of the building, before restoration people would come and take boards from the site as souvenirs. Ford sent out teams of men to reclaim them. Those they could not replace were replaced with new boards and Ford ordered that the new ones new be painted in order to keep it as legit as possible.

Upon entering the building on that historic day Edison seemed to lose himself in memories. Ford asked him how close to the original appearance the building now looked. Edison answered, “About 99 percent, we never kept it this clean.”

Finally, that night Edison finished his task of recreating the light bulb. As it began to glow, Suddenly the generators throughout the compound were turned on and Greenfield Village and the Henry Ford Museum were flooded in light and cheers. The same reaction was seen an heard around the nation and the world.

When he completed the light bulb, Thomas Edison, “The Wizard of Menlo Park,” “The Man Who Made the Future,” pushed back his chair, breathed deeply, stood up and left. He never returned. Henry Ford, sensing the drama of the moment, had the chair nailed to the floor where Edison had left it.

Ford’s Greenfield Village, the Henry Ford Museum, and the Menlo Park compound stand today as a shrine to the free minds and free markets that created the world’s freest nation, as it led the world in innovations from creative thinkers who were motivated with new ideas for human society. Today those minds are bound in rules and regulations designed to enforce the controlled order of collectivism. It’s time to bring the past out of the museum and reestablish the free world.

© 2026 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org




The Problem with Political Independence

By Lex Greene

January 17, 2026

Recent data from a Gallup Poll shows that 45% of U.S. adults now identify as political independents, a record high, while 27% identify as Democrats and 27% as Republicans. 55% of respondents still identify as either Democrat or Republican, which means the two major parties remain in a power-position.

Like it or not, the two major political parties in the USA remain in political control of the USA, openly supported by 55% of voters. According to the survey, 20% of independents tend to vote Democrat, while only 15% tend to vote Republican.

This indicates that in federal elections at least, 47% tend to vote democrat and 42% tend to vote republican, including “independents” that trend to one or the other. It also indicates neither party is able to really win elections with 50% or more of the vote, and also that people are not as “independent” as they claim.

Registering “independent” is a form of “protest vote.” Even though many still vote for the two parties, they don’t want to affiliate with either “in protest.” It’s akin to a “protest vote” in the legislature. It feels good, but accomplishes nothing, as Ron Paul can attest…

This is how elections like the recent NYC Mayors race ends up with a Muslim-Marxist Mayor with no experience at all, determined to turn NYC into Americans first official socialist city. Mamdani allegedly won with 50.1% of the vote, but with only a 36% voter turnout.

There’s No “3rd Party”

Politics always has been and always will be a team sport. The simple truth is, trying to play the game of politics as an “independent” is like trying to play in the Superbowl when you’re not on either team in the Superbowl. It just doesn’t work that way!

Complaining that no one will let you into the Superbowl just because you’re not on one of the teams in the Superbowl, doesn’t help any either.

There is no “3rd Party.” When someone leaves one of the two political Superbowl teams, three things happen, none of them good things…

  1. There are now over 70 “3rd parties” in the USA and as a result, “independents” scatter to the wind and none of these fantasy league teams is at all competitive.
  2. The good people we need running the two Superbowl teams left both teams in the hands of the bad people we need to get out of both parties.
  3. The good people who left gave up any political power to alter the course of political history in the USA the minute they quit the team.

Now, if you left on vacation and came home to find another family living in your house, eating your food, watching your TV and ignoring you, I don’t think you would just move to another house or live under a bridge. I think you would retake control of your house and evict the family that had no right to be there…

But somehow, this isn’t what people have been doing when it comes to their political teams. Instead of sticking around and evicting those who shouldn’t be there, they leave the house instead, and hand the keys over to those who shouldn’t be there at all.

And then…they complain that the folks they left in charge of their house “suck,” and claim to be “taking their country back” when they didn’t even take their own house (team) back.

I understand the frustration with both Superbowl parties. I just don’t understand the illogical solution people have been attempting, with zero success, and worsening conditions in the books…

Every American Elector is supposed to be “independent minded” and “vote independently.” That’s an entirely different subject than thinking you can play and win the Superbowl without even being on one of the teams in the game… no matter what party anyone affiliates with, it’s still important to think for yourself!

However, if you think you can affect the game on the field from the sidelines, you just don’t understand team sports… If you’re not on the team, you don’t even get to choose players for the team in the primaries, which is where the game is either won or lost.

What If?

The focus was to first take control of one of the two Superbowl teams, in order to clean it up, making it now possible to get on the field of play in the next Superbowl?

In terms of the two teams, neither ever was or ever will be perfect. Perfect doesn’t exist in this world, especially in politics. But what if the 27% registered Republican were joined by at least the 15% who register “independent” but tend to vote Republican anyway? That’s now 42% Republican and 27% Democrat….

Now you’re in a position to influence policy and defeat democrats in elections all across the country…. which today means, America First voters can defeat the Muslim-Marxists who now control the Democrat Party…

Know Where Your Power Is

The more people have left the Superbowl teams, the less political power they have had…and the more the two parties have been left in the hands of the wrong people, until people now see both as a “uniparty.”

It actually isn’t the people left in charge who created the uniparty atmosphere, it’s the people who came home from vacation and turned their keys over to the family that moved in while they were gone…

Independent minded? ABSOLUTELY!

Working alone in a TEAM sport? SUICIDE!

2026 is yet another opportunity to wise up and play a winning strategy for a change. We won’t get many more chances to get it right!

© 2026 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




The Devil’s Playbook: White Race Must Be Erased and Their History Denigrated

By Sidney Secular

January 17, 2026

In consideration of the above matter: first and foremost, all the accomplishments of the white race must be erased and their history denigrated so as to induce white guilt at every opportunity. Meanwhile, the comparatively paltry accomplishments of the other races in the history of America – and, aside from the Asian Races – in the rest of the world as well (see the black race) must be lauded and applauded and made to be seen as the reason for the triumph of the West. Once these intentions have been accomplished, the global elites may then proceed with the Great Replacement through the use of unrestrained immigration of the peoples of the Third World into the First World both in the United States and Europe.

Second, the nuclear family must be destroyed in order to form men and women into rivals instead of partners. Convince the People that fathers are unnecessary and, furthermore that children are a burden upon individual liberties.

Third, the People must be turned into passive consumers while, with regard to political matters, they become as sheep; that is, what today are called “sheeple.” Call shame upon individual human drive and ambition, labeling these manifestations of advanced humanity as toxic and, worse, a “white thing,” to be dissed and dismissed out of hand.

Fourth, convince women that their femininity – that is, their ability and role to create and nurture human life – is a curse, that motherhood is servitude and that any involvement with a man in the family situation is acceptance of slavery. Promote abortion as normal and a healthful practice to be covered by health insurance and accepted in the culture’s religious institutions.

Fifth, confuse and befuddle children by assuring them of the “reality” of matters that are impossible. Tell them that they can be, by simply “willing it to be so,” any gender from a menu of gender-benders. Also, encourage them to inflict their will in these matters upon parents and the culture via temper tantrums and claims of “child abuse” until they get what they see as “their way.” This will result in legally permitted chemical and surgical sex changes, while eliminating the requirement of parental consent.

Sixth, create and install sterile lifestyles by presenting them as “moral ideals.” Encourage same sex and other non-traditional unions while treating the traditional family as a model of the unacceptable Western Civilization (Christian) “patriarchy.”

Seventh, reward the consequences of vice while punishing the values of virtue. Demand and promote equality of outcomes as de rigueur. Ignore failure by patronizing its outcome as little different from success while belittling actual success. Protect and excuse irresponsibility. Dismiss excellence and competence as a “white thing.”

Eighth, turn civilization and its political underpinning into tribal warfare. Denounce the populace working together to attain common goals as slavery and a lack of or assault upon individual freedom.

Ninth, denounce national sovereignty as slavery and work in favor of an international world order run by distant bureaucrats, NGOs, and corporate bodies that the nation’s voters can neither install nor remove and who never have to answer to the People.

Tenth, force Western nations to import incompatible and unassimilable Third World populations unwilling to and incapable of supporting themselves without massive welfare programs not available to that nation’s citizens. Placate those citizens with platitudes and outright lies claiming that we are forced either by need or empathy to co-exist with those who care nothing for their or their nation’s future.

Eleventh, poison the food supply while selling the populace pills and potions assured to provide relief from their ongoing, never ending health problems. Meanwhile, pocket the outlandish profits that ensue while making sure that those involved cannot be held accountable by law for their actions.

Twelfth, demonize so-called “fossil fuels” claiming that they are poisoning the atmosphere and affecting the climate. Pass laws demanding “sustainable energy” by means that are neither good nor sustainable. This will force the people to reject progress and regress to a pre-industrial existence in the quest to remove carbon dioxide from the air. Of course, as that gas provides nourishment for all plant life on the planet, if it is sufficiently reduced, plants, the foundation of the world’s food supply, starve and thus animal life – including mankind – is also starved. (Note: the extinction of the dinosaurs was caused by an asteroid whose consequences ended first the majority of plant life on the planet. Once that happened, the plant-eating dinosaurs died off along with the carnivores who subsisted on them. Modern “climate warriors” just want to do the same thing without the asteroid.)

Thirteenth, continue to corrupt the information stream with establishment narratives and narrow what is considered acceptable thought, punishing any who refuse the new narrative. Make censorship of undesired viewpoints legal in order to further the expanse of government punishment.

Fourteenth, continue the campaign making people chronically distracted by saturating every waking moment with narrative noise, unbearable social media chatter, and AI applications that reduce the line between what is “real” and what is “manufactured.” Such an ongoing campaign of illusion will assure that “truth decay” becomes terminal.

Fifteenth, detach people from their past including their ancestors and the history of their civilization and culture. By doing so, they become unable to discern their future. Create an historical narrative as a means of studying actual history. Make foresight and forethought futile. Author George Orwell put it best when he said, “Those who control the past control the future; those who control the present, control the past.”

Sixteenth, deride and denigrate anything “good” or “spiritual,” especially religious faith – unless, as with Islam, it is useful for government control. This is done as a means of convincing people that there is nothing that is truly worthy or that truly matters. It all becomes a matter of choice. Once this is achieved, social chaos is not met with resistance, but with indifference. After all, what does it matter when nothing is truly right or wrong, good or bad?

© 2026 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Free and Fair Elections are Everything

Kat Stansell

January 17, 2026

The Maelstrom Of Recent Events CANNOT Be Allowed To Distract and Destroy

The 2026 Midterm Election is less than 9 months away. We are being distracted by a the blatant malfeasance of the Communists in MN, OR NY and the like. We CANNOT allow this to happen.

The “prize” on which we must keep our eyes is the Midterm elections of 2026!

After the Somali fraud was laid bare, in MN and now in other states as well, the Lemmings of the Left have been brought out in force. They are screaming about what our government has done to THEM, because they cannot hide what they have done to each one of us. Distract and destroy.

The average American taxpayer has been robbed by the Somali fraud, of over $20,000 per year, figuring income and payroll taxes and a 5-10% state and local tax average, depending on state of residence.

Then, there are other “attention-grabbers” with which the American public must deal:

Maduro has been captured, and the howling from the Left is about the the treatment of that poor murderous dictator who has been responsible for the deaths of millions.

Iran’s supreme leader has fled to Russia. Ominous.

Israel is asking that we help to secure their borders against Syria, disarm Hamas and help to limit the military capacity of the middle east in addition to humanitarian projects. Like we have nothing else to do at the moment.

Russia is currently rejecting Ukraine’s peace proposals and condemning the involvement of Western troops in any future peacekeeping efforts, labeling them as legitimate military targets. Trump is not happy with this. What is going to happen next in this Deep-State-created war? the Globalists MUST stop blowing in Z’s ear!

All of this is more than enough to distract us from the upcoming elections. Should be allow this, and take our eye off the REAL PRIZE of FREEDOM, our Republic is lost.

On March 6, 2025, President Trump wrote an executive order asking that the states agree to basic Constitutional principles of voting. Its status in the states is being shadowed by the national and international howls of other events. Here’s a quick rundown.

Key provisions of The President’s election process order are: Proof of voter’s citizenship verified by federal authorities; Mail-In ballots must be received by election day to be counted; cessation of federal funding for elections if the above two categories are not met; Review of state voter registration lists and coordination with federal immigration databases; use of paper ballots and public counting thereof; rights of federal agencies like DHS and DOJ to enhance efforts to prevent foreign interference or influence with these integrity measures.

As of this writing, not one of the 50 states has agreed to the President’s election mandates – which are completely within our Constitution and laws.

Even among those “good red states”, not one has signed on.

Florida is busy writing legislation that does not do what the executive order asks, and has seemingly sidelined legitimate and carefully crafted proposals from citizens. More on this in a few days. Tallahassee is also talking about another redistricting the state before 2026 Midterms. Redistricting involves sending out new voter registrations with the correct new district noted.

The last time this was done, was prior to the 2022 midterms, when DeSantis and Florida were the only ones to experience that “big red wave” so anticipated in all red states during the O’Biden Coup. It was subsequently discovered that those registrations which were sent to invalid or “bad” address were returned by the post office to the county Supervisors of Elections offices (yellow return labels attached); then saved and voted with am impossible 100% signature match. Think printers.

Tennessee legislatures talked a bit about voting last session. Voter rights can now be petitioned to be restored before a person’s gun rights are. (I know, “only in TN”.) The rest as far as I could tell is basically what was on the books prior to Trump’s executive order. Voters must provide one form of id; even those drivers; licenses issued to illegals?? Absentee ballots can be freely obtained; too freely, in my estimate.

TN is proud of the fact that they say that citizenship is required to vote in the state, but they have fouled this up enough that it really cannot be leaned on. I’ve seen them try to arrest an elderly resident of TN who had lived and voted there for decades. Most of this last session’s voting-related considerations do not address the issues in the President’s order.

Texas’s Supreme Court approved of their redistricting plan which adds five Republican-leaning congressional districts for 2026. I do know that the TX SOS, did a Texas two-step when asked to provide voter roll discs for review, so TX is not nearly as “safely red” as some still would like to believe.

Missouri, Iowa and Utah have engaged in some semblance of redistricting. Missouri drew a new map which helps Republican votes. Iowa and Utah have been ‘involved in discussions” about redistricting but have met legal resistance form the Blues.

IN tried to draw new maps, but failed.

ALL of these, however, are talk of redistricting, NOT following the Presidential executive order.

At last count 19 states have filed suit against the President for daring to enforce our laws. You know who they are, but, as of 4/2025, the list included Arizona, California, Connecticut, Delaware, Hawaii, Illinois, Maine, Massachusetts, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Rhode Island, Vermont, and Wisconsin. The usual suspects.

TOGETHER THESE STATES CONTROL 186 ELECTORAL VOTES. Repeat:

TOGETHER THESE STATES CONTROL 186 ELECTORAL VOTES.

Let that really sink in. We are a hair’s breadth from losing Congress AND our President, who would be impeached and jailed before his term is out should Congress turn blue. From then on, the fraud would be institutionalized, and our Republic, circling the drain.

You MUST get active in your state to demand that your elected officials follow the Constitution of the US and the Trump EO. Drown them with letters and calls, even visits! It’s now or never.

It is not R vs. D, it is freedom vs tyranny. And, you can smell that tyranny in the air when you look at the upheaval in the Blue states as the day approaches. Your neighborhood could soon resemble those.

I have to repeat: We cannot be distracted by all the rest of the world spinning around in our heads! Our freedom is on the line.

Off the couch and out the door!! Soon you may not be allowed a couch…

© 2026 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Can Corrupt Public Officials be Arrested?

By Lex Greene

January 16, 2026

Can and Must be Done

The structure of a government designed to be “of, by and for the people” relies upon “the people” to be properly informed, educated, morally and ethically fit for self-governance, and able to elect public officials via free, fair, lawful and transparent elections. But what happens when it has all been systematically eroded beyond recognition?

No Longer Properly Informed

The USA hasn’t had any real journalism in decades. What we have instead is “Fake News Networks” masquerading as journalism, while they focus on controlling public policy by influencing public perceptions. It’s one giant false propaganda machine controlled by what some refer to as the “deep state.” A shadow government actually in control of the elected government.

No Longer Properly Educated

We don’t have schools anymore; we have indoctrination centers controlled by the “deep state” via the Boards of Education and Teachers Unions. That’s why we now have whole generations supporting socialism and Islam despite the horrific history for both all over the world. We have “groomers” rather than teachers, raising moral misfits and village idiots, instead of decent human beings.

No Longer Moral or Ethical

If you expect people who believe they have a right to murder their own children in the womb for mere social convenience, to ever be on the moral and ethical side of anything else, you’re fooling yourself. These are people with no regard for human life, even for their own children. You expect them to care about you? They have no regard for the Rule of Law either, and while they get in the streets to protect criminals, they want to disarm you, because like their own babies, you have no right of self-defense, and neither do law enforcement officers.

No Lawful, Free, Fair or Transparent Elections

Election Fraud permeates every election in the USA today. It’s no longer the exception, it’s the rule. Because nobody wants to stop the fraud, everyone seeks to out-cheat the opponent instead of securing legitimate elections. The people can’t elect public figures “of, by and for the People” because the system to do that has been destroyed by those with evil intent and global political ambitions.

No Consequences for Treason

Sanctuary cities and states are “illegal” and “unconstitutional,” yet they exist. Massive fraud and misuse of taxpayer funds is rampant, but nobody ever goes to prison for it. Obstructing justice and impeding legal law enforcement are crimes in the USA, but the streets are full of “insurrectionists” in crime sanctuaries all across the country, and the violent rioters and the politicians who put them in the streets walk free, while legitimate law enforcement is targeted as “unlawful.”

It all adds up to a society no longer capable of freedom, liberty or justice!

Every person in the streets impeding law enforcement and obstructing justice should be arrested, prosecuted and incarcerated. Legitimate law enforcement engaged in enforcing legitimate laws are not the “Nazis,” the people trying the prevent them from enforcing our laws are the “Nazis” – “anarchists” – and “insurrectionists.”

But even worse than the dumbed-down and drugged-up mental midgets and moral misfits in the streets are those who put them there, the “public officials” engaged in inciting illegal activities and placing their cities, states, country and citizens in harm’s way for political gain.

Arresting Public Officials

Until public officials engaged in crime, corruption and a conspiracy to overthrow the Rule of Law via their “citizen army” in the streets are arrested and held fully accountable for their anti-American activities, no one is going to be held accountable and the situation in the USA is going to devolve into 3rd world chaos.

Due to current events in Minnesota, the first public officials to be arrested and charged with inciting an “insurrection” should be Governor Tim Walz and Mayor Jacob Frey, both of whom continue to stoke the firing of anarchy and insurrection against U.S. Law and legitimate law enforcement.

What Governor Walz and Mayor Frey have done and continue doing is defined in our laws as developing, inciting, igniting and managing a “rebellion” or “insurrection” against lawful Federal Authority.

At no time has either public official stepped to a podium and told their citizens to, “stand down, obey the law, cease impeding legal law enforcement and obstructing justice, and go home.” Instead, they continue to fuel the flames of open rebellion against legitimate Federal authority.

“Whenever the President considers that unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages, or rebellion against the authority of the United States, make it impracticable to enforce the laws of the United States in any State by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, he may call into Federal service such of the militia of any State, and use such of the armed forces, as he considers necessary to enforce those laws or to suppress the rebellion.”

Until the people responsible for the “rebellion” are brought to justice, in this case, numerous public officials, there is no consequence for rebellion or insurrection. There’s no consequence for blatant acts of treason!

January 6, 2021 was not a rebellion or insurrection… It was a political rally against election fraud which has been proven since and continues to be evidenced every day. There was no effort to overthrow our Constitutional Republic or thwart our laws that day.

But what’s going on in “sanctuaries cities and states” across the country today is a rebellion and insurrection against constitutional federal authority, all of it designed to undermine and overthrow our Constitutional Republic and install “unconstitutional governmental systems.”

Public Officials have an obligation under an Oath of Office to uphold, protect and defend our Constitution and the Republican form of government it guarantees every state and every Citizen.

All Federal Employees, including Members of Congress, are subject to the following law…

“5 U.S.C. § 7311 establishes employment limitations for individuals seeking or holding positions in the U.S. federal government or the government of the District of Columbia.”

Federal Law

At the federal level, violating the oath of office can lead to criminal charges under statutes like:

  • 5 U.S.C. 7311, which makes it a federal crime to advocate the overthrow of the U.S. government.
  • 18 U.S.C. 1918, which prescribes penalties including removal from office, fines, or imprisonment.

For members of Congress, signing an affidavit affirming they will not violate their oath (per 5 U.S.C. 3333) is mandatory. Joining lawsuits to oppose constitutional duties—such as calling an Article V Convention—has been argued as a violation of this oath.

As for State and Local Officials,

“Under 18 U.S.C. § 2383, rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States is a federal crime, punishable by fines, up to 10 years in prison, and disqualification from holding any U.S. office. The statute applies regardless of whether the rebellion is declared by a state government or carried out by private groups within a state.”

Everyone seems to be acting as though these laws don’t exist, or that they don’t apply to every public official who took an Oath of Office. But they do exist and they do apply and unless we are going to make certain they are properly enforced, they aren’t worth the paper they were written on…

The People have allowed our government at all levels to run wild for decades until our systems of self-governance appear null and void.

But The Supreme Law of the Land is still just that…and once The People decide to enforce it, we can clean up the mess made by “public officials” for over a hundred years now.

When The People summon the will, they will find the way!

© 2026 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




Energy wisdom is lacking among public officials

By Ronald Stein, PE

January 16, 2026

Most elected officials, as well as those aspiring to be elected, have little comprehension of the differences between the products and transportation fuels running the economy and the electricity needed by all the infrastructure. Thus, all candidates running for public offices throughout the country (both parties), for Mayor, Governor, President, etc., should be given the opportunity to share their Energy Wisdom in public debates.

The global population has surged from 1 to over 8 billion in less than 200 years, not from fossil fuels, but FROM the products and transportation fuels MADE FROM fossil fuels. This growth has been directly attributable to the dramatic increase in the number of products and transportation fuels made from fossil fuels, many of which are essential to health, safety, transportation mobility, agriculture, and national defense.

Since wind turbines and solar panels ONLY generate electricity, in less than 2 minutes, readers may find this video educational, “Can You Go a Day Without Fossil Fuels?” as it shows some of the products that wind turbines and solar panels CANNOT make for our materialistic society. Since all the components to generate electricity by coal, natural gas, hydro, nuclear, wind, and solar are MADE FROM fossil fuels, George Carlin shares in a 1-minute video the results of ridding the world of fossil fuels, as that would Eliminate ALL electricity.

Before we rid the planet of fossil fuel usage, the public deserves to know the zero-emission ideologists’ plan for what the replacement will be for that black tar commonly referred to as crude oil, to maintain the supply chain of products and transportation fuels demanded by the 8 billion people on this planet that are the foundation of the world’s economy.

Which brings us back to the essence of Energy Wisdom: that decisions by public officials about energy are, at their core, decisions about society itself—about what kind of economy we wish to sustain, what kind of communities we wish to build, and what trade-offs we are prepared to accept. These are not technical questions alone, as they are cultural, economic, geopolitical, and ethical questions that demand serious public conversation, especially from those seeking public office.

For candidates who hope to lead—whether as Mayor, Governor, or President—Energy Wisdom requires comprehensive awareness: that modern civilization is not powered by electricity alone; that materials matter; that transportation fuels for planes, ships, military, construction equipment, and space travel launches, that oil underpins global logistics and manufacturing; that ethical mining must be part of any responsible strategy; that nuclear generated electricity is returning to the global stage; and that Earth’s mineral and metal resources, while vast, are ultimately finite. America’s prosperity has always been tied to its ability to understand industrial realities, not simply political aspirations.

The following open-ended questions are intended not to trap or embarrass political figures, but to invite deeper discussions about their Energy Wisdom. If an aspiring leader can articulate thoughtful responses to these six questions, voters will have a clearer sense of whether that candidate possesses the level of Energy Wisdom needed for leadership.

These open-ended questions are for candidates to share the extent of their Energy Wisdom:

(1) More than 6,000 products and transportation fuels rely on petrochemicals every day, many of which are essential to health, safety, mobility, agriculture, and national defense. Question: Understanding that wind and solar only generate electricity but CANNOT make any of the products or transportation fuels demanded by those on this planet, what role do you believe petroleum-based products play in sustaining a modern industrial economy and civilization?

(2) To support life expectancy that is now more than 75 years of age, versus 40 years of age in the 1800’s, almost all modern pharmaceuticals rely on petrochemicals from crude oil for their creation and essential components for drug delivery, plastics (syringes, IV bags), packaging, and even transport, making oil foundational to nearly every medicine’s journey from lab to patient. These petroleum-derived chemicals are crucial for creating active ingredients and purifying naturally sourced drugs, making large-scale, cost-effective production possible. Question: What is your plan to replace crude oil that will maintain the supply chain of products to support the medical industry?

(3) Continuous, dependable electricity remains essential for industrial societies and economies. Voters deserve to know how a candidate plans to secure reliable electricity under all conditions. Question: Thus, how do you view the limitations of relying solely on wind turbines and solar panels that can only generate electricity under favorable weather conditions as the foundation for an electricity policy?

(4) New nuclear reactor technologies are emerging worldwide to generate continuous, uninterruptible, and emission-free electricity to support the growing demand for electricity. Question: How do you see nuclear power contributing to America’s long-term electricity needs, and will America lead—or follow?

(5) Currently, the international supply chains for minerals and metals that support the construction of wind turbines, solar panels, and EV batteries are from poorer developing nations with minimal labor laws and environmental regulations. Question: What are your views on the ethical and moral dimensions of global mining for those critical minerals and metals that will avoid the current exploitation of child labor with yellow, brown, and black skin, and environmental degradation in those poorer developing countries, currently supplying those exotic minerals and metals, to support the green movement in wealthier countries?

(6) Earth’s finite natural resources of crude oil, coal, lithium, cobalt, etc., are not endless and may require a wiser approach to energy planning and consumption. Question: What principles should guide national policy over the next half-century to maintain the supply chain of products, transportation fuels, and sufficient electricity to meet the ever-growing materialistic demands of the 8 billion on this planet?

America, and the world’s 8 billion people, need leaders who can think beyond slogans, beyond narrow categories of electricity, and beyond short-term political cycles. Energy Wisdom is not about favoring one source over another. It is about recognizing the full industrial reality that sustains modern life and approaching energy decisions, inclusive of the products, transportation fuels, and electricity demanded by all infrastructures of today’s economy, with humility, responsibility, and practical understanding. That is the kind of Energy Wisdom leadership the twenty-first century requires.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein.

© 2026 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net




King’s Controversial Legacy of Black Communism

By Cliff Kincaid

January 16, 2026

An outfit in conservative Tennessee called the Highlander Center has issued a statement, “No ICE, No War,” opposing deportation of illegal aliens and denouncing U.S. military action against Venezuela. Do you recognize the name? This is the famous “communist training school” where Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. learned how to be a “civil rights” leader.

The legacy of King is mired in controversy, since black congressional districts created under the Voting Rights Act (VRA) of 1965 that was passed in response to his civil rights protests are now dominated by “progressive” and even outright communist Democrats.

Those districts, however, may all be struck down by the U.S. Supreme Court in a pending decision because they are racist in design and therefore illegal and unconstitutional.

The leftist NPR noted, “At least 15 U.S. House districts — concentrated in the South — are at risk. They have large populations of racial minorities and are currently represented by a Black member of Congress.”

These districts have been largely represented by black representatives under the influence of the Communist Party USA.

The late Democrat Rep. John Lewis of Georgia was transformed into a “civil rights icon,” even by conservative pundits. But his tainted legacy includes writing a 1965 article for the communist publication Freedomways, financed by the Red Chinese and the Russians, that was entitled, “Paul Robeson: Inspirer of Youth.” It was about the famous black actor and singer who had been a member of the Communist Party USA and admirer of Soviet dictator Joseph Stalin.

The problem isn’t just in the South. Consider the cases of Rep. Danny Davis (D-Ill.) and former Rep. Barbara Lee, now mayor of Oakland, California.

At a conference we held 13 years ago, Jeremy Segal aired a video showing Davis being honored at the Communist Party’s headquarters in Chicago for a lifetime of “inspiring leadership.”

Herb Romerstein’s masterful report on the “progressive” movement examined the case of former Rep. Barbara Lee, who became a top officer of the Committees of Correspondence for Democracy and Socialism (CCDS), a spin-off from the Communist Party after the Soviet “collapse.”

Another Marxist former Representative, Los Angeles Mayor Karen Bass, traveled to Cuba with the Weather Underground-sponsored Venceremos Brigades. Her “friend and mentor,” Oneil Marion Cannon, was a top member of the Communist Party USA for decades.

The communist capture of the “progressive” Democrats, most of them black, can be linked to communist influence on Martin Luther King, Jr. A photograph exists of his participation in that notorious “communist training school” in Tennessee. We have a new section on our website examining evidence of this, still considered a taboo topic in much of the media.

In his famous speech opposing a national holiday in honor of King, Senator Jesse Helms examined those in attendance at the Highlander Center, including Abner Berry, a correspondent for the Communist Party newspaper, the Daily Worker, and  Aubrey Williams, identified as a member of the CPUSA and President of the Southern Conference Educational Fund.

Its founder, Myles Horton, was a far-left activist in Tennessee who had very significant and long-standing ties to the Communist Party USA, according to Trevor Loudon’s Key Wiki site.

Horton had said, “I’m doing you just as much good now as I would if I were a member of the Communist Party. I am often asked if I am a Communist Party member and I always say no. I feel much safer in having no fear that evidence might be uncovered to link me with the Communist Party, and therefore I prefer not to become a member of the Communist Party.”

There is no direct evidence of King being a Communist Party member. But he knowingly associated with them and broke a promise to John and Bobby Kennedy to kick them out of his civil rights campaign. In addition, despite his reputation as a moderate, King paid tribute to W.E.B. Du Bois, who himself joined the CPUSA in 1961, at an event sponsored by Freedomways in New York City.

Communists have targeted black Americans for exploitation almost since the time of the Russian revolution in 1917.  The article, “Black Liberation and the Communist International,” describes a Soviet campaign, launched shortly after the Russian revolution, to exploit the “Negro question” in the U.S. and manipulate blacks and members of other minority groups for communist purposes.

In addition to America’s first black President, Barack Hussein Obama, who was influenced by Frank Marshall Davis, a black communist, we could point to the first black Muslim member of Congress, Keith Ellison, who was an official of the National Lawyers Guild (NLG), cited as a Communist Party front organization by the House Committee on Un-American Activities. He is now Attorney General of Minnesota.

Ellison had been a vocal supporter — and attended a fundraiser for — Sara Jane Olson, a member of the Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA), an off-shoot of the Weather Underground that is probably best known for kidnapping Patricia Hearst.

Then-Rep. Ellison even penned an article in the CPUSA’s People’s World published on August 29, 2014 discussing the rise of “people’s movements” in the United States.

One photograph showed him distributing the Final Call newspaper of Louis Farrakhan’s Nation of Islam, which believes white people were created by a scientist named Yakub and constitute an inferior race.

In another fascinating case demonstrating communist influence in the Democratic Party, we released FBI documents obtained through a Freedom of Information Act request about the Soviet connections of Carlton Goodlett, a major black figure, and his influence in the California Democratic Party. Goodlett had a long record of involvement in communist causes, including membership on the presidium of the World Peace Council, a Kremlin front, and being a Lenin Peace Prize winner.

Yet, former House Speaker Rep. Nancy Pelosi once praised Dr. Carlton Goodlett as just a civil rights activist.

In this way, thanks in part to the success the communists had in manipulating Martin Luther King, Jr., communist influence in America and on the Congress has grown exponentially. They have insidiously used “civil rights” to advance the communist cause.

The Kennedys knew about King’s association with communists because they ordered the FBI and J. Edgar Hoover to conduct surveillance of King and his associates. Those tapes, sealed for 50 years, revealed evidence of sex orgies and debauchery, as disclosed in an FBI report that was accidentally released.

Many conservatives do not want to acknowledge the tawdry aspects of King and his agenda.

But Michael Parenti of the Marxist Institute for Policy Studes (IPS) wrote this letter to the New York Times, published on November 1, 1983, defending King’s associations with members of the Communist Party USA. He wrote that Senator Jesse Helms’s accusation that Martin Luther King Jr. had Communist associations has been labeled by King’s liberal defenders as ”slanderous” and ”obscene” but “what is obscene about associating with Communists?”

He explained, “By treating the charge as something horrific, liberals once again accept the McCarthyite premise that U.S. Communists are purveyors of evil and that any association with them taints one forever. Dr. King himself would not have accepted such a defense.”

He admitted “there may be an element of truth in Helms’s contention…”

Today, the Highlander Center is still described as a place “where radical visions become a reality” and peddles books like, To Belong Here: A New Generation of Queer, Trans, and Two-Spirit Appalachian Writers, and Queer Communion: Religion in Appalachia. It is participating in the “Creating Change” conference from Jan. 21-25 in Washington D.C. sponsored by the National LGBTQ Task Force

Its Workshops and Trainings include courses like “Fascism 101,” promising to “Lay the foundation for deeper thinking about what it will take to build broad and effective anti-fascist resistance.”

Isn’t this what we are seeing in Minneapolis?

© 2026 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

  • Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvval.org



Unreasonable Searches

By Paul Engel

January 15, 2026

  • The Fourth Amendment protects you against unreasonable searches.
  • Can a state use a subpoena to bypass the warrant requirements of the Fourth Amendment?
  • Do governments use subpoenas to intimidate people to give up their rights?

When a government agency searches without a reason it’s called “fishing.” When the Attorney General of New Jersey issued a subpoena demanding the names, addresses, and phone numbers of the donors to a pregnancy center, it wasn’t just fishing, it was searching for a white whale.

The Fourth Amendment protects us from unreasonable searches. However, that does not stop some law enforcement agencies from abusing their subpoena authority to conduct unreasonable searches. That appears to be what happened to First Choice Women’s Resource Center.

Subpoena vs Warrant

Before we get into the case, we should define the difference between subpoenas and warrants.

The criteria for a warrant is defined in the Fourth Amendment.

[N]o Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

According to the Free Legal Dictionary, a subpoena is:

A formal document that orders a named individual to appear before a duly authorized body at a fixed time to give testimony.

Subpoena – The Free Legal Dictionary

This distinction is important, because according to The Free Legal Dictionary, a “duly authorized body” can order an individual to appear without any probable cause. There’s no need to provide a reasonable suspicion that the person has, is, or about to, commit a crime according to the case Union Pac. R. Co. v. Botsford:

“No right is held more sacred, or is more carefully guarded, by the common law than the right of every individual to the possession and control of his own person, free from all restraint or interference of others, unless by clear and unquestionable authority of law.”

Union Pac. R. Co. v. Botsford, 141 U. S. 250, 251 (1891)

So where is the clear and unquestionable authority of law for a “duly authorized body” to search without a warrant? Where is the authorization for said body to seize, by demanding attendance, with the authority of a warrant? As we’ll see, while it may not have been the focus of much of the argument, this is the cornerstone of the protection of our rights.

ERIN M. HAWLEY, ESQ. On behalf of the Petitioner

As usual, argument starts with the attorney for the petitioner.

  1. HAWLEY: Thank you, Mr. Chief Justice, and may it please the Court:

This Court has long safeguarded the right of association by protecting the membership and donor lists of nonprofit organizations like First Choice. Yet the attorney general of New Jersey issued a sweeping subpoena commanding on pain of contempt that First Choice produce donor names, addresses, and phone numbers so his office could contact and question them. That violates the right of association.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Ms. Hawley’s opening argument may be true, but I still have a problem with it. Yes, if the State of New Jersey can simply demand the information of people who associate with a group, then it violates their right of association. However, the First Amendment does not protect people from such violations by a state, only those done by laws made by Congress.

Congress shall make no law … abridging …the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

The Constitution of the State of New Jersey does protect its citizens.

The people have the right freely to assemble together,

Constitution of New Jersey, Article I, Section 18

Not only is this rather important detail missed by both the attorneys and justices of the Supreme Court, but lower courts had some interesting views as well.

Yet the lower courts held that First Choice must litigate its First Amendment claims in state court. That violates this Court’s decision in Knick, contradicts the courts’ virtually unflagging obligation to decide cases within their jurisdiction, and runs contrary to Section 1983. Even the attorney general now agrees as much.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

There is a serious constitutional issue with the claims of the lower courts. States court do not have jurisdiction over First Amendment issues, only federal ones.

The judicial Power shall extend to all Cases, in Law and Equity, arising under this Constitution, the Laws of the United States, and Treaties made, or which shall be made, under their Authority;

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 2, Clause 1

So how can a state court litigate a case that the Constitution clearly states is under the judicial power of the United States, i.e., federal courts?

His newest rationale for evading review — questioning First Choice’s chilling injury — fails for two reasons. First, First Choice’s associational interests were harmed the moment it received a coercive subpoena demanding donor names on pain of contempt. This is true irrespective of whether the subpoena is non-self-executing for even an unenforceable threat may chill First Amendment freedoms.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

There was a fair amount of discussion regarding “chilling injury,” that the actions of the New Jersey Attorney General “chilled” the ability of First Choice to acquire and maintain donors. We’ll talk about that later.

Second, the attorney general does not dispute that First Choice faces a credible threat of enforcement, and there’s no question that First Choice’s First Amendment interests are arguably burdened by the subpoena. This Court’s cases require no more. The attorney general’s proposed subpoena exception from ordinary Article III rules would mean that the NAACP could have received a hostile subpoena from an attorney general and federal court review would not have been available until a state court ordered production. But then Younger abstention and res judicata would almost certainly slam the federal courthouse doors shut.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

The other major point of discussion was whether or not there was a credible threat against First Choice?

First choice has a simple ask.

This Court should reverse and hold that this subpoena violates the First Amendment and satisfies Article III.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

I agree that the lower court decision should be reversed and that the case belongs in an Article III court. But I disagree that the subpoena violates the First Amendment, because what it does is violate the Fourth Amendment.

SUNDEEP IYER, ESQ. On behalf of the Respondent

The Attorney General of New Jersey argued their case.

  1. IYER: Mr. Chief Justice, and may it please the Court:

Petitioner’s factual allegations do not show that the issuance of this subpoena objectively chilled Petitioner’s First Amendment rights.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Funny that Mr. Iyer claims that a subpoena threatening contempt if First Choice doesn’t comply, does not chill their rights. I agree it doesn’t chill their First Amendment rights, but it does chill their liberty to retain donors when they find out their personal identifying information has been collected by the State of New Jersey simply for donating to a particular non-profit organization.

To some of the colloquies this morning about state law, New Jersey state law establishes that subpoenas do not require anyone to produce documents, and a party faces no penalties for non-production. Any legal duty to produce documents and, in this case, any disclosure of donor identities is instead wholly contingent on a future state court order requiring production.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Interesting. If the laws of the State of New Jersey do not require complying with the subpoena, you would think the Attorney General’s office would know that. Yet still, they included this language in the subpoena.

Failure to comply with this Subpoena may render you liable for contempt of Court and such other penalties as are provided by law. … You have an obligation to retain, and continue to maintain the requested Documents. Failure to comply with this Subpoena may render you liable for contempt of court and such other penalties as are provided by law.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Petition for a writ of certiorari

Yes, the subpoena says First Choice “may” be liable for contempt of Court, but the threat is there: Comply or else. Not to mention the legal costs to First Choice to attempt to quash the subpoena.

This case is a perfect illustration. The state court has repeatedly declined to order production over two years of litigation. That helps explain why Petitioner never alleged below that anyone actually has been or is objectively likely to be chilled by this subpoena. Instead, at most, the complaint alleges that the subpoena itself “may cause” donors to stop contributing. But that contingent language has never been enough for Article III.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

For two years, First Choice has had to defend themselves in court against what I will later show to be an unreasonable, and therefore unconstitutional, search of their records.

As for Article III standing, as I’ve already pointed out, since this is a case arising under the Constitution of the United States, Article III courts are the only ones with jurisdiction.

The federal government’s alternative credible threat of enforcement theory of standing is even worse. State and local governments issue tens of thousands of subpoenas every year. But the federal government’s theory would risk turning many of these ordinary subpoena disputes into federal cases even without a First Amendment claim. That would be a remarkable break from history and tradition.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Perhaps the tens of thousands of subpoenas issued every year by state and local governments, not to mention by federal agencies, should be reviewed. Where do these governments get the legal authority to compel attendance, and in some cases the production of evidence, without a warrant? That is a violation of the Fourth Amendment’s Reasonableness Clause. It may even be a violation of the Fifth Amendment’s Self Witness clause.

No court has accepted that theory, and this Court should not be the first, particularly in a case where the question presented was itself limited to chill.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

While no court may have accepted the theory that a state subpoena violates the First Amendment, there’s always a first. As I’ve said, I believe the court should be the first to consider whether or not subpoenas, specifically the language to compel attendance, violate the Fourth Amendment.

Command or Request

During questioning, several interesting arguments were looked at. Let’s start with whether or not a subpoena is a command or merely a request.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Your argument seems to be based on the mere reception of the subpoena, so what did that cause you to do?

  1. HAWLEY: Sure. So, under Article III, we can have both a present and a future imminent harm, Your Honor —

JUSTICE THOMAS: But what is — what did you have to do upon reception of the subpoena?

  1. HAWLEY: So the subpoena commands First Choice to do several things. It commands it to produce 28 different categories of documents, including every solicitation e-mail and text message it sent to its donors. It commands it produce donor names, addresses, phone numbers, as well as places of employment. It imposes a litigation hold, Your Honor. And it also chilled First Choice and its donors’ First Amendment rights.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

As I pointed out, this subpoena cannot violate the First Amendment since it is not based on a law made by Congress. However, by compelling that First Choice do something, the Attorney General deprived them of the liberty to privately communicate with their donors. That violates the Fourteenth Amendment’s due process clause.

nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Remember, under the Fourth Amendment, any search must be reasonable. While there are circumstances where a search can be reasonable without a warrant, there has to be some basis for reasonableness.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Were there complaints against — were there complaints against you that stimulated the subpoena?

  1. HAWLEY: No, Your Honor. The attorney general has never identified a single complaint against First Choice.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

If there is no complaint, what is the reasonable articulable suspicion that a crime has been committed? There isn’t one, so what makes the search of documents that subpoena is demanding reasonable?

But is a subpoena nothing more than a request?

JUSTICE THOMAS: Did you view this as a request? The briefs of the attorney general seem to suggest that this is — I’ve never heard the term “subpoena request.” But did you view this as a request?

  1. HAWLEY: Absolutely not, Your Honor. This is not in the record, but First Choice immediately convened an emergency board meeting to discuss the subpoena. The very Latin term for subpoena means under penalty. If you look at the face of the subpoena, it twice commands First Choice to produce on pain of contempt, and it twice threatens that the failure to comply with the subpoena, not a later state court order but with the subpoena, shall render First Choice liable for contempt and other penalties at law. Some of those other penalties at law are business dissolution. That is a death knell for nonprofits like First Choice.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Having received a federal subpoena, I can tell you there is nothing about that process that leads to you believe it is a request. Now that I know that subpoena is Latin for “under penalty” I’m sure it’s not a request. During questioning of the respondents attorney, Justice Thomas asked the same question.

JUSTICE THOMAS: What is the difference between this subpoena and a request?

  1. IYER: Your Honor, this subpoena is a predicate under state law for the state executive branch to be able to go to a court to seek a court order requiring production. We couldn’t do that if we had just sent a letter request. But, in other critical respects, there’s really not a difference in terms of the legal obligations that are actually imposed upon a recipient of a subpoena.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Funny, when a District Attorney seeks a court order to compel attendance, I don’t think they issue a subpoena first. Does law enforcement, part of the executive branch, seek a subpoena before seeking a warrant? Mr. Iyer went on.

Typically, when we think about subpoenas, we’re thinking about grand jury subpoenas or subpoenas that are issued by a court during civil litigation. I think an administrative subpoena is very different, and courts, as a matter of state law, have held across the country that these subpoenas themselves don’t impose any obligation to produce documents from the moment of — of the issuance of the subpoena.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

So a document literally titled “under penalty” does not impose an obligation to produce documents, under some penalty? Does that sound reasonable to you? If there is no obligation, they why does the subpoena use the term “compel”?

Justice Gorsuch also asked about the power of subpoenas.

And just looking at the statute, it says the AG’s subpoenas have the force of law, and if a person fails to obey the subpoena, the AG may apply to the Superior Court and obtain an order adjudging such person in contempt of court.

Now I don’t know how to read that other than it’s pretty self-executing to me, counsel. Now I — maybe that’s anomalous. Maybe that’s wrong. Maybe the New Jersey Supreme Court’s read it differently. But that’s not the materials I have before me, so help me out.

  1. IYER: Absolutely. So we think there are a number of reasons why these subpoenas need to be understood as non-self-executing.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

The State of New Jersey claims that a subpoena is non self-executing, meaning someone cannot be held for violating it. But state law says a subpoena from the Attorney General’s office has the force of law. So which is it?

JUSTICE BARRETT: Ms. Hawley, I’m sympathetic to the argument that this subpoena on its face looked like it carried penalties based on everything that you said, but I think we have to accept for purposes of this case that it’s non-self-executing and so that it did not, in fact, at the moment of receipt demand that you reply on pain of contempt.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Except, under New Jersey law, the subpoena has the force of law and is therefore “self-executing.”

Justice Barrett went on:

Would a letter have been sufficient then for ripeness under your theory? What if he had just sent a letter saying: I intend to send you a subpoena that will demand all of these documents? Or just a letter requesting them that wasn’t a subpoena? Please turn over to me all of these documents.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Think about that for a second. A letter, stating you’re going to be sent a subpoena to demand documents that aren’t really a demand? Because the subpoena is not “self-executing” and requires a court order to be legally enforceable?

Besides, the AG didn’t send a letter, they sent a subpoena. A subpoena that stated:

You are hereby commanded to produce to the New Jersey Division of Consumer Affairs, Office of Consumer Protection (“Division”) through Chanel Van Dyke, Deputy Attorney General, at 124 Halsey Street, 5th Floor, Newark, New Jersey 07101, on or before December 15, 2023, at 10:00 a.m., the following:

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Petition for a writ of certiorari

Does that sound like a non-self-executing request that needs a court order to be enforced? No, it sounds like a demand to produce documentation to be searched without a warrant, exigent circumstances, or even a claim of reasonable cause. That, ladies and gentlemen, is an obvious and blatant violation of the Fourth Amendment.

First or Fourth Amendment?

As I’ve already pointed out, this cannot be a First Amendment violation, but a Fourth. Justice Barrett opened that door in her questioning.

JUSTICE BARRETT: And are we only talking about First Amendment cases? Are we talking about other constitutional challenges?

  1. IYER: I don’t see a way to limit the United States’ proposed rule just to First Amendment challenges. I think it would encompass Fourth Amendment challenges, to Justice Sotomayor’s examples earlier, due process challenges, extraterritoriality challenges.

First Choice Women’s Resource Centers v. New Jersey – Oral Arguments

Yes, Fourth Amendment due process in both the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendment, with lots and lots of challenges. But is the purpose of the court to make the government’s life easier or to seek justice under the law? It seems to me there are far more constitutional issues with the use of subpoenas, especially the way the New Jersey Attorney General has, than questions of association.

Conclusion

I hope you see why I decided to dive into this case. It’s bad enough that the attorneys brought such a poorly formed case, but the fact no one pointed out the blatant Fourth Amendment violation is truly disturbing.

Having received a subpoena, I know the impact of the words compelling you to attend or provide evidence. In my case, it was a command to testify in a case, in First Choice’s case it was to provide confidential information about their donors. Yes, this would certainly give donors pause, chilling their association with First Choice, but to me the greater harm is the loss of protection, for both First Choice and all Americans, of our right to be secure from unreasonable searches and seizures.

I doubt the court will publish their decision before June. I can only hope that the justices will see beyond the focus on First Choice’s attorney on the First Amendment and see the true danger to our right to be secure from unreasonable searches and seizures.

© 2026 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Grotesque Abuse of American Citizens by Mainstream Media

By Frosty Wooldridge

January 15, 2026

You cannot help but wonder which side of America the mainstream media stands. Do they want a civil society? Or, do they work for a chaotic society.

Which side of America do governors and mayors support? Do they support lawlessness or harmony? Do “Sanctuary City” mayors and governors choose law and order, or do they stand for anarchy?

If you noticed in the past four years, the democrats applauded and did nothing to stop 15 to 20 million illegal border violators that invaded America. The mainstream press did nothing to report the invasion. If not for independent journalists, and FOX NEWS, not one single outlet such as NBC, CBS, ABC, NPR, PBS and the likes of 60 Minutes or Anderson Cooper on CNN spoke a sentence about the invasion of America. They never questioned Joe Biden’s Alzheimer’s Disease when it was visually apparent in his speech, his falling down steps, or when he held his hands in front of him like a manikin in a store window.

When University of Georgia nursing coed Laken Riley suffered brutal rape and being beaten to death by an illegal alien as she jogged on a campus trail two years ago, the mainstream legacy media made it vanish within a few days.

Last year, when three illegal alien 18-wheeler truck drivers killed seven Americans, you heard virtually nothing on David Muir’s ABC news broadcast. Same when Lester Holt held down NBC’s Nightly News. NPR gave the deaths 30 seconds.

When www.fairus.org stated that illegal aliens cost Americans $150,000,000,000.00 (billion) annually in food stamps, housing, medical care, free schooling for illegal alien kids, along with “free” breakfasts and lunches—nothing reported.

When 400,000 pregnant women dropped their babies in 2025 on American soil, “anchor baby”, at a cost into the billions for American taxpayers—nothing from the mainstream legacy media cartel.

They never educated the American taxpayer that illegal aliens were shoplifting over $100 billion annually. They never educated the American people about $100 billion in cash-transfers being wired out of America. They never reported on the costs to Americans who lost their jobs to illegal aliens.

When Minnesota Governor Tim “Tampon” Walz attempted to become Vice President of the United States, no one checked what he had been suppressing and hiding as to over 80,000 Somalian legal and illegal migrants siphoning off over $9 billion in taxpayer funds by dozens of fraudulent day care centers, stores, and corrupt organizations within that state. Worse, Somalian Ilhan Omar compiled a $30 million account “right out of the blue.” Not a peep about her illegality of marrying her brother to gain immigration papers…not a peep about her 67.7 IQ that could not possibly have given her enough brainpower to “earn” that much money in less than two years. Plain and simple: she a fraud. Should be deported.

When you look at the incredible nightmare developing with Ugandan-born Zohran Mamdani’s communist takeover of New York City, it shows you that the legacy media works tirelessly to take American down to its lowest common denominator: complete loss of patriotism, of law and order, and loss of culture.

What you’re seeing is a command cartel of Anti-American companies and individuals working to degrade, dissemble and dissolve America.

NWV journalist Amil Amani said it best, “The American political landscape is not shifting by accident; it is being terraformed. While mainstream media pundits discuss “swing voters” and “campaign strategies,” a much more calculated and cold-blooded operation is underway. Every major Blue State stronghold – from the decaying urban cores of the Northeast to the Pacific coast – has secured a permanent Democratic hegemony through a two-pronged assault: the strategic importation of millions of foreigners and the systematic siphoning of billions in taxpayer wealth to fund them.”

In the past months, as our I.C.E. officers attempted to deport all illegal aliens out of our country, the legacy media does everything in its power to provoke “fringe” Americans to stop the arrests of criminal illegal aliens. Governors and mayors in California, Chicago, Portland, NYC and Minneapolis work against their own laws. They provoke and support breaking our laws. Even U.S. Senators like Liz Warren, a pretend-minority Native American, provokes anyone and everyone to break the law. Same with U.S. Senator Charles Schumer.

In fact, top provocateurs called for “fringe” demonstrators to attack I.C.E. officers to get them to draw blood. Last week, those provocations caused a ditzy 33-year-old mother of three to block I.C.E. officers with her car. In fact, she became so emboldened that she drove her SUV right at an I.C.E. officer, injuring him. He fired a shot to protect himself from being run over. Now, she’s dead, and the mainstream media will keep her death on the headlines for as long as it will create chaos and lawlessness in Minneapolis and elsewhere.

Amani continued, “By maintaining “Sanctuary” status, these jurisdictions have effectively signaled that federal immigration law does not apply within their borders. This creates a massive “pull factor,” drawing in millions of individuals who are entirely dependent on the administrative state from the moment they cross the threshold.”

Today, we feed 42 million people who do not work, do not contribute, who do not care about being responsible for themselves or their country. They suck off the system, along with millions of illegal aliens. A huge percentage of them lie, cheat and steal from the American taxpayer. It’s costing American taxpayers into the trillions of dollars.

Amani continued, “Simultaneously, California has led the charge in healthcare expansion by opening state-funded Medicaid (Medi-Cal) to all low-income residents regardless of status, a move that the U.S. House Committee on the Budget estimates will cost taxpayers billions annually. This financial burden extends heavily into the classroom, where local school districts are being crushed by the cost of English as a Second Language (ESL) programs and specialized administrative burdens, a reality the Congressional Budget Office acknowledges places a significant strain on state and local outlays. This massive redirection of wealth effectively forces property taxes through the roof, pricing native-born families out of their own neighborhoods to fund a system that prioritizes foreign nationals over its own citizens.”

In other words, we’re being cheated, left clueless and being made to pay for this massive immigration invasion and fraud in every corner of American society.

Amani said, “Once these populations are granted amnesty – which is the inevitable “Phase 3” of the Democratic plan – the electoral map will be permanently locked. There will be no “swing states” left. The billions siphoned from taxpayers today are the down payment on a one-party socialist future.

“The evidence is undeniable. The “Blue State Model” is a parasite-host relationship where the taxpayer is drained to fund a demographic transformation that will eventually disenfranchise them entirely. This is not a conspiracy theory; it is the stated policy of mayors and governors from Los Angeles to Manhattan.”

The fact remains that democrats want to dissemble America into a Socialist nightmare where everyone is equally poor. No rugged individualism! Just collective poverty for all. Per Zohran Mamdani.

Renee Good? She’s just a bloody tool in the democrats’ socialist/communistic war chest. She won’t be a footnote in their quest for power.

As to the cartel legacy media, at some point, where they have become useless to the communists, they will be silenced just like in Russia, China and North Korea. If you can’t see it; you’re not paying attention.

© 2026 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




How Democracies Die: Mass Migration, Mass Fraud, Mass Spending and Mass Coverup

By Amil Imani

January 14, 2026

The Blue State Hegemony and the Systematic Siphoning of America

The American political landscape is not shifting by accident; it is being terraformed. While mainstream media pundits discuss “swing voters” and “campaign strategies,” a much more calculated and cold-blooded operation is underway. Every major Blue State stronghold – from the decaying urban cores of the Northeast to the Pacific coast – has secured a permanent Democratic hegemony through a two-pronged assault: the strategic importation of millions of foreigners and the systematic siphoning of billions in taxpayer wealth to fund them.

This isn’t a “humanitarian crisis.” It is a structural coup.

The primary objective of any political machine is self-preservation. For the modern Democratic Party, the traditional American voter – invested in property rights, border security, and fiscal restraint – has become an obstacle. To bypass this, Blue States have turned to a “replacement strategy.”

By maintaining “Sanctuary” status, these jurisdictions have effectively signaled that federal immigration law does not apply within their borders. This creates a massive “pull factor,” drawing in millions of individuals who are entirely dependent on the administrative state from the moment they cross the threshold.

The immediate political payoff is found in Census Apportionment. The U.S. Constitution mandates that congressional seats be allocated based on total population, not citizen population. By packing millions of non-citizens into states like California and New York, Blue States have artificially inflated their number of House seats and Electoral College votes. This is a direct theft of political representation from Red States. For every million illegal arrivals, a Blue State gains a legislative hammer they can use to smash the interests of the American interior.

The second phase of this operation is the “Fiscal Siphon.” To maintain a permanent client class, Blue States must provide an endless stream of “benefits.” This is not charity; it is a transfer of wealth from the productive middle class to a foreign-born population that serves as the party’s future voting base.

The numbers are staggering: in states like Illinois and New York, billions of dollars are diverted from crumbling infrastructure, veteran services, and public safety to fuel a multi-front fiscal siphon. Major cities have moved beyond mere shelters, seizing luxury hotels and issuing direct cash assistance to migrants through programs like New York’s prepaid debit card initiative, often at rates that critics argue rival or exceed the Social Security checks of American seniors.

Simultaneously, California has led the charge in healthcare expansion by opening state-funded Medicaid (Medi-Cal) to all low-income residents regardless of status, a move that the U.S. House Committee on the Budget estimates will cost taxpayers billions annually. This financial burden extends heavily into the classroom, where local school districts are being crushed by the cost of English as a Second Language (ESL) programs and specialized administrative burdens, a reality the Congressional Budget Office acknowledges places a significant strain on state and local outlays. This massive redirection of wealth effectively forces property taxes through the roof, pricing native-born families out of their own neighborhoods to fund a system that prioritizes foreign nationals over its own citizens.

This fiscal drain serves a dual purpose: it sustains the new arrivals while simultaneously driving out the dissenting middle class. As the tax-paying “opposition” flees for the South or the Heartland, the Blue State hegemony becomes even more concentrated and unchallenged.

To facilitate this hegemony, the legal system itself has been weaponized. Blue State prosecutors and governors have created a two-tiered justice system. On one hand, the citizen is burdened with every regulation, tax code, and statute on the books. On the other, the “imported” class is shielded from deportation, even when committing violent crimes, under the guise of “equity” and “sanctuary.”

This lawlessness is a feature, not a bug. It demoralizes the citizenry and creates an environment where the state is the only source of order and provision. When the government controls the housing, the food, and the legal status of a massive, concentrated population, it doesn’t need to win arguments; it simply needs to maintain the dependency.

The ultimate goal is the creation of a “Client State.” This is a society where the government no longer serves the people, but rather the people serve the government’s need for power. By importing millions of individuals who have no historical or cultural ties to American constitutionalism, Blue States are building a population that views the government not as a protector of rights, but as a provider of “stuff.”

Once these populations are granted amnesty – which is the inevitable “Phase 3” of the Democratic plan – the electoral map will be permanently locked. There will be no “swing states” left. The billions siphoned from taxpayers today are the down payment on a one-party socialist future.

The evidence is undeniable. The “Blue State Model” is a parasite-host relationship where the taxpayer is drained to fund a demographic transformation that will eventually disenfranchise them entirely. This is not a conspiracy theory; it is the stated policy of mayors and governors from Los Angeles to Manhattan.

The billions of dollars being siphoned are not “going to waste” – they are being used to build a political fortress that is designed to be impregnable. If the American taxpayer does not demand an immediate halt to the importation of this foreign client class and a total cessation of taxpayer-funded incentives, the hegemony will be complete.

The choice is simple: either restore the border and the budget, or accept a future as a second-class citizen in a country your taxes built for someone else.

© 2026 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Corruption in the Fed and its Globalist Backers

By Cliff Kincaid

January 14, 2026

I checked the U.S. Constitution and found no reference to a Federal Reserve. Yet, the “central bankers” of the world want to save Federal Reserve chair Jerome Powell from a corruption investigation. What is going on here?

The Federal Reserve claims the Federal Reserve is “independent within the government” and “also one that is ultimately accountable to the public and the Congress.”

The last time I looked, President Trump is a member of the public, in charge of the Department of Justice, and required to uncover corruption in the government, including the Fed.

Not only is Powell under investigation for corruption, he seems to have no idea of what to do about the Marxist economic warfare being waged against America by foreign and domestic enemies. Perhaps that is why the other “central bankers” have rallied behind him. During the Biden presidency, he seems to have joined the forces of those stealing wealth trough inflationary tax and spending policies that were bringing the U.S. to the point of bankruptcy.

President Trump has stopped the slide.

In a special edition published in 2019, the Epoch Times asked, “Is Central Banking a Capitalist or Communist Concept?” The answer: “Central banks look capitalist on the surface, but have their roots in communist thought.”

The anti-communist publication noted that one document, the U.S. Constitution, gives Congress the power to “coin Money, regulate the Value thereof, and of foreign Coin, and fix the Standard of Weights and Measures.” But the “Communist Manifesto,” the founding document of “scientific socialism,” calls for the “centralization of credit in the hands of the state.” This plank was considered a measure in the most advanced countries to transition a nation toward communism.

Our media constantly complain that, under Trump, the Congress is ceding too much power to the White House. But we never hear about how Congress ceded the power of money to the Fed. Why is that?

It is fascinating that Jerome Powell gave a speech in 2015 opposing “Audit the Fed” legislation. He noted that the fed was given “a narrow but critical exemption, adopted by the Congress in 1978, to limit GAO policy reviews of the Fed’s conduct of monetary policy.” GAO is the Government Accountability Office.

“The Fed That Failed” is how The Economist captured the moment under Biden. The magazine blamed inflation on Biden’s excessive $1.9 trillion fiscal stimulus, which passed in March 2021, and various mistakes by the Fed, including being part of a group of Central Bankers who think they’re smart enough to take on such causes as “fighting climate change.” Those actions led to much higher mortgage interest rates and trouble in the housing market.

Kenneth Rogoff, Professor of Economics and Public Policy at Harvard University and recipient of the 2011 Deutsche Bank Prize in Financial Economics, writes about how “progressives” and “political pressures from the left” have put America in this position, saying, “…progressives were enthralled by the idea that US federal debt could rise substantially without triggering a significant increase in inflation or interest rates. Modern Monetary Theory, or MMT, an extreme version of this idea that called for the Fed to buy up debt as the Treasury issued it, had many influential adherents in politics and the media.”

He noted that, in February 2022, with annual U.S. inflation running at 7.9%, the New York Times “published an admiring profile of leading MMT advocate Stephanie Kelton.”

Equally significant, Biden went further, proposing Ms. Saule Omarova, a Cornell Law Professor, to be comptroller of the currency, in ultimate charge of the national banking system. Born in the former Soviet republic of Kazakhstan, she authored a thesis, “Karl Marx’s Economic Analysis and the Theory of Revolution in The Capital,” which she wrote as a student at Moscow State University on the V.I. Lenin Personal Academic Scholarship.

Described as a specialist in regulation of financial institutions, banking law, international finance, and corporate finance, she favored more power and authority for the Federal Reserve and even proposed a “National Investment Authority” for “public finance” and green energy projects.

Senate Republicans derailed her nomination in part because she refused to turn over a copy of her thesis.

If she had been confirmed, Marx’s dictum, “Centralization of credit in the hands of the state, by means of a national bank with State capital and an exclusive monopoly,” may have come to pass.

The 2016 Republican platform (reaffirmed in 2020) declared a need for the full Congress to consider ways to secure the integrity of our currency. It added:

  • The first step is through an annual audit of the Federal Reserve’s activities. Such an audit would need to be carefully implemented so that the Federal Reserve remains insulated from political pressures and its decisions are based on sound economic principles and sound money rather than political pressures for easy money and loose credit.
  • Determined to crush the double-digit inflation that was part of the Carter Administration’s economic legacy, President Reagan, shortly after his inauguration, established a commission to consider the feasibility of a metallic basis for U.S. currency. In 2012, facing the task of cleaning up the wreckage of the current Administration’s policies, we proposed a similar commission to investigate ways to set a fixed value for the dollar.

Today, the solution is not a fixed value for the dollar based in metals. Rather, it’s a new currency, crypto, that people can invest in.

Not a digital Central Bank currency, but a decentralized crypto currency free of central government control.

President Trump is moving forward with this proposal.

© 2026 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Somalians Threaten Politicians Who Treasonously Helped Aid & Abet Them

By Bradlee Dean

January 14, 2026

“Mohamed warns (the said representatives) that if they continue down this road, their ‘community’ will be FORCED to reexamine their political relationship.”

While Americans are being led about by the scoundrel politicians on both unconstitutional sides of the aisles (Mark 3:25) concerning the Somalians that have been treasonously ushered into this country by design, it is becoming obvious that this is a very dangerous game that is being played on American soil.

Instead of the American people seeing this for what it is, treason (Article III, Section 3), and bringing these scoundrel politicians to justice, we are now finding that these Somalians are not playing the same game (Deuteronomy 28:43).

Recently, in the face of the massive fraud that is being exposed on a nationwide basis, we find that in the state of Maine that the Somalians have come out in droves, demanding that city officials NOT investigate one of their own. In other words, these Somalians are not here to assimilate. They are, as they declare, here to conquer, which is to be found as an act of treason, as well.

Mohammed (on the video below) warns Democrats that if they continue down this road, their ‘community’ will be FORCED to reexamine their political relationship. In other words, you play by our rules, or we are not going to vote for you again.

These individuals who are demanding that these said representatives do the Somalian biddings do not have the numbers to put anyone in, or out of, office. There is massive voter fraud taking place in this country, which causes their enemies (you and me), with the use of the mainstream media’s propaganda narratives, to believe that there are more of them than there are of us. It’s just not true.

In the state of Minnesota, there are 5.9 million natives. There are only 108,000 Somalians. Yet, what do we see? The treasonous governor, lt. governor, attorney general, Minneapolis mayor, Ilhan Omar, etc. all standing in the corner of the Somalians who have defrauded Minnesotans of over 9 billion dollars in defiantly defending them in their crimes. There is clearly a coordinated federal and state agenda (Isaiah 28:18).

The people of the state did not vote them into office. They are clearly being installed in doing what it is that they are guilty of doing.

Furthermore, the Somalians then come into this country, only to war against those who granted them asylum by calling them racists, xenophobes, Islamophobes, haters, etc. after being found out for the crimes that they have committed. No more, people, no more! Read Psalm 94:16.

Video below:

Other videos for you to consider.

Know your history, friends. Read Hosea 4:6. This is not happening by chance.

© 2026 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Masters of Seduction, an Introduction

By Kathleen Marquardt

January 13, 2026

For decades many of us have been trying to wake the public up to the machinations of a plethora of our leaders working toward a one-world order controlled by the rich and powerful, to be structured on Marxism/communism.

Understand that for many years, there were dedicated citizens who tried to expose the dangers of the push for communist/Marxist world control. Those on the side of free -market, laissez-faire capitalism, property rights, personal freedoms were ridiculed, blackmailed, and otherwise treated like scum of the earth – so no “civilized” person would be silly enough to believe in their foolish statements against the United Nations, the World Bank, or even Greenpeace. Face it, General McArthur, Joseph McCarthy, General Benton Partin, Paul Harvey were the kind of leaders our great forefathers had been who wrote the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. But these more recent were vilified and driven out of “the right” society.

What those, and others like them have done is to keep some semblance of freedom-supporting/promoting information in front of the masses when possible.

One of those, whom I doubt if even 1% of the people have even heard about, is Jeri Lynn Ball, author of four books that could have/should have been shared by many and opened eyes decades ago. As she described her subject “Is it true that Americans are the targets of a full-scale psychological wars? Is it true that there has been a deliberated attempt to attack their minds, to undermine their institutions and beliefs, and to obliterate the Unted States? Is it true that to achieve these ends, the masters have gained virtual control of America’s educational system, the universities, the entertainment industry, and the media?” Yes, the key places to have control of the maximum outreach. The evil minds that knew exactly which areas of our lives they needed to infiltrate to gain the maximum power did a great job. Those same areas obviously should have been the ones that were protecting our Constitution and its freedoms.

Her books, Masters of Seduction being one, are out of print and very hard to find. To protect freedom with everything we have and give us the facts for which we now dig. We are trying to get them. Meanwhile, please read these pages from Masters of Seduction and share them.

Condensed from the book Masters of Seduction (Plus Vital New Facts) MASTERS OF SEDUCTION Beguiling Americans Into Slavery and Self-destruction Copyright © 2000 by Jeri Lynn Ball. This publication is copyrighted by Jeri Lynn Ball. Permission is hereby granted to any individual or entity to copy this article as long as it is presented in its entirety and no pages, quotations, or text are omitted, and that the copyright notice appears in its original form on all copies. This book presents facts that are completely at odds with the information being spread on a mass scale by the media. In light of the tremendous power of the press to shape public opinion, probably over 90 percent of Americans have never heard these facts before. The truth may shock and astound you. It may seem staggering, inconceivable– beyond reality. What are the unheard-of facts, the unsuspected truth? Is it true that Americans are the targets of a full-scale psychological war? Is it true that there has been a deliberate attempt to attack their minds, to undermine their institutions and beliefs, and to obliterate the United States? Is it true that to achieve these ends the masters have gained virtual control of America’s educational system, the universities, the entertainment industry, and the media? If so, how have they acquired this enormous power and why they are attempting to manipulate the thoughts and emotions of the whole American people?

Masters of Seduction zeroes in on the answers, showing that Communist masters who ran the “former” Soviet Union and East Bloc nations during the Cold War are still in control of these hapless countries today and that they are waging psychological warfare, using the same powerful secret weapon to subjugate Americans that they used to enslave their own people. The Russian totalitarians, Red Chinese, and their globalist American “partners” are using this secret ideological weapon, among other things, to achieve world domination. This book provides overwhelming documentation which proves that Communism is not dead and that it’s spreading like cancer.

In fact, America itself is now in imminent danger of being devoured by this pernicious, rapidly-spreading evil. ORIGIN OF THE TOTALITARIAN NEW WORLD ORDER At the Sixth Party Congress held in Moscow in 1928, Communists wrote and approved “The Program” to bring in the New World Order. What most Americans don’t know is the real nature of this diabolical criminal scheme. The Program of the Third International called for a global environmental program and for the transformation of all human beings on earth to accept the New World Order. These and other facts are brought to light by General Benton Partin in his videotape, Globalism: The Program.

The Communists planned to use the global environmental program as a means of eradicating national sovereignty and creating a world dictatorship. All nations, nationalities, and national boundaries were to be replaced by an 2 omnipotent, one-world government and regional governances. The Communists did not want the American approach to liberty, with individual God-given rights protected by a government with limited powers. The Communists did not want the American concept of rule of law. They wanted unrestrained despotic government, power without limit, a world without laws—a brutal, terror-inspiring global totalitarian police state which could smash all laws of justice, launch campaigns of enslavement and mass murder, and eliminate opponents of the New World Order.

Twenty delegates from the U.S. voted for the 1928 Program of the Third International. The Totalitarian Vision of “Human Reconstruction” The same year they wrote “The Program,” Communist architects and social engineers began to implement their plans for the globalist, communistic New World Order, commencing with the transformation of all humans into supporters of totalitarianism. Nikolai Bukharin had previously written “that the revolution’s principle task was to ‘alter people’s actual psychology.’” (Emphasis added.)

In 1928 Bukharin stated that “one of the first priorities is the question of the systematic preparation of new men, the builders of [totalitarian] socialism.” In his book, Soviet Civilization, Andrei Sinyavsky states that the “idea of the new man is the cornerstone of Soviet civilization.” The “new man” is in fact the indispensable, fundamental basis of all totalitarian societies. Totalitarianism requires the support, approval, and fearful veneration of the masses; if the “new men and women” had not been created, totalitarianism would not exist today. The Communists planned to create not only a new way of life, but new human beings. They sought to achieve not only the reconstruction of social and cultural institutions, but reconstruction of human beings. Communist totalitarianism has undergone tremendous growth over the past century only because it has “the support of a man of a new social and psychological type”—the “new communitarian (Communist) man.” A communitarian is a member of a communistic community. A communitarian adopts and advocates communistic concepts, such as a spirit of community, selfless commitment to community service, and the duty to work for “the common good.” The terms “Communist” and “communitarian” are synonyms and are interchangeable, but the word “communitarian” connotes a sense of community and a spirit of collectivism.

In 1928 Communists formally adopted “The Program” for building a new global communitarian social order composed of the ruling elite (the masters) and subjugated masses (the slaves). Soviet masters used the communitarian social system and moral code to prepare the “new communist man.” They reinforced the “spirit of community” that had been present in Europe for 200 years and instilled communitarian moral ideals into all Soviet citizens.

The masters “reconstructed” each individual by urging him to: 1) develop a sense of community; 2) cultivate the communist virtue of selflessness; 3) suppress his personality, individuality, and identity, i.e., his personal desires, ambitions, beliefs, etc.; 4) merge himself into the community and become one with it; 5) fulfill his obligation to perform community service and accept his duty to work for “the common good.” The communitarian moral code is the powerful secret weapon Communists have used to enslave whole populations.

The “mad” philosopher Auguste Comte (1798-1857) coined the term altruism. Comte calls upon all human beings to renounce individualism and practice altruism, i.e., selflessness. According to Comte, the highest moral virtue and duty is the pursuit of “the feeling of pure self-sacrifice.” He demands that every individual give up the conviction that he is a separate entity with a unique identity and wipe out his values, his self-interest, his self. He holds that there must be a “substitution of Duties for Rights,” that the notion of individual rights is 3 immoral, and that men must live selflessly in the service of the community. He directs people to worship a new divinity, the “goddess” Humanity. In Comte’s communistic view, Christianity must be annihilated and the “Love of God” must be replaced by the “Love of Humanity.” An ardent advocate of communitarianism, Comte seeks to achieve “unity of belief” and “the unity of Humanity” and to create a “harmonious oneness” by using the government to “expand and forcefully cultivate the sense of community.”

Following the lead of Kant, Marx, Comte, and a handful of other philosophers, Communists sought to obliterate the concept of the free, independent individual, merge each individual into the mass, and achieve the “oneness of mankind.” Motivated by a lust for absolute power, their goal was (and is) total domination over all the world’s inhabitants. They planned to make all human beings on earth products of their communitarian assembly line—mechanical, wind-up robots—everyone an exact duplicate of the other, each marching in step. They wanted people without purpose, thought or self. Their mad, fanatical mission was (and is) to wipe out man, man the individual.

Communitarianism holds that the individual is nothing and that the community is all; the interests of the community transcend the interests of the individual; the common good comes before the private good. Sinyavsky writes, “The definition of the real Communist (or new man)” includes the following “highly developed virtues….” The new communist man believes that the most “egregious sin” a citizen can commit is to be an individualist and pursue his own desires, interests, and happiness. He sees “the necessity of stifling all personal aspects in others and in oneself.” As a result, the “new man” feels “distrust, even hatred, for the mere idea of a personality….” He is proud of “not having anything of his own,” of merging himself into the community and becoming one with it. He renounces all loyalty to family, nation, and church and pledges his loyalty solely to Communism.

Soviet dictator Vladimir Lenin had total contempt for human life. In the name of peace and “the social good,” he murdered millions. Lenin placed great importance on “voluntary working Saturdays.” In his view, they were “‘communism in action,’ in that people” sacrificed their time and personal interests and worked for the community, “of their own free will.” His goal was to create a nation of cringing, obsequious slaves.

In the early 1920s, Communist leader Mikhail Kalinin stated, “When we have Communism the whole state will be an enormous organization of mutual assistance of all mankind.” Dr. Samuel Harper writes, “There developed one of the most deliberate and extensive efforts to promote and direct civic activity…. Whole staffs of ‘agitation-propaganda-organizers’ and ‘political-education-workers’ were trained and organized.” Soviet citizens were (and are) trained to work for the State and, in their leisure time, to participate without pay in community environmental projects, community lectures, concerts, recreation, and other civic activities.

There were countless organizations to mobilize citizens to help the needy, build homes and provide food for the poor, and tutor children. Communitarian masters did not want citizens to be fruitful and productive and to practice authentic benevolence. They attacked the “work ethic” (self-reliance, productiveness, and other virtues) and preached the communitarian service ethic, i.e., the slave ethic. In order to degrade them and destroy their dignity, the masters urged people to practice greater selflessness. To eradicate their independence, autonomy, and personal conviction, the masters cunningly kindled a sense of community, a spirit of collectivism, and a commitment to social service.

They wanted to produce a particular type of citizen for their New World Order—a servile communitarian slave. A selfless, mindless, masochistic, self-defeating human being. A weak, dependent individual who has so squandered his own skills and abilities that he feels like scum. A cringing, slavish person who has no sense of self-worth or self-respect, who can’t think for 4 himself, and who needs, even craves domination. A brainless, frightened animal who has a blind and boundless devotion to his masters, who lives in abject fear of their awesome power, and who passively endures evil, readily submitting to their commands, even when they trample underfoot all of man’s rights and, with insane abandon, pursue their passion for death and destruction.

The Role of the Government in the Communitarian Society In a communitarian society, the role of the government is to define, dictate, and implement community needs. Each citizen is conditioned to accept the loss of his individuality and identity, to reject individual initiative and enterprise, and to become a collective animal. He is trained to yield to governmental authority for “the good of the community.” In a communitarian society, the masters assume high positions in government and become the mind, the voice, and the conscience of the community.

By grouping people into a “community”—a collectivized society—by creating an array of community rituals, campaigns, organizations, and service programs, by urging or requiring ever greater community participation, the masters can constantly increase their supervision, guidance, and regimentation of every activity and every need of every individual in the society. In a full-blown communitarian society, there are no such things as individual God-given rights or private property, and the masters believe that they are acting for the “good of the community” when they invoke obedience through barbaric savagery, fiendish brutality, the most inhuman, unrestrained use of force.

They believe that unless there is sufficient brutality to ensure blind obedience and blind conformity, the masses will suffer. With a clear conscience, they summarily execute recalcitrant resisters who refuse to be reconstructed. NEW WORLD ORDER ARCHITECTS IN THE NEW MILLENNIUM: UNLEASHING UPON THE WORLD THE HORRORS OF TOTALITARIANISM Bill Clinton, Al Gore, former President George Bush, Mikhail Gorbachev, and other New World Order architects are relentlessly pursuing the “Program of the Third International adopted at the Sixth Party Congress in Moscow in 1928.

The new communitarian masters are seducing Americans into the New World Order and carrying the communistic, global environmental program to its conclusion—a world police state. Mikhail Gorbachev is one of the chief architects of the New World Order and is collaborating with Clinton, Gore, Bush, et al. to recreate America in the image of his beloved Russia—one of the most corrupt, crime-ridden, and polluted lands in the world. So it is necessary to delve in depth into Gorbachev’s personal philosophy and masterplan for world domination.

Mikhail Gorbachev is the former President of the Soviet Union and former General Secretary of the Communist Party. He is the current President of Green Cross International, the environmental organization which is advancing the Communists’ 1928 global environmental program. He is headquartered in Moscow, Russia, where he has established his Communist organization, the Gorbachev Foundation. The Russians regard the Clinton-Gore Administration as their “strategic partner.” Gorbachev has set up the U.S. branch of the Gorbachev Foundation in the Presidio, a former U.S. military base in San Francisco. 5 Gorby—a Dedicated Marxist-Leninist In November 1987, Mikhail Gorbachev stated, “In October 1917, we parted with the Old World, rejecting it once and for all. We are moving toward a new world, the world of Communism. We shall never turn off that road.” (Emphasis added.)

In 1989, Gorbachev said, “I am a Communist, a convinced Communist.” The next year, even as he was being acclaimed for bringing the Communist system to an end, he declared, “I am now, just as I’ve always been, a convinced Communist. It’s useless to deny the enormous and unique contribution of Marx, Engels and Lenin…to modern civilization as a whole.” Gorbachev is an ardent admirer of Karl Marx, a nineteenth century philosopher and political economist who developed the utopian communist ideology.

Marx held that in the future classless society people would suppress all personal aspects in themselves, relinquish individual rights and private property, and merge themselves into the whole, achieving the “oneness of mankind.” In The Communist Manifesto, the founders of Communism, Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, set forth “ten measures for a successful communist-socialist revolution.” These ten planks called for, among other things, the abolition of private property and the right of inheritance; a progressive income tax; government control of communication and transportation; government control of factories and production; and government ownership of the schools. Soviet dictator Vladimir Lenin created the tactics and political program to implement the Marxist ideology and to transform Russia into a totalitarian state. It was the first Marxist socialist-dominated nation.

Lenin states, “The scientific concept of dictatorship means nothing else but this: power without limit, resting directly upon force, restrained by no laws, absolutely unrestricted by rules.” Brian Crozier writes, “Marxism is a common enemy of all mankind and this is truer still of Leninism, which carries the permanent duty to spread Marxism all over the world.” Gorbachev is a dedicated Marxist-Leninist, whose goal is to achieve the Communist long-range strategy—convergence of the capitalist West with the Communist East and the creation of Communist world dictatorship. In his book Perestroika, Gorbachev writes, “We are not going to change Soviet power, of course, or abandon its fundamental principles, but we acknowledge the need for changes that will strengthen socialism.” (Emphasis added.) What Gorbachev demands is totalitarian socialism, i.e., total government control.

Anatoliy Golitsyn writes, “It must be revealed, that ‘perestroika’ is the result of thirty years of preparation by the Communist Party, the Soviet Government and the KGB under the guidance of the Party apparatus, that it is not just Soviet domestic renewal but a strategy for ‘restructuring’ the whole world…. The Soviets are not striving for genuine, lasting accommodation with” the West “but for the final world victory of Communism….” (Emphasis added.) In his book Death By Government, Professor R.J. Rummel reveals that Marxism does not compromise. “It knows the truth…it knows Good (communism) and Evil (capitalism…); it knows the way (a socialist dictatorship…).” Guided by this ideology, Lenin used the organs of the State, including the secret police, the army, and the prisons, to accomplish his mission.

“[T]he history of the Soviet Union,” writes Dr. Rummel, “was simply this: a protracted, total engineering application of power to demolish and then rebuild all social institutions—to create on earth the Marxist utopia…. Ideology and” total control “…explain how individual communists could” commit the most horrifying atrocities, battering, torturing, and killing helpless men, women, and children “and sleep well at night. Grim tasks…but after all, they were 6 working for the greater good. They explain how Soviet rulers…could knowingly command the death” of millions of innocent human beings. (Emphasis added.) “[T]hroughout this history, Marxism” was the mediator and director: “communism was the Good, the state” or ruler required total and unlimited authority to build “this better world;” the person or object that obstructed this authority or vision “had to be eliminated.”

Gorbachev states, “No matter what the opponents of communism think, communism originated and exists in the interests of man…in order to defend…justice on earth.” In the communist view, “justice” means giving the opponents of Communism what they deserve—no mercy. In his book Soviet Civilization, Andrei Sinyavsky shows that communitarian masters are executioners and informers. They believe fully in the terror-inspiring communist moral code which declares mercy a “vice” and which demands death to the enemies of Communism. Death is their ultimate demonstration of absolute, autocratic, totalitarian government power.

According to Professor Rummel, “Probably almost 62 million people…have been murdered by the Communist Party—the government—of the Soviet Union. Old and young, healthy and sick, men and women, even infants and the infirm, were killed in cold blood…. [T]hey were not criminals. Indeed, nearly all were guilty of…nothing.” One of the most ghastly Communist horrors “is gulag—the Soviet slave-labor system created by Lenin and built up under Stalin. In some 70 years it likely chewed up almost 40 million lives….”

According to Christopher Story, the Soviet gulag system is presently made up of myriad prison camps, containing many thousands of prisoners. Torture, as well as inhuman compulsory psychiatric treatment continues to this day. Gorbachev is advocating the same Communist policies that have brought societal and ecological disaster to the “former” Soviet republics and East Bloc nations. He is preaching the same Marxist-Leninist totalitarian ideology that has led to rampant pollution, unspeakable poverty, slave-labor camps, torture chambers, and mass murder of millions.

An authority on totalitarianism, Douglas Miller writes, “Totalitarianism is by nature parasitic and predatory. It cannot live on its own resources, but must forever consume the wealth of its neighbors…. The totalitarians are a group of bandits who have learned no useful trade or occupation but are well armed and have no scruples” about preying upon other nations. After wreaking havoc in their homeland, the globalist Communist elites are now moving full tilt toward global government, which will give them the power to plunder the wealth of the world and to spread destruction on a global scale. At present, the Communists are avoiding mass murder and tolerating some degree of “freedom,” but when they have seized total global authority, they will crack down and create rivers of blood.

Golitsyn writes, “Convergence will be accompanied by blood baths and political re-education camps in Western Europe and the United States.” Gorby’s Goal—to Empower the UN Under the guise of “harmonizing” relationships between humans and their environment, Gorbachev calls for the expansion of governmental power. He states, “An awareness of the need for some kind of global government is gaining ground….” He says, “[T]he idea that certain states or groups of states could monopolize the international arena is no longer valid…. [W]e must seek means of collective action by the world community…. I believe that the new world order will not be fully realized unless the United Nations and its Security Council create structures…authorized to impose sanctions and to make use of other enforcement measures.” (Emphasis added.)

The New World Order architects have crafted countless policies, programs, treaties and 7 alliances to destroy American sovereignty and achieve absolute global authority, including Agenda 21, the Wildlands Project, the Biodiversity Treaty, and other UN schemes. Agenda 21 was the principle agreement of the 1992 UN Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro and was signed by UN members, including the United States. It represents a master plan for managing the earth’s forests, mountains, deserts, jungles, rivers, oceans, and urban areas and regulating virtually every aspect of human activity on earth.

Gorbachev’s comrades and fellow eco-Commies, Bill Clinton and Al Gore, have already started implementing the Biodiversity treaty. What is the dire significance of these statements, plans, and course of action? William F. Jasper, senior editor of The New American, writes, “[T]he UN is a lawless organization made up largely of criminal regimes pursuing a malevolent, tyrannical agenda…. [C]onsidering the increasingly oppressive nature of our own federal government, it shouldn’t take a great deal of imaginative ability to envision the enormous abuses possible under a United Nations empowered with legislative, executive, and judicial powers—including global police, military, regulatory, and taxing functions. A terrifying prospect for any rational mind with a conscience to contemplate. Yes, a global, regimented police state would mean a grim existence—if you are one of the ‘lucky’ones allowed to exist.”

Gary Benoit states that if the new world order architects successfully complete their mission, the United Nations will manage all of the earth’s resources and “will become an omnipotent global government, controlling virtually every aspect of your life and committing horrifying atrocities in the name of peace….” The Gorbachev Foundation is advancing the goals of previous Communist organizations, such as the Comintern, which was founded in 1919 and dissolved in 1943, and the Cominform, which was formed in 1947 and later replaced.

The purpose of these Communist organizations was to spread Communism throughout the world. Christopher Story, editor of the Londonbased Soviet Analyst, made this statement in an interview conducted by William F. Jasper: “The Gorbachev Foundation somehow took over the work of the International Department of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union (CPSU)…. The International Department, in turn, was the successor of Cominform and Comintern. Thus, the Gorbachev Foundation is a cover for the International Department—traditionally the most aggressive and devious enemy of the West within the Communist apparatus….

So here is Gorbachev’s organization, linked to the secret International Department, today’s Comintern, directing the secret Communists’ further penetration and mind-control activities in America.” The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and its Malevolent, Anti-American, Pro-Communist Agenda In 1995, Gorbachev’s State of the World Forum brought together over 400 global notables, including many members of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).

Admiral Chester Ward, Judge Advocate General for the Navy and a member of the CFR for 16 years, said that the CFR was created for the “purpose of promoting disarmament and submergence of U.S. sovereignty and national independence into an all-powerful one-world government.” He observed that “this lust to surrender the sovereignty and independence of the United States is pervasive throughout most of the membership….” CFR members have held high positions in both Republican and Democratic administrations since FDR. They have been referred to as our “invisible government” and are virtually a “ruling establishment.”

CFR members have assumed positions of power in the media, colleges, universities, corporations, and every branch of government. The publications of this organization promote global governance, and the man who was instrumental in creating the CFR, Edward Mandell House, declared that his aim was socialism. 8 According to The New American (Sept. 16, 1996), “Although the CFR claims not to have an agenda, its world-government-promoting journal Foreign Affairs boasts of being labeled ‘the most influential periodical in print’ by Time magazine.” This journal “has been the leading promoter of perestroika…and convergence in the West for decades….” Thus, many members of the CFR, who hold leadership positions in our government, the media, corporations, the educational system, and other cultural areas, are advocates of perestroika—the strategy for achieving Communist domination of the world. There has been a major effort on their part to persuade the American people to support globalism and “partnerships” with America’s deadliest enemies, including the Russian totalitarians and Communist Chinese.

The Russian Totalitarians and American Communitarian Globalists: Waging Psychological Warfare Against the American People In Masters of Seduction, I’ve shown that the United States is at war—a war that transcends most all conflicts in the last two centuries. This war is being fought, not with enormous armies and weapons of mass destruction, but with total warfare by all other means.

For decades, the Communists have been waging all-out, psychological warfare against the United States, not only without any real opposition, but over the past seven years with the active help of Bill Clinton, Al Gore, and their communitarian associates. The targets of their murderous, full-scale, psychological war are the American people. Communists have attacked America’s founding principles and ideals, including principled individualism and economic freedom.

Our American view and way of life, our American institutions, our constitutional system are being battered into oblivion. They’re being replaced by the Communist moral code, by the Communist communitarian system, by the Communist way of life. This is the real cause of America’s disintegration. Antonio Gramsci (1891-1937) was a diabolical, Italian, Marxist criminal who agreed with Marxism’s ultimate objectives; he only disagreed with the process for achieving them. Gramsci theorized that totalitarianism could best be imposed on any nation, not by violence and brute force, but by a determined march through its institutions; that is, by taking ideological control of its churches, schools, universities, media, entertainment industry, and so forth.

For decades, Communists have been using Gramscian strategies to shape the minds and mold the character of Americans, gaining mastery over human thought and winning cultural control. The Gramscian strategies are being carried out in a series of stages or phases: the destabilization and demoralization stage began decades ago and the goal has been to corrupt the nation by obliterating America’s founding principles and ideals and replacing them with a communitarian society and way of life; the crisis stage will involve perpetrating a disaster unattributable to Communist leaders, such as an economic depression or the explosion of a nuclear device, causing citizens to panic and beg the government to “restore order;” the normalization stage is supposed to take place when Americans, disarmed and demoralized and believing that the Communist global elite have all the solutions, passively allow them to seize absolute power.

Communists have been using propaganda as an instrument for shaping and changing public opinion. They have sought to gain absolute control of information and mass communications and to use the enormous power of the newspapers, television, radio, and publishing houses to manipulate the thoughts and emotions of the people. They have been eminently successful: most Americans today do not realize that the United States is now in a position of mortal peril and that Communists are preparing for the final stage of their masterplan for a New World Order. 9

 

Masters of Seduction describes the Communists’ deliberate, systematic attempt to degrade and corrupt the American people and to produce the maximum of chaos. It shows that Bill Clinton, Al Gore, and many of their treasonous associates are collaborating with Communist nations, indoctrinating Americans with the Communist ideology, and are working to replace our American system with a globalist, communistic New World Order. The American communitarian system is being modeled on the Russian and Chinese communitarian systems. The American people are unwittingly allowing globalist communitarians to fulfill their vision of “human reconstruction,” transforming the freest, the most productive, the most civilized country in the world into a nation of slavish, submissive communitarian barbarians. The populations of Russia and Red China have embraced communitarianism, and now Communists are making communitarianism a way of life in America. Bent on globalizing the Evil Empire, Bill Clinton, Al Gore, and their communitarian associates are training Americans to become members of communistic communities and to cultivate communitarian ideals.

Their goal is to mass-produce “new Communist men and women,” counterparts and soul mates of enslaved Russian and Chinese peoples. …On July 16, 1992, at the Democratic National Convention, Bill Clinton (CFR) declared that “it’s time to change America…. We will build an American community….” On July 9, 1992 Clinton stated, “I have admired Al Gore for many years…. We share a common philosophy….” …In his Announcement Speech on Oct. 3, 1991, Bill Clinton said, “We need a new spirit of community….” …In a speech delivered in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, April 1997, President Clinton declared, “I’m here because I want to redefine the meaning of citizenship in America.” Among other things, it means “you’ve got to serve in your community.” …In a commencement speech at Penn State on May 10, 1996, Bill Clinton said, “Today I’d like to ask Penn State and every other institution of higher education in the country…to put thousands of college students to work in community service.”

On April 5, 1997, he stated, “Today I challenge schools and communities in every state to make service a part of the curriculum in high school and even in middle school. There are many creative ways to do this…even requiring it….” (Emphasis added.) …At a commencement address at the University of Michigan in 1993, Hillary Rodham Clinton stated, “Throughout the 1980s, we heard too much about individual gain…. We did not hear enough about what it meant to be a member of the community.” Years earlier, she stated, “We’re not interested in social reconstruction; it’s human reconstruction.” …On Jan. 28, 1997, in Marietta, Georgia, Newt Gingrich (CFR) stated, “It’s very helpful…to build a habit of being involved in your community as a volunteer.” …On July 28, 1998, at the National Community Service Conference, former President George Bush (former CFR) stated, “[B]y your presence here…you have ensured that the baton of community service will be passed….”

In an address to Congress on September 11, 1990, Bush stated, “We’re now in sight of a United Nations that performs as envisioned by its founders.” Communitarian masters plan to cultivate that new type of man who so willingly sacrifices everything personal and who so eagerly embraces everything common that he willingly works for free. Just as Lenin placed great importance on “voluntary working Saturdays,” so the 10 masters are promoting voluntary working Saturdays, such as Make a Difference Day, the Saturday in October when they train millions of Americans to work without pay. Just as Soviet citizens are badgered or required to fulfill their civic obligations, so Americans are incessantly brought face to face with their civic duties.

Our communitarian masters have established a vast network of agencies, organizations, and public service programs to promote and direct civic activity. They have trained enormous staffs of propaganda-organizers and political-education-workers. These organizers and workers in turn are training Americans to participate without pay in community environmental projects, community public service programs, community lectures, recreation, and other civic activities. People everywhere are being mobilized to clean up the environment, help the needy, build homes and provide food for the poor, and tutor children.

Preparing the American Communitarian Society for Convergence with the Soviet Communitarian Society America is becoming a full-blown communitarian society. In the name of saving the environment, Communist environmentalists are attacking property rights. In the name of group rights, communitarian masters are destroying individual rights. In the name of saving “the Children,” they are breaking down ties of family, country, and religion. In the name of “public safety” and “crime prevention,” they are producing chaos, hatred, and distrust.

Most communities now have community police, and, just as in other communitarian societies, community Thought Police are increasingly being used to detect, investigate, and report “suspicious activities,” “political crimes,” “hate crimes,” and “anti-social” behavior. Anti-social behavior is defined as failing to yield to governmental authority for the good of the community and asserting your individual rights, including property rights. Anyone who fails to see the “(Party) light,” i.e., normal, rational, intelligent, freedom-loving individuals, has to be cured, which is the purpose of the ubiquitous community mental health centers.

Ultimately, if Communists succeed in creating their New World Order, community health centers will inevitably utilize totalitarian methods, such as the inhuman compulsory psychiatric treatment currently employed in Russia. Communitarians have divided the United States into thousands of local communities, i.e., Communistic societies. These communities have been assigned a six digit Community Number. For example, the City of Colorado Springs is Community No. 080060, the City of Dallas is Community No. 480171 and so on. The most powerful organization in this country, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), takes charge when disasters, such as fires or floods, occur. In the event of a real or manufactured crisis, FEMA has the power to turn America into a regimented police state.

Presidential Executive Orders are being used to expand the power of the federal government and to facilitate the seizure of absolute authority. Presidential Executive Order 12919, in effect, calls for the seizure of all of this country’s electric power, food supplies and resources, transportation, health and welfare facilities, airports, railroads, etc., if there is a potential threat to this country’s security, such as an economic crisis or growing international tension.

FEMA would take charge and would use the community system to facilitate its efforts to gain total control over every person, place, and thing in this country. The seizure of authority would be followed by convergence of the Soviet and American systems. 11 America—A Country of Individual Liberty The Founding Fathers created a country of individual liberty. The United States of America was the first nation in the history of mankind to protect every individual’s unalienable rights—his right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. Laissez-faire capitalism was the original American system and way of life. This system recognizes and protects individual rights, including property rights. It permits each individual to plan and act according to his own plans. It is the only system that rigidly defines and limits the actions of the government and protects citizens from aspiring dictators.

The American system, as created by the Founding Fathers, lasted for approximately a century. The founders of this country regarded the government, not as a master of the people, but as a servant. The government provides the following functions: law enforcement by local police to protect men from criminals; a judicial system with courts to decide the outcome of disputes among men; a military force to protect men from foreign aggressors.

Since the government is the only entity which holds a monopoly on the legal use of physical force, its actions must be strictly defined and limited. If we want to escape the horrors of totalitarianism, then we must restore America as a free and independent constitutional republic and re-establish the primacy and sovereignty of the individual and the supremacy of individual rights. We must rigidly define and limit the actions and scope of the U.S. government, whose sole purpose is to protect and defend our unalienable individual rights. States should claim sovereignty under the Tenth Amendment and demand that the actions of the U.S. government be strictly limited to those delegated by the Constitution.

The Tenth Amendment reads: “The Powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.” The Constitution lists all of the powers of the federal government. It has no other powers. If a power is not listed, then the federal government does not have it. The federal government has insinuated itself illegally and unconstitutionally into every area of our culture: health care, education, our economic activities, and law enforcement, to name a few. Its socialistic regulations and controls are taking the place of voluntary exchange of goods and services.

Our government has arrogated to itself such vast powers that America is now on the verge of becoming a police state—the stage of rule by brute force. Socialists have turned this nation into a welfare state, not because they are concerned about the health and well-being of Americans, but because they want to expand the power of the government. They have used the Marxist concept of the progressive income tax, the policy of redistributing the nation’s wealth, the social security program, and other welfare state practices and programs to concentrate power in the State at the expense of individual freedom. Under the guise of “doing good,” they are increasingly using the legal force of government—armed, organized police force—to direct and control the activities of Americans.

Communitarians have worked to undermine Christian moral principles and to eradicate the concept of right and wrong. Communitarian masters are training Americans to embrace with religious intensity a sense of community and to accept Communism as the ONLY religion. The United States was not founded as a communitarian nation, but as a Christian nation. All of the Founding Fathers acknowledged the existence of Almighty God and acknowledged his Divine Providence.

George Washington said, “It is the duty of all nations to acknowledge the providence of 12 almighty God, to obey His will….” Patrick Henry said, “It cannot be emphasized too strongly or too often that this great nation was founded…on the gospel of Jesus Christ! For this very reason peoples of other faiths have been afforded asylum, prosperity, and freedom of worship here.”

James Madison said, “We have staked the future upon the capacity of each and all of us to govern ourselves, to sustain ourselves, according to the Ten Commandments of God.” Principled individualism is the original American moral code. Principled individualists govern and sustain themselves according to the Ten Commandments and cultivate personal virtues we Americans admire: personal initiative, honesty, integrity, productiveness, self-reliance, and authentic benevolence.

Principled individualism is to pursue one’s own happiness by growth and self-development, by individual initiative and enterprise, by productiveness and self-reliance—all those moral virtues that lead to personal success and self-respect. Principled individualism permits pride in oneself and one’s moral character. Principled individualists endeavor to gain intellectual training, develop their personal skills and capacities, and pursue their own chosen careers. They create their own private wealth, support their own lives, practice authentic benevolence, and they build a stable family life. Principled individualism upholds the primacy of the individual and the supremacy of individual rights. It permits every individual to engage in a process of constant personal growth, which is required to maintain his self-esteem and mental-well being.

Principled individualists think, grow, expand the range of their knowledge and achievement, and discover their own unique possibilities for growth. They set personal goals and strive to better themselves, enjoying the process of becoming what they are, taking pleasure in the unfolding of their own unique identity. A free society (laissez-faire capitalism) is based on principled individualism. It permits men to live according to their own plans, to be decent, law-abiding citizens, and to live in benevolent co-existence. Paul L. Poirot writes, “Individuals try to look after themselves and their families and their friends. They seek food, shelter, companionship, and all sorts of things. That is why a person works—to satisfy those wants. And the reason why people voluntarily exchange goods and services with one another is that such trading helps to satisfy personal wants….” A free market is any place where people trade their products or services by voluntary consent.

There are no government controls or regulations, and prices are determined by supply and demand. The value of a man’s work and services is determined by what others willingly decide to offer in exchange for what he is offering. Principled individualists advocate free trade in which men are willing participants in an exchange and oppose governmental compulsion or unwilling exchange.

Prior to the Communist attack upon families and education, children were raised and educated to be principled individualists. From the founding of this nation until well into nineteenth century, children attended private schools, and they were prepared morally, intellectually and socially for productive lives in a free society. They received sound training in grammar and composition, history, mathematics, science, economics, and other disciplines. Parents used “strong, secure” disciplining and instilled into their children American values and virtues, including the “work ethic” (productiveness, self-reliance and other virtues), honesty, integrity, and independence. Parents did not tolerate welfarism in their homes and taught their children to earn all of their own money and material possessions “through successful work experiences.”

In Masters of Seduction I have described the methods and techniques of American parenting experts, who make it possible for parents to raise their children to be happy, healthy, confident, competent, principled individualists. Communitarians have deliberately sought to undermine schools and universities and 13 eliminate the intellect-oriented approach to education. They are methodically destroying family relations, creating juvenile delinquency, and shifting the raising of children to community groups and organizations. They denounce strong, secure disciplining and promote permissiveness because they want to turn America into a nation of dependent, brainless, directionless barbarians. Authentic Benevolence Principled individualists practice authentic benevolence: they know that there are some people who should be assisted on a long-term basis and that there are others who should be helped on a short term basis. The people who should be helped on a long term basis are those who are willing but unable to work, that is, individuals who are afflicted by debilitating diseases, paraplegics, the blind, and so forth. Principled individualists freely offer through their families, churches, and private charities their help to those who are willing but unable to help themselves, such as the aforementioned disabled individuals.

People who should be helped on a temporary basis include those who have been victims of disasters. Principled individualists offer authentic benevolence by giving temporary help to people during emergencies, i.e., sudden and unexpected events that are limited in time, catastrophic in nature, and require immediate action, such as fires, floods, earthquakes, accidents, and other disasters. They do not, however, devote their lives to roving through towns and cities searching for victims of disasters. In most cases, the police or fire departments take over in emergency situations. Principled individualists offer authentic benevolence by willingly giving temporary help to a friend or loved one who is sick, starving, or attempting to overcome some overwhelming obstacle. They benevolently help a loved one who is afflicted by a serious illness.

Principled individualists feel respect and good will toward others. They refuse to become members of communistic communities; instead, they strive to become fruitful and productive and to earn an honest living. They spurn the idea of “the new man and woman” (true Communists), the concept of community, and the spirit of selfless social service. They refuse to perform community service. It is not a virtue to sacrifice one’s own personal goals, interests, and happiness in order to perform selfless service in behalf of a communistic community. It is not a virtue to volunteer to selflessly and altruistically serve able-bodied human beings. It is not a virtue to volunteer to build homes or to provide other material values for the poor, merely because they are poor.

Principled individualists know that one should not do for a child or for an adult what he can and ought to do for himself. They know that giving someone something for nothing cripples his independence, undermines his will to achieve, blocks his personal growth, and denies him the chance to realize his full potential. Instead of learning to think, growing intellectually, striving to better himself, and discovering his own possibilities and potentials, he stagnates or disintegrates, both mentally and physically.

The recipient of altruistic giving is prevented from discovering the fundamental truth about life: the real joy in living lies in the achievement of values—the acquisition of skills, the pleasure of productive work, the pride in his power to support his own life. And the joy is in the doing. Why would anyone want to prevent another human being from enjoying the experience of living? Furthermore, why would any man choose to work if he can become a profiteer-on-sacrifice and get what he wants by begging, mooching, or feigning helplessness? Why would any rational, productive man choose to keep on working if he must live as a sacrificial animal and support the lives of habitual parasites, bums, and moochers. Selfless community service is anti-common sense.

Communists want to destroy Christian civilization. They have introduced 14 communitarianism into the churches and have attempted to pervert the meaning of certain passages in the Bible in order to promote their communitarian morality. For example, God did not call for men and women to become selfless slaves to other human beings, serving the poor by doling out money and services to them. He wanted human beings to be fruitful and productive and to support their lives by honest effort.

Every able-bodied human being, including the poor and homeless, should work and earn all of his own material wealth. In this way, he gains a sense of self-worth and self-respect. We do not need to help “the needy” by serving in soup kitchens; they will thrive if we teach them the “work ethic,” rather than the “selfless service ethic.” We should encourage them to earn their own food. We do not need to participate in community clean-up campaigns to eliminate litter and trash; we simply need to restore private property rights.

When public lands become private property, owners have an incentive to maintain, improve, and increase the value of their own property. Furthermore, in a family-oriented society, as opposed to a Communist community-oriented society, parents teach children to respect other people’s rights, including property rights. We have no need for an army of citizen tutors; we need only to privatize the schools so that children will be educated rather than indoctrinated.

There is no need for government mentor programs in a civilized society, in which parents, not communities, raise and care for children. When parents stop serving Communistic communities and start to build strong, stable families, then they can produce happy, healthy children. The same kind of logic can be used with regard to every other Communist community service program. The “Work Ethic” Versus the “Selfless Service Ethic” Principled individualists live in benevolent co-existence with others. They embrace the “work ethic,” expand their knowledge and skills, and use their minds to the fullest in the pursuit of their own chosen careers.

They are concerned with private profit and personal gain because they want to support their own lives and provide for their families. In the workplace, they strive to consistently offer the best services and products, to cut costs, and sell cheaper. The creation of a mass market makes it possible for people in every income level to avail themselves of these comforts and conveniences. Everyone benefits. Citizens who have a high work standard and who endeavor to become super-competent enable the country to achieve productiveness and prosperity. In full-blown communitarian societies, such as Russia and other “former” Soviet republics, people sacrifice all personal aspects of themselves, embrace the communitarian service ethic, and squander their abilities and possibilities. In these countries, there are low work standards, shortages, and shoddy products, and the overwhelming majority of the people consider it a major achievement to find toilet paper, food, and other basic necessities. Good medical care is virtually nonexistent.

Tyranny, slavery, hunger, and suffering are a way of life in these countries. Under the guise of helping “the Children,” the hungry, the disabled, and the homeless, communitarian masters have created countless new laws and regulations in order to expand their power. If totalitarians seize absolute authority, the sick and disabled will number among their first victims. 15

What America Was Like Before It Became A Target of Communist Psychological Warfare Some older Americans can still remember the good old days: peaceful towns and thriving, well-ordered cities, crime-free streets, affordable homes, family-oriented living, and safe schools. Many people didn’t even bother to lock their doors. Divorce, domestic violence, and drug abuse were rare. People were more refined and gracious. There was an absence of profanity. Homosexuality and promiscuity were almost unheard of. Children were taught to respect other people’s private property; there was very little vandalism and no need for community clean-up campaigns. Children received sound training in history, mathematics, science, economics, grammar, and other disciplines. There weren’t mass shootings of students and teachers in the schools, and there were no SWAT teams on school campuses. The biggest problems in the schools were students who passed notes or popped bubble gum in class. In those days, most people still admired principled individualism, the “work ethic,” and other American principles and ideals. The Effects of Communistic Psychological Warfare on Americans In order to create their New World Order, Communists must destroy America’s fundamental ideas. Why? Because a nation whose citizens are governed and sustained by the principles of the Ten Commandments and which upholds and defends individual and economic freedom, is difficult to transform. Principled individualists think for themselves and are independent and self-reliant. They have integrity and self-respect. They’re loyal to their families, their leaders, and to their nation. A nation which upholds and defends principled individualism and laissez-faire capitalism has a high ethical standard. Its citizens will fight to defend their principles, their freedom and their unalienable individual rights.

Today, most Americans are embracing the communitarian moral code, and this country is now in a process of disintegration, making it vulnerable to a takeover. Communists have sought to degrade the nation and to produce the maximum chaos. Communist psychological warfare has wrecked havoc in the lives and families of virtually all Americans. Human casualties—the drug addicts, criminals, alcoholics, suicides, neurotics, psychotics, the ignorant and the illiterate—number in the tens of millions. In his book, The Index of Leading Cultural Indicators: American Society At the End of the Twentieth Century, William J. Bennett writes, “[S]ince 1960…we have seen a 467 percent increase in violent crime; a 463 percent increase in the numbers of state and federal prisoners; a 461 percent increase in out-of-wedlock births…more than a doubling in the teenage suicide rate…and a drop of almost 60 percent on SAT scores.”

The rate of divorce has “more than doubled.” The number of adults in prison now totals 2 million. Research studies show that drinking, drugs, and casual sex have become national vices. Since 1992, when Clinton and Gore began their bombardment of communitarian propaganda, teenage drinking and drug use has soared. Illegal drug use is now not only an urban problem; the use of alcohol, cocaine, crack, inhalants, marijuana, methamphetamines and other hard drugs has reached epidemic proportions in small towns and rural areas.

Tens of millions of Americans are suffering from mental disorders, such as anxiety, panic attacks, depression, phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorders, eating disorders, manic depressive psychoses, and schizophrenia. Countless others are marked by aimless lack of purpose. The Clinton-Gore Administration and its Communist allies are successfully achieving the 16 ideological and psychological convergence of the United States and Communist Russia. America is becoming a replica of Russia: sick, brutal, deviant, vulgar and violent, yet slavish and submissive toward governmental authority.

Communitarian ideals block or cripple individual growth and development. They destroy independence, self-reliance, courage, and creativeness—and produce profound feelings of helplessness, worthlessness, and instability. They breed hatred, fear, ignorance, cowardice, indolence, dependency, and conformity. Every society which embraces the communitarian way of life is reduced to unspeakable poverty, and the people endure tyranny, slavery, and misery. In Russia, Red China, and other communist and socialist-controlled countries, communitarianism is a way of life. People are self-defeating and masochistic.

With regard to Russia, Daniel Rancour-Laferriere states, “[T]he locus of masochism is in its self-destructive citizens—the alcoholics, drug addicts, suicides, overburdened wives…unproductive workers, and so on.” Vodka is a national vice. Collectivized “Russia is still drowning in an ocean of harsh government controls, a monstrous and corrupt bureaucracy, crushing taxation…. [T]he infrastructure is rotting, the environment is seriously polluted, and poverty, lack of medical care, alcoholism, and a low life expectancy are the norm…. Hundreds of small” businessmen have been murdered. In darkest Africa, people receive better medical care than in Russia, because Christian missionaries have introduced Western medical techniques and technology.

Thomas H. Naylor writes, “Soviet officials now openly acknowledge that drugs, prostitution, and AIDS are very real problems in the Soviet Union.” Communism—What It Is Really All About What is communism really all about? What are the Communists’ real goals? In order to be really efficient, a totalitarian state needs a population of self-satisfied, simple-minded slaves, who are ready to work for free, take great pride in not having anything of their own, and have a masochistic need, even a profound craving, to suffer. In order to achieve this goal, totalitarians teach the people to feel guilty and “materialistic” for striving to better themselves, to get ahead, and to raise their standard of living.

At the same time, they train citizens to believe that the essence of moral perfection is selflessness—selfless, lifelong, altruistic commitment to work for the community and “the common good.” In this way, totalitarians are able to create a herd of mindless human milch cows who will not only produce on demand for them, but will feel virtuous about it. “The common good”, properly defined, is a slogan used by totalitarian bandits to persuade people to allow themselves to be bled by taxes, contributions, etc., in order to achieve the good of the ruling elite (themselves).

Tolstoy writes, “So great were the luxuries and privileges enjoyed by the Party chosen they might have seemed to belong to a different race from that 95 per cent of the population of the USSR which” was kept in a state of unspeakable poverty and misery. “The Communist leadership in fact lived like an occupying power in a conquered land.” The average Russian has great difficulty obtaining basic necessities and essential services, such as medical care; yet, he works as a slave to produce goods and services which only the nomenklatura (the power elite), even today, is allowed to use or consume.

New World Order architects plan to reduce your standard of living to a “sustainable” level (the barest subsistence), while they live in voluptuous luxury and sybaritic splendor. Not just in Russia, but in every country dominated by the Marxist-Leninist ideology this phenomenon is readily apparent: the masters are an autocratic aristocracy whose fabulously opulent lifestyle contrasts sharply with that of the hopeless destitution of the enslaved masses. 17 The Communists—Using Every Means to Destroy America and to Create Global Totalitarian Police State Masters of Seduction shows that our adversaries are not only fulfilling their vision of human reconstruction, but are using every plan and policy, every program and course of action, every law and institution—in short, every means to create a world police state.

Communists are striving to achieve, among other things, the following ends: banish the traditional nuclear family, composed of a father, mother, and children; transfer the care and rearing of children to the community and to Communist-led youth organizations, such as the Boys and Girls Clubs of America and Big Brothers Big Sisters of America; gain control of the educational system, communize textbooks, and indoctrinate teachers with the Communist communitarian ideology; infiltrate and subvert all other cultural and social institutions, including the churches; achieve government control over the health care industry; gain control of the newspapers, publishing houses, motion picture industry, radio, television, and the Internet; use the environmental movement to gain control or ownership of private land and production and to wipe out industrial civilization.

The purpose of the Clinton-Gore Administration’s communist environmental controls and regulations and land grabs is not to protect “endangered species,” improve the air, save the forests, and so forth, but to expand its power, i.e., to achieve government control or ownership of land and production. Our socialist leaders, both past and present, have been successfully implementing this measure: the government now owns 90 percent of Alaska, 83 percent of the state of Nevada, 64 percent of Utah, 62 percent of Idaho, 60 percent of Oregon, and nearly half of the land in Wyoming and California. Forty-two percent of the land in the United States is now owned by federal, state, and local government.

One of this administration’s pet programs is the Wildlands Project, which is part of the unratified Biodiversity Treaty. This sweeping globalist scheme would turn approximately fifty percent of America into reserve wilderness areas, forcing people off the land and creating various “ecosystems” in deserts, mountains, forest, and other regions. Government ownership and control of private property has brought environmental degradation and/or ecological catastrophe to every country that has tried it.

In Red China, the “former” Soviet Republics, and Third World nations, one can see firsthand how socialism has resulted in massive environmental destruction—rivers that resemble flowing cesspools, widespread pollution, mismanaged forests, grossly inadequate sewage facilities, and so on. Wealthy, industrialized, capitalist nations are the most sound ecologically and have the least pollution. In fact, the government’s Communist environmental policies are destroying the environment. For example, MTBE, the carcinogenic gasoline additive, has polluted water in California and many other states, national forests are grossly mismanaged, and, thanks to the present administration’s policies of “free trade” and globalism, an invasion of foreign plants and animals is causing massive economic and environmental damage. The Clinton-Gore Administration is pushing for more and stronger gun controls.

The Founding Fathers believed that Americans must be able to defend themselves in case the government itself becomes a violator of man’s rights. The Second Amendment gives citizens the right to keep and bear arms. The Bill of Rights was written to protect citizens against the government. The deadliest enemy of the people is a government which violates individual rights, and our government has become that enemy. Government leaders plan to regulate or confiscate guns in America because they do not want Americans to be capable of protecting themselves from governmental tyranny.

The Communists’ goal is to create a nation of self-satisfied slaves. After years of indoctrination in government-run schools, Americans are “mastering” the same lessons as the Russians: “We are not slaves. The slaves are not us.” Americans consider themselves “free,” despite the fact that they work like serfs for our criminal government. They work more than half of every year to pay their taxes, to pay for the cost of federal, state, and local government. This includes costs associated with regulations, minimum wage, and so forth.

The annual, federal income tax is, despite the 16th Amendment, unconstitutional; it is a Marxist “tool for the growth and perpetuation of totalitarianism.” G. Edward Griffin writes, “…The Constitution acknowledges two kinds of taxes: direct and indirect. .Examples of direct taxes are income and property taxes. Examples of indirect taxes ae import and excise taxes.”

It must be emphasized that the Founding Fathers intended to pay for the “normal operation of the government” by indirect taxes only. Read G. Edward Griffin’s book The Creature from Jekyll Island: A Second Look at the Federal Reserve for information about the Federal Reserve System, which he calls “the greatest scam of all history….” Communists are deliberately promoting promiscuity, pornography, obscenity, homosexuality, and drug abuse.

“The United States has been targeted as an act of war and is the victim of a long-range, sustained, vicious drug offensive,” writes Joseph D. Douglass, Jr. In his book, Red Cocaine: The Drugging of America, Dr. Douglass shows that for decades, Communists have sought to increase the production of narcotics and to expand their global drug trafficking and marketing operations.

The purpose of their propaganda campaign is to demoralize Americans and create the demand for drugs; their narcotics strategy is designed to hook the people on drugs, make vast sums of money, and effect the corruption and destruction of our political, judicial, law enforcement, and other systems. Furthermore, the Communists aim to persuade Americans to believe that the Constitution is outdated and that our constitutional system is obsolete; capture both the Democratic and Republican parties (this goal has been achieved); undermine America’s moral ideals and cultural values by flooding the country with immigrants from Socialist and Communist nations; promote the UN and expand GATT, NAFTA, NATO, and other UN-affiliated military alliances and trade blocs; make Americans believe that the economy is booming, while, at the same time, setting this country up for an economic collapse.

We are not experiencing an economic miracle, and the state of our Union is precarious. Leaders of the present administration are manipulating the nation’s finances, and their government propaganda machine is manipulating the public. The propaganda is meant to give the illusion of security and prosperity. It has absolutely nothing to do with truth, facts, or reality.

The job growth is not occurring in manufacturing; instead, this administration is promoting the creation of service-sector employment, and the categories having the highest job growth are sales people, janitors, cashiers, hamburger-flippers, waiters, and waitresses. The people’s savings are being drained, their taxes are being squandered, and the nation’s resources are being exhausted. The soaring supply of printing press money, of easy credit, and of record trade deficits is moving us rapidly in the direction of national financial disaster.

The Clinton-Gore Administration and its Communist comrades are using “free trade” and a “global economy,” to accomplish the planned economic destruction of America. In order to render America defenseless, globalist communitarians are shifting manufacturing, fuel and food production overseas, making America dependent on its enemies for food, fuel and manufactured products, and effecting the unilateral disarmament of the United States.

We are becoming increasingly dependent on Communist and Socialist nations, such as Red China, Mexico, and other nations, for essential products. A nation dependent upon its 19 enemies for food can be starved into submission, and without an adequate defense industrial base it cannot defend itself against a prolonged military attack. In the November 2000 ACCT newsletter, William J. Gill writes, “As far back as 1987 the Army Chief of Staff, General John A. Wickham, warned the U. S. should not get into a war that could last more than a few months because the industrial production capacity could not support it.

Since then more than 700 steel mills shut down, our domestic oil production fell sharply, and the refining capacity for oil has atrophied. Today, China is No. 1 in steel. The U.S. is a distant fifth behind the European Union, Japan, Russia, and No. 1 China! [In 1960 we had nearly 60% of the world’s total steel capacity. Now it is barely 10%.]” Globalists are gutting the nation and, from high-tech industries to shoe factories, they are virtually giving over industrial production to other nations.

Mr. Gill states, “Industrially, the United States is no longer an independent country.” China and Russia are engaging in a massive military build-up to cow or intimidate the United States with the annihilating terrors of nuclear ballistic missiles, neutron bombs, biological and chemical weapons, and other weapons of mass destruction. MASTERS OF SEDUCTION SHOWS THE WAY This book contains the intellectual ammunition patriotic Americans need to defeat the globalist masters and to stop the creation of the New World Order.

The masters do have an Achilles’ heel: it is their communitarian system. We can enlighten fellow Americans and urge them to topple the most evil, insidious, inhumane social structure ever to be created—totalitarianism—with its beguiling but treacherous foundation of community life and a spirit of selfless social service. If we eliminate the foundation, the structure will crumble.

The “new man” is the indispensable, fundamental basis of every totalitarian society. Totalitarianism must have the backing, approval, and fearful devotion of “new men and women.” Communitarian masters are doing their utmost to strengthen the foundation of the New World Order; let’s do our utmost to eradicate it. Let’s stop sacrificing our lives to evil.

Let’s outwit, outmaneuver, and overpower the masters of seduction; let’s drop out of their communistic communities, stop allowing ourselves to be reconstructed into “new men and women,” refuse to perform community service, and reject their communitarian ideals. Let’s take an uncompromising stand for principled individualism and fight for our lives and the life of this country.

Masters of Seduction offers goals, political principles, strategies and tactics—a sound, consistent ideological program—that will give us the power to change the direction of this country. It describes the single most important strategy we can use to change the course of this nation, the pivotal strategy that will permit us to restore freedom and individual rights.

When we reject the globalist police state world view, when we reclaim America’s founding principles and ideals, when we re-establish our free and independent constitutional republic, then we can save this nation and help set the world on a course that will lead to peace, productiveness, and prosperity.

© 2026 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




Truth Never Changes

By Rob Pue

January 13, 2026

Do you ever wish there were at least some things in the world that didn’t change?  At least some things that were not destroyed by the ever-twisting depravity of our modern culture?  I do.

I just returned from the UPS Store, where I was berated by a woman for five full minutes and I still don’t know what I did wrong.  Here’s what happened.  First of all, I should tell you that I hate going to the UPS Store because the line is always long; usually extending all the way from the counter to the entry door.  That was the case again today.

As I approached the building, I noticed a young woman in her twenties also headed for the door.  She was struggling with three large boxes, as anyone would be, because the boxes were cumbersome.  Trying to be a gentleman, I rushed ahead and held the door open for her. I thought she’d appreciate the help and maybe even say “thank you.”

But that’s when it started.  She snarled at me and asked, “You think I’m not capable of opening my own door?”  I replied that I was just trying to be helpful and thought it would be a nice gesture to not only get the door for her, but let her step in the long line ahead of me.

“Don’t speak to me,” she yelled sternly, now starting to cause a scene.  “I never gave you permission to speak to me, and I don’t need your chauvinistic ‘toxic masculinity’ either.”  All I did was hold the door open for her, and let her go ahead of me in line.  I thought that was the end of it, but then as we were both in line in the crowded store, with her in front of me, she whipped her head around once more, and then told me to not stand so close to her.  Believe me, I didn’t want to stand anywhere near her, but the line of customers was now so long I had no choice, other than to stand outside; which is what I did.

With no room left inside the store, I went and stood in the freezing drizzle, with other waiting customers, until I felt she was sufficiently forward in the line that I wouldn’t offend her with my presence.  By the time she concluded her business, I was inside again, waiting my turn, and though I was next in line, I stood about ten feet behind her.  As she left, she deliberately bumped into me — hard.  I’m pretty sure she would have physically attacked me if she thought she could get away with it.  In her mind, I had committed a “hate crime” against her, simply by holding the door and allowing her to go ahead of me. All I did was hold the door for someone struggling with a bunch of heavy boxes.  I would have done the same for anyone in the same situation.  But apparently, that offended her.  Others in line didn’t seem to know what her problem was either.

The incident left me wondering, what in the world has happened to common courtesy?  I also wondered what sort of trauma she must have endured in order to end up the way she is.  Over the years I’ve learned that “hurt” people, hurt people. Or perhaps there never was any trauma.  Maybe she’s just the product of the new societal norms, instilled in her mind by school, college and social media influencers.  Who knows?  But I have observed that people in general are not nearly as friendly as they once were.  “Common courtesy” is not very common anymore.

I encounter hostile people everywhere these days.  There’s road rage on the highways.  Store clerks are rude.  When I’m working on the road, and go to a fast-food drive through, most times the people at the windows never say a word, except to announce the price.  If I ever need to deal with a customer service rep over the phone for anything, I feel like a huge burden just for needing assistance.  I wonder — are any of those calls (which are always recorded) ever used for “quality assurance or training purposes?”

Maybe I’m just getting old but I do long for the days when a person’s job depended on them being friendly, nice and kind to the customers. When it was ok to lend a hand to a stranger in need.  When people could be civil to one another, rather than fly into a rage for no apparent reason. When, even if we had opposing viewpoints, we could agree to disagree and move on, instead of forcing our opponents to accept our position and keep our mouths shut, or run the real risk of a physical attack, confrontation or riot.

I didn’t particularly like the old TV show “All In the Family,” but some of the lyrics certainly ring more true today than they did when the program aired between 1971 and ‘79… “And you knew who you were then.  Girls were girls and men were men…”  And, “Didn’t need no welfare states.  Everybody pulled his weight.”  Yes, those were the days, and they’ve been gone now for more than fifty years.

Today, a girl might be a girl, or might not.  Men might be men…or they might not.  After all, we now have 72 officially recognized and distinct different “genders.”  As far as welfare, we’re now in a place where multiple generations know no other way of life. So, it’s no wonder we’re headed so quickly toward full acceptance of Socialism, Communism and even heavier government control of our lives.  But I digress.

Things have certainly changed in America during my lifetime, and not for the better.  All the advancements in technology and all the “knowledge” we’re so proud of has led us no closer to true wisdom. We worship at the altar of convenience, comfort and ease, as we forfeit our Constitutional freedoms. We shout about “equality” and “tolerance,” but our society is more hostile, violent and narcissistic than ever. Thinking ourselves to be wise, we’ve become fools, as we create gods for ourselves with our perverse imaginations.

With very few exceptions, the changes we’ve seen in our nation and our world have not been positive.  But there is something in the world that’s never changed.  Malachi 3:6, “I am the Lord, I change not.”  Hebrews 13:8, “Jesus Christ the same yesterday, and today, and forever.”  Matthew 24:35, “Heaven and earth shall pass away, but My words shall not pass away.” Psalm 119:89,  “Forever, O Lord, Thy Word is settled in heaven.”  Isaiah 40:8, “The grass withereth, the flower fadeth: but the Word of our God shall stand forever.”  John 17:17, “…Thy Word is truth.”

Modern day “churches” can hang all the rainbow flags they want, but just because a former house of worship has been conquered by the LGBTQP+ and transgender cults, that doesn’t change the fact that the Word of our God shall stand forever.  What our Creator called “an abomination” then is still an abomination now, no matter how hard mankind works to twist the Word of the God to fit their reprobate minds.  Even the highest court in the land cannot undo God’s natural order or nullify the commands of God Almighty.

You see, there still is such a thing as absolute truth.  Preach all the “moral relativism” you like, but truth is truth and it does not change.  You’ll hear many say, “that may be true for you, but it’s not true for me.” These are fools, choosing to believe the lies of Satan to appease their tortured souls and minds.  Truth is truth and there’s no changing it.

What’s so disturbing is that God has made it so simple for us…even the most simple imbecile can understand the commands of God.  Yet, in our own power, we’re unable to follow them.  Because, “The heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked.”  He simplified His commandments down to only ten things, “Teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present age.”  And still, we all fail.  Let’s look at the Ten.  With His own finger, He wrote:

1) “Thou shalt have no other gods before Me.”  2). Make no graven images or idols to bow down and worship them.  3). Don’t take the Lord’s name in vain.  4). Remember the Sabbath Day and keep it holy.  5). Honor your parents.  6). Don’t kill.  7). Don’t commit adultery.  8). Don’t steal.  9). Don’t bear false witness against your neighbor.  And 10). Don’t covet anything that doesn’t belong to you.

Surely all of mankind can agree on these ten points.  Surely they’re simple enough, sensible enough and worthy to be taught to our children, so that generation after generation can know and obey the simple commands of God our Creator.  Imagine if we followed just these ten simple laws of God.

Instead, we have millions of man-made laws — many that contradict and pervert the laws of God.  Today, we even have God-hating liberals who’ve used the carnal “legal” system” to ban God’s simple Ten Commandments from public view — especially in our public schools, where surely the children would greatly benefit from their teaching.  Way back in 1980, the US Supreme Court, in the case of Stone v. Graham, struck down a Kentucky statute that required a copy of the Ten Commandments to be posted on the wall of every public school classroom.

What was the main objection?  The Court noted that by posting the Ten Commandments, it might, (and I quote), “…induce the schoolchildren to read, meditate upon, perhaps to venerate and obey, the Commandments.”  Oh, surely we couldn’t stand for that!

A statewide reporting system for “behavior incidents” was not established in Kentucky until the late 1990s, so we have no idea how bad things have gotten since the Supreme Court ruling on this in 1980.  But we do know that in the 2024-25 school year, Kentucky public schools reported 257,290 so-called “behavior events,” which included assaults, violence, weapons incidents, bullying and other hostilities perpetrated by students.

Now, just imagine how different things would be all these years later, if, in 1980, the Ten Commandments had been posted, and the students in Kentucky did meditate upon and perhaps obey the Commandments.  Instead, we “venerate and obey” the secular “wisdom” of these people in black robes releasing judicial decrees across our nation that go completely contrary to the will and commands of God.

So, I ask you… how many sports teams do we make idols of, create graven images for and worship fanatically? How often is our Lord’s name used as a curse word, or how often do people claim the name of Christ — claiming to be “Christians,” while acting like anything but a Christ-follower?  That’s taking His name in vain.

How many of us keep the Sabbath Day holy and dedicate one day in seven to God?  How many kids today honor their parents, or for that matter, how many adult children even bother with a card or a phone call on Mother’s Day or Father’s Day?  We’re lucky to get a text.  Murder has become a daily occurrence in cities and towns nationwide.  Adultery has become not just commonplace, but basically expected.  Marriage vows, which used to include the words, “as long as we both shall live,” are now often changed to “as long as we both shall love.”  In other words, “as long as we feel like it.”

What about stealing?  Theft has gotten so out of control that police no longer respond and thieves are no longer charged, if the theft is less than a thousand dollars.  Bearing false witness?  Happens everyday, from simple false accusations to perjury in court.  And coveting… in recent years, people have been murdered on the streets of our cities because someone wanted their high-end shoes.

We  live in an age of moral relativism, where anything goes and the so-called “truth” is always changing, as our carnal, lustful hearts grow ever darker.  Today, there can be just as many “truths” as unrepentant sinners believe there are “ways to God.”  But the fact is, truth never changes. And neither does God or His Word.

Our Heavenly Father has given us the most simplified version of His commandments possible.  So simple, natural and sensible there should be no debate as to the wisdom of following them.  But knowing that we’re even too hard-hearted to follow those ten simple rules, He’s even made a way, through the sacrifice of His only Son, for the penalty of our sins to be paid for us.  Still, we ignore and despise Him.  There will be great weeping and gnashing of teeth when so many kneel before Him, and are without excuse.

© 2026 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




Ilhan Omar’s Marital Deception and Financial Fraud

By Amil Imani

January 12, 2026

The hard facts about Omar’s record of fraud are pretty disgusting.

The political career of Rep. Ilhan Omar is defined by a pattern of calculated legal manipulation and systemic financial misconduct.

While her supporters often attempt to frame these issues as personal oversights, the documented evidence reveals a history of deliberate fraud involving her marriages, her tax filings, and the exploitation of campaign resources for personal enrichment.

The most striking instance of Omar’s disregard for U.S. law is her 2009 legal marriage to Ahmed Nur Said Elmi. Despite Omar’s insistence that Elmi is a stranger, a significant body of evidence, including social media records and school documents, identifies Elmi as her biological brother. This marriage was not a union of affection but a strategic sham designed to secure a green card and eventual U.S. citizenship for her sibling.

While legally married to Elmi, Omar continued a domestic life and fathered children with another man, Ahmed Hirsi. This overlapping timeline exposes the 2009 marriage as a fraudulent tool used to circumvent federal immigration statutes. By entering into a legal contract with her own brother, Omar committed both incest and marriage fraud — felonies that under standard enforcement would lead to immediate denaturalization and deportation. Her refusal to release DNA records or birth certificates suggests the reality of this deception.

Omar’s fraudulent activity extends directly into the federal and state tax systems. In 2019, an investigation by the Minnesota Campaign Finance Board (MCFB) forced Omar to admit to filing joint tax returns with Ahmed Hirsi in 2014 and 2015. At the time of these filings, she was still legally married to Ahmed Nur Said Elmi.

This was a calculated act of tax fraud. By filing jointly with a man who was not her legal husband, Omar intentionally misrepresented her household status to the government. Minnesota law is clear: common-law marriage is not recognized. Omar’s “joint” filing was an illegal attempt to gain tax advantages. She was subsequently ordered to pay back thousands in unpaid taxes and faced formal penalties for her dishonesty.

The MCFB investigation also uncovered Omar’s habit of treating donor contributions as a personal slush fund. She was caught using campaign money to pay for personal travel — including trips to Boston and Estonia — and for personal legal services. These are not clerical errors; they are direct violations of campaign finance laws that forbid the use of political donations for a candidate’s lifestyle.

The financial exploitation worsened after she took federal office. Omar funneled nearly $3 million in campaign funds into the pocket of her current husband, Tim Mynett, through his consulting firm, E Street Group. This arrangement allowed Omar to bypass ethical standards, effectively transferring donor money directly into her own household’s wealth.

As of January 2026, Omar is under renewed pressure as federal investigators widen their probe into the $9 billion “Feeding Our Future” fraud scheme in Minnesota. This massive theft of taxpayer funds, centered in the Somali community Omar represents, involved the fabrication of thousands of “ghost children” to steal pandemic meal money.

While Omar claims she had no part in the theft, the facts tell a different story. Multiple individuals convicted in this multi-billion-dollar heist were prominent donors to her campaign. Furthermore, her husband’s various business ventures – ranging from a California winery to obscure venture capital firms — have seen their reported value skyrocket from nearly zero to $30 million in a suspiciously short period. This sudden explosion of wealth, occurring while the surrounding community was being pillaged by fraud, points to a deeper involvement in the corrupt financial networks of her district.

In January 2026, a report by The Gateway Pundit revealed that Omar attempted to slip a one million dollars funding provision into a recent spending bill, which was directly linked to organizations currently under federal investigation for fraud. This move was a brazen attempt to use taxpayer dollars to bail out or further fund the same corrupt networks involved in the “Feeding Our Future” scandal. This legislative maneuver confirms that Omar’s priority is not public service, but the continued financing of the criminal enterprises that support her political machine.

Omar’s current husband, Tim Mynett, is a defendant in a January 2026 lawsuit alleging he defrauded investors of $300,000 through a wine business. This lawsuit highlights a double standard: while Omar frequently uses her faith to secure political support, her household actively profits from the sale of alcohol — a practice strictly forbidden (haram) in the very faith she champions. This hypocrisy further illustrates that for Omar and Mynett, religious and legal rules are merely tools to be discarded when they interfere with profit.

Ilhan Omar’s history is not one of “mistakes,” but of a career built on the deliberate subversion of American law.

From marrying her brother to defraud immigration authorities to filing fraudulent tax returns and siphoning campaign cash into her husband’s bank accounts, her record is a testament to systemic corruption. As federal probes into the $9 billion Minnesota fraud continue to close in, the facade of her political legitimacy is rapidly collapsing.

© 2026 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Hollywood and the Bolshevik Revolution

By Cliff Kincaid

January 12, 2026

Antony Sutton’s 1974 book, Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution, documented a link between banking interests and the Bolshevik cause. The update is being written now, as it has been disclosed that billionaire Steven Spielberg, the well-known Democratic party donor, met privately with New York City Mayor Zohran Mamdani, the Marxist-Muslim lover of Iran’s Shia ideology and hater of ICE.

It turns out that a “Jewish action” group called Bend the Arc that is supported by Spielberg backed Mamdani for mayor and opposes MAGA. An affiliate, Bend the Arc Action, is headed by Alex Soros of his father’s Open Society Foundations.

Although New York City is the city with the world’s largest Jewish population, Mamdani is a Twelver Shia Muslim tied by ideology to the religious fanatics running Iran.

Spielberg is a Jewish filmmaker with a net worth pegged at $7.1 billion and known for his film, “Schindler’s List,” about saving Jews from the Holocaust.

His latest film project is about outer space aliens, Disclosure Day, which is appropriate since in this context since we need more disclosure about Spielberg’s relationship with Mamdani.

“They are starved for the truth,” says one character in the film about UFOs.

The same can be said for those wondering what is going on with the Spielberg-Mamdani meeting.

Meanwhile, in New York City, a Jew-Hating pro-terrorist mob just descended on a local synagogue and Jewish school in a mostly Jewish neighborhood as they shouted “Say it loud, say it clear, we support HAMAS here!”

One can only conclude that the “friendly” meeting with Mamdani means Spielberg may be considering a film project about Mamdani’s rise to power and/or may be preparing to convince Hollywood and Wall Street that his brand of Bolshevik revolution in New York City is not a threat to Jewish New Yorkers.

Spielberg received the Medal of Freedom from Barack Hussein Obama in 2015 while Barack and Michelle Obama were photographed vacationing on Steven Spielberg’s luxurious $250 million “superyacht” in Italy in  September.

At least Barack Hussein Obama made an effort to conceal his Muslim and Marxist background. Mamdani wears his dangerous ideologies on his sleeve and behind his smile, making his meeting with Spielberg seem more extraordinary.

In the past, the much-maligned House Committee on Un-American Activities, known as HCUA, had uncovered dramatic communist infiltration of Hollywood and forced the studios to clean house. It looks like another investigation and house-cleaning is in order, with probes into Steven Spielberg, Alex Soros, and their support for “progressive” causes.

But the house-cleaning had only gone so far. Actor Warren Beatty starred in the 1981 film, Reds, about the American communist journalist John Reed and the Russian Revolution. The Communist Pary USA hailed it as “extraordinary” and a “must-see,” noting that it won three Academy Awards.

Ynetglobal, an Israeli news agency, is commenting on the Spielberg/Mamdani meeting, noting its significance in terms of “Jewish power and progressive politics.”

“On his first full day in office,” writes Daniel Edelson, ‘between a dawn visit to a Bronx fire scene and a press conference on new consumer regulations, New York Mayor Zohran Mamdani briefly vanished from the public schedule.”

The reporter added that, “The meeting, held at Spielberg’s luxury apartment in the San Remo building overlooking Central Park, offers a glimpse into the complex relationship between an openly anti-Zionist mayor and Hollywood’s Jewish elite.”

In addition to being “anti-Zionist,” Mamdani’s movement has been called the “Red Jihad,” a combination of Marxism and radical Islam that threatens to ignite another 9/11 on American soil.

Ominously, the writer raised the issue of “the possible ideological and financial connection between the two men,” with the news outlet noting that Spielberg’s project known as the Righteous Persons Foundation has recently “become a prominent funder of progressive left-wing organizations.”

It claims to have made more than $160 million in grants to date.

The website Influence Watch reports that the organization has contributed to Jewish organizations that “resist the Trump agenda.” One of them, Bend the Arc, a network of left-of-center Jewish organizations,features people dressed in “New York Jews for Mamdani” T-shirts.

It declares, “In September [2025], Bend the Arc made its first ever mayoral endorsement for Zohran Mamdani. It was covered in CBS, NBC, Politico, JTA, Democracy Now and more.”

Regarding the terrorist attack using a vehicle in Minneapolis on the ICE agent, Bend the Arc proclaims that anti-ICE activist Renee Nicole Good was “murdered in cold blood for supporting her neighbors amidst ICE’s reign of terror.”

These are lies designed to obscure the fact that Good, a queer woman, drove a car into an ICE agent who shot in self-defense. She was set-up by the organized anti-ICE movement to be a martyr, sparking more anti-ICE protests.

Now we find out billionaire Hollywood money is going into the coffers of the anti-ICE movement, and that Steven Spielberg is entertaining the mortal enemy, Zohran Mamadani, of all Jews worldwide.

Bu he won’t talk about the meeting because it is more secretive than UFOs.

While Spielberg doesn’t represent Wall Street, a source of funds for the Bolshevik revolution, he does represent Hollywood and is considered the world’s wealthiest filmmaker.

As an American and a Jewish American, one would think he has a duty to tell the truth about Mamdani’s Bolshevik revolution, not meet secretly with the architect of the “fundamental transformation” that Obama began on a national basis. But his close relationship with Obama suggests a major cover-up or whitewash of Mamdani’s agenda is underway.

Mamdani’s meeting with the billionaire Spielberg is significant for another reason, since Mamdani says billionaires should not exist. Except, it seems, when they support him.

© 2026 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




I.C.E., US Border Patrol, DHS, State Patrol, Local Police: Social Contract

By Frosty Wooldridge

January 12, 2026

Is the United States of America a sovereign nation with laws to protect its citizens, with a border and the “Rule of Law” to ensure its viability as a civilization?

Apparently, as of last week, certain fringe-group citizens think they can violate the “Social Contract” without consequences. What is the “Social Contract?”

“The Social Contract, by Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1762), is a foundational work of political philosophy arguing that legitimate political authority comes from the social contract agreed upon by all citizens, creating a “general will” for the common good, which preserves individual freedom within a just society. It famously begins with “Man is born free; and everywhere he is in chains,” exploring how society and government can both oppress and enable freedom, and it heavily influenced the French Revolution and democratic thought.”

During the four Biden years, our own president violated his oath of office, and over 15 to 20 million foreigners violated America’s “Social Contract” by breaking into our country. It’s no different than a burglar breaking into your house…stealing your property or raping your wife or killing your children.

In 2025 and now, 2026, the American people voted by a majority, to elect President Trump to deport the reported number of 25 million illegal aliens out of America. Those people reside in America against our laws, and in fact, have caused enormous numbers of crimes, smuggling, sex trafficking, drug addiction deaths at over 270,000 in the past four years, rapes, shoplifting gangs, murders and dozens of other unlawful acts. In other words, Laken Riley and many other women would be alive today if Biden had honored his oath of office. Hundreds of other women have died or been raped by illegals, too. Illegal immigration provides a sordid story of anarchy against our “Social Contract.”

But something is happening in liberal-dominated cities across America. Democrats are violating the “Social Contract” via “Sanctuary Cities” in New York City, Minneapolis, Portland, Denver, Detroit and beyond. They support and defend illegal aliens residing in our country. No matter how many deaths of Americans, such “fringe” individuals are shooting at law enforcement officers, burning cars and buildings, killing innocents, and destroying “the rule of law” in their cities. They are stalking, harassing, spitting upon, shooting at, and disobeying lawful orders of police, I.C.E., U.S. Border Patrol, State Patrol officers and Homeland Security officers.

Then it happened, a lady named Renee Good harassed, used her car to block I.C.E. agents from doing their jobs in Minneapolis, Minnesota last week. She was a part of an organized group that follows I.C.E. officers, doxxes them, screams at them, impedes them, and tries to thwart lawful actions by officers. She blocked the road, and then, when ordered to depart from her SUV, she drove and hit an I.C.E. agent who fired upon her to save his life.

DHS says Renee Nicole Good was ‘stalking’ and ‘impeding’ law enforcement operation before fatal shooting.

“The media continues to fail the American people in their reporting on the events in Minneapolis,” DHS claimed in the post. “New evidence shows that the anti-ICE agitator was STALKING and IMPEDING a law enforcement operation over the course of the morning.” DHS further criticized the media, writing: “The evidence speaks for itself. The legacy media has lost the trust of the American people.”

Renee Good played a dangerous game of anarchy that cost her dearly.

Federal officials have defended the ICE agent’s actions as self-defense. “Good was participating in an act of “domestic terrorism,” said DHS Secretary Kristi Noem.

That same officer had been dragged by an illegal alien in a car to the point where he nearly had his arm ripped off last June. He suffered torn muscles, over 30 stitches, and hospitalization.

As a country, our citizens either abide by the “Social Contract” that the U.S. Constitution mandates or we become a lawless Banana Republic. The fact remains that those 25 million illegal aliens, like a robber who broke into your home, need to be deported. As a civilization, we cannot afford to become another Somalia or Cuba or Sudan or Iran.

Here’s a sobering fact: America houses 350 million people. Our cities are overwhelmed, overcrowded and suffering from enormous numbers of murders, failing schools, and lack of “The Social Contract” by Gen Z’ers, Gen X’ers who have never faced WWII or served in the military or the Peace Corps. They are riding on everything their parents gave them. We add another 1,000,000 legal immigrants, annually. Most of them cannot speak, read or work in English. Most lack any education or skills to benefit our society. Note that 83 percent of the 240,000 Somalians in America remain on welfare after 20 years in our country. The world adds 83,000,000 more new babies, net gain, annually. At 8.1 billion today and heading toward 9.7 billion humans by mid-century, according to the United Nations population projections—-millions if not billions of people would like to migrate to America, Canada and Europe. And in fact, they are stampeding into Western Countries. They are overwhelming European heritage, cultures, languages and sustainability.

How many more people can the USA hold? Can we absorb 10 million annually? How about 50 million annually added to our already gridlocked and air polluted cities? Because, if we open our borders, the world’s poor would LOVE to stampede into America. But the fact is, they cannot and we cannot sustain their numbers. They need to improve their own situation in their own countries.

Why? Who thinks that California can absorb another 10 million people added to their 40 million? How? What’s the point? Can Colorado add another 10 million? What about Arizona adding another 10 million? How do you generate enough water for THAT many people? Again, people from the Third World use five gallons of water, 24/7. Americans use 88 gallons of water 24/7. How does anyone expect to enjoy fresh water when it’s exhausted? And, it WILL be exhausted if we continue down that road.

What about gasoline? America uses 20,000,000 barrels of oil 24/7. The world burns 100,000,000 barrels, DAILY. Do you think adding another 50 or 100 million people to America is viable? Answer: I can tell you; we can’t sustain THAT many people at this level of consumption and pollution!

If we as a civilization fail to maintain our “Social Contract”, all of us will lose. Do you see anyone migrating to Venezuela? Are Americans chomping at the bit to move to Mexico or Nicaragua or North Korea?

You see, those 25 million “home invaders” in our country are straining every aspect of our social system. They are defrauding us out of billions if not trillions of dollars. Think Minneapolis Somalians and Ilhan Omar. They cannot and will assimilate into our culture or language. They are not educated to our standards. In fact, they are causing us to lower our standards.

In the end, Renee Good broke “The Social Contract.” When an officer of the law, i.e., I.C.E., State Patrol, Border Patrol, DHS officer, or traffic officer tells you to step out of the car—you do it! It’s the law. It’s what maintains our society. It ensures that anarchy does not prevail. When a police officer stops you for speeding, he is saving you and other drivers from death by accident. When I.C.E. arrests an illegal alien criminal, he’s saving your daughter from death or rape or both. When a Border Patrol officer stops an illegal alien at the border, he’s protecting your country and your family.

Every one of those fringe-group rioters in Minneapolis needs to understand that if he/she doesn’t like our laws, then vote to change them. Otherwise, as a citizen, you are mandated to follow the law. It’s the only way we can maintain a civil society.

It’s sad that Renee Good chose to break “The Social Contract.” It’s sad that she died. She chose anarchy over lawful order. It’s sadder, too, that the I.C.E. agent will be crucified when he was only doing his job.

If we as citizens of a “civil society” fail to maintain “The Social Contract”, future generations will wonder why we became more like other failed societies such as Somalia, Sudan, Congo, Venezuela, Cuba, and Columbia.

In my book, IMMIGRATION’S UNARMED INVASION: DEADLY CONSEQUENCES, published in 2004, I wrote about the eight ways to destroy America. Twenty-two years later, every prediction in my book has come to pass…and it’s going to get worse if we fail to stop mass migration out of the Third World. We will devolve into a Third World country by destroying our own “Social Contract.”

© 2026 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Thirst For Power

By Late Roy Masters

January 11, 2026

The principles and techniques of scientific brainwashing closely parallel the manipulations that take place in many families. Pavlov and the other scientists who “ invented “ brainwashing early in this century learned much about their subject by observing, refining, and systemizing the cruelties that take place all too often in the family.

Why should I teach you to manipulate other peo­ples’ minds when it is so blatantly immoral and dangerous? The reason is that if I can expose the process, you will be in a position to disarm the next person who tries it out on you.

The privi­leged information you are about to learn has been known and used by dictators, tyrants, bul­lies, and sociopaths for thousands of years. But ordinary citizens have been kept in the dark.

Interested? You bet you are! Want to know the secret of bending people to your will? Who doesn’t! But be warned concerning the dan­gers of this supreme folly before you enter the game of power.

Principle number one: Before you can dom­inate others you must become a victim your­self. Most likely you already fulfill that requirement.

Try to understand, it would be impossi­ble for anyone worthy of the name of “human” to call up within himself the ruthless wicked­ness he would need in order to destroy another person for the fun, power, and glory of it.

The necessary ruthlessness would have to have been implanted in him from some out­side source—by the person who destroyed his original innocence. Only the extremely ambi­tious ones among us, those sociopaths willing to trade their souls for power, possess that necessary ruthlessness.

And once they set out to gain more and more power, they will feel called upon to become more and more ruth­less, because power, to the unprincipled, is addicting.

“If I can expose the process, you will be in a position to disarm the next person who tries it out on you.”

No ordinary person can originate wicked­ness—or goodness, for that matter. Both qual­ities project through us from an overriding source. If you are conscious of the presence of a dark spirit within yourself, it is because some long-forgotten trauma caused you to lose control of your psyche and let the intruder in.

And once the nature of the intruder has been implanted in you, it robs you of your former identity, and lives through you as though it were the real you. Under its control, you find yourself bullying the weak and doing unto others all the nasty little things that were done unto you.

It awakens in you a hunger to control and violate others, and once you taste the fruits of power, you start to for­get that you have been victimized. You get caught up in the excitement of the wicked implanted knowledge you acquire through your trauma experience.

And once you have been violated and imprinted with “carnal knowledge,” you find validation for your power trip in the enslavement of others.

Whoever invented “vampires” was a good student of human vulnerability because the process I am describing is analogous to the vampire mystique in every detail. When you are bitten, you give up your life’s blood to the vampire.

Eventually, you die and come back to life—not as a person, but as a vampire. You become what violated you. You are imprinted with the vampire’s identity, nature, and personality. You thirst for power, and you know by your new instinct how to get it.

Take care, though, for knowledge of such things that you can get from books will be worthless to you. The soul has to be made compatible with such knowledge.

It has to bare its neck to the bite of the evil vampire and accept its venom throughout its being, exchanging whatever bonding it formerly enjoyed with its Creator for the evil knowledge of how to gain power through the enslavement of others.

© 2026 FHU.com – All Rights Reserved




New Phase

by Rolaant McKenzie

January 11, 2026

When people are accustomed to living a certain cherished way of life, dramatic alteration of that life due to impending events can be very difficult to accept. Even when confronted with the impossibility of maintaining the status quo, many will stubbornly disbelieve the facts of the situation and fight to keep things as they have been. An extraordinary demonstration is often needed to realize the truth and act accordingly.

Lt. Cmdr. Data discovered this in the Star Trek: The Next Generation episode The Ensigns of Command (Season 3, Episode 2, 10/2/1989). The USS Enterprise was contacted by the Sheliak Corporate, the first contact with the Federation in more than a century. The Sheliak demanded that a human settlement they discovered on Tau Cygna V, a world they wished to colonize, be removed since the planet was ceded to them by treaty with the Federation. The Enterprise was given three days to evacuate the humans, or they would be exterminated.

Tau Cygna V was wrapped in hyperonic radiation that is normally lethal to human life, but the Enterprise crew found that the humans on the planet found a way to adapt and thrive. However, the radiation prevented the use of the ship transporters. Since Data, an android, was immune to the radiation, he was sent by Captain Picard in a shuttlecraft to warn the residents of the planet of the immediate need for evacuation.

Arriving on the surface, Data was taken to the colony’s leader, Gosheven, who told him that the 15,253 people there were descendants of the colony ship SS Artemis that was launched from Mars 92 years earlier. The ship’s intended destination was a planet orbiting Septimis Minor, but its guidance system failed, causing the ship to drift off course and eventually land on Tau Cygna V. Though Data explained the grave situation to Gosheven, he remained unconvinced. Gosheven, proudly referring to the sacrifices his ancestors made to create their thriving colony, especially the sophisticated aqueduct system, insisted that the planet was theirs and that they would not lose everything for which they had worked so hard. He vowed he would lead his people to fight the Sheliak rather than leave, and the people cheered and gathered around him in support.

Failing to persuade Gosheven by conventional means and with time running out, Data decided on a dramatic demonstration. He brought a hand phaser to one of the aqueduct pumping stations and fired on it, causing a chain reaction of small explosions that stopped the flow of water from its source in the mountains. Data pointed out to Gosheven and the stunned colonists that one android with a hand phaser was able to destroy their aqueduct. The Sheliak on their way would have far more powerful weapons at their disposal and could annihilate them from orbit without them even seeing their killers.

Sobered by this demonstration, some of the colonists tell Gosheven that there are other places and other challenges. Finally yielding to the reality of their situation, Gosheven reluctantly started preparations for evacuation. Data tells him that things like the aqueduct can be replaced, but their lives cannot.

Exploiting a clause in the treaty, Picard was able to persuade the Sheliak to delay their colonization efforts for three weeks so that the Federation could deploy a fleet of shuttlecraft to transport everyone from Tau Cygna V. Accepting this new phase in his life and the lives of his people, Gosheven oversaw the evacuation and left with the colonists to resettle on a Federation world.

Moses, a child of Hebrew slaves designated for extermination by royal decree, was providentially delivered from death and adopted by Pharaoh’s daughter. She raised him as her son in the Egyptian royal court. But Moses, in his early childhood with his birth mother, was made aware of the God of his fathers and that the people of Israel were his people (Exodus 2:1-10).

According to the ancient Jewish historian Josephus (AD 37-100), Moses became the crown prince of Egypt and as a young man was a mighty warrior who led the armies of Egypt in victory against the Ethiopians (The Antiquities of the Jews, Book 2, Chapters 9-10). As he grew older, he felt sympathy and grief for the suffering of his people’s enslavement. He came to believe that God had put him in his powerful position in Egypt to deliver Israel (Acts 7:23–29).

When Moses was forty, he went out to his Hebrew brethren to see their suffering firsthand. When he saw an Egyptian beating one of them, he looked around and, seeing no one else, laid hold of the Egyptian and killed him. Moses was dismayed when he found that he could not keep this hidden from Pharaoh, who sought to kill him.

Moses realized that his plans to deliver Israel from slavery could not take place and that remaining in Egypt would result in his death. As he fled the life he had known, he probably experienced deep feelings of defeat and abject failure. But God was not done with Moses. He entered him into a new phase of life. God used the next forty years to prepare Moses to lead his people to freedom according to His way and plan. He used this period also to prepare the people of Israel to receive Moses’ leadership, deliverance from slavery, and freedom as God’s people.

Sometimes our long-term plans can take an unexpected turn. For example, a young man through high school and college devotes himself through dedicated training and participation to a career in professional football, but a serious heart ailment develops in him as a rookie professional player, and he must make a choice to disregard it and die or end his aspirations, treat the illness, and move on to a new way of life. Another example could be a woman in a successful and satisfying job for more than twenty years who is unexpectedly downsized by her company and faces retirement as her new lot in life. Like the people of Israel when they were in the midst of the Babylonian captivity and exile, we may long for the way things were when our plans were underway and dread the new future confronting us. But we can take comfort in what the Lord told His people through the prophet Isaiah:

“Do not call to mind the former things, or ponder things of the past. Behold, I will do something new, now it will spring forth; will you not be aware of it? I will even make a roadway in the wilderness, rivers in the desert.” (Isaiah 43:18-19)

In this new phase of life for His people, God provided new purpose, work, guidance, sustenance, and hope. And we can trust in the Lord to do the same for us when we face life-altering circumstances because of His unchanging love and promise to never abandon us (Hebrews 13:5-6, 8).

Like the initial skepticism of Gosheven and the colonists he led in the Star Trek episode, if we do not recognize the truth of our situation and the need to change course, we will face certain death. All stand guilty of sin before God and face the consequences of death and eternal separation from Him (Romans 3:23). But the Father sent His Son Jesus to pay in full our sin debt on the cross and grant forgiveness and redemption to anyone who turns away from his terminal path and trusts in Him (John 3:16; 1 Corinthians 15:1-4; Romans 5:8, 6:23).

“If you confess with your mouth Jesus as Lord, and believe in your heart that God raised Him from the dead, you will be saved; for with the heart a person believes, resulting in righteousness, and with the mouth he confesses, resulting in salvation. For the Scripture says, ‘WHOEVER BELIEVES IN HIM WILL NOT BE DISAPPOINTED.’ For there is no distinction between Jew and Greek; for the same Lord is Lord of all, abounding in riches for all who call on Him; for ‘WHOEVER WILL CALL ON THE NAME OF THE LORD WILL BE SAVED.'” (Romans 10:9-13)

Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ not only for guidance in a new phase of life, but also for the ultimate new phase, eternal life of joy, peace, and reconciliation with God (Romans 8).

© 2026 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Attacking World Electricity Poverty

Co-authored by Ronald Stein & Jimmie Dollard

January 11, 2026

Three billion people in the world are poor and lack electricity.

It’s disheartening that the wealthier country governments have chosen electricity generation “winners”, i.e., wind and solar, to generate electricity, paid with taxpayer funds, to support the Government Mandates and Subsidies. These actions are unethical to the entire population of 8 billion on this planet, and an insult to the taxpayers in those wealthy countries.

Rather than pursuing the most reliable sources of electricity generation that are also continuous and uninterruptible like nuclear, hydro, coal, or natural gas, wealthier countries are pursuing, with taxpayer dollars, the least reliable source of electricity generation that is also NOT continuous nor reliable, via weather dependent wind turbines and solar panels. Obviously, wealthier countries are pursuing the MOST expensive ways to generate electricity, while those in poverty don’t have enough money to subsidize themselves out of a paper bag.

In pursuit of net zero emissions, the Western governments have committed to shuttering reliable fossil plants that are absolutely required to backup wind and solar.  If these shuttering’s continue as planned, blackouts and grid failure and serious damage could result.

The Western world has spent trillions of dollars on unreliable wind and solar to replace reliable sources of electricity.  Wind and solar still produce less than 10% of world electricity.  They plan to commit trillions more attempting to eliminate fossil fuels.  This is impossible because wind and solar are unreliable and can ONLY generate electricity but cannot replace the 6,000 products and transportation fuels based on fossil fuels.  These wasted trillions of dollars could be used to save millions of lives and to pull billions of poor people out of energy poverty.

The world can be divided into wealthy countries and poor countries; those with reliable electricity and those without.  Modern societies depend on electricity.  To comprehend this, imagine your life after a sudden loss of electricity.

  • Homes would not have lights, TV, cell phones, cooking, refrigeration, computers, and no heating or air conditioning.
  • Homes would freeze in the winter and be hot in the summer.
  • The most urgent problem people would face would be the loss of water because the water treatment plants run on electricity.
  • People can live only three days without drinking water, and they cannot shower, wash their hands, or flush the toilet.

In a city without electricity:

  • There are no stores open so there’s no food.
  • Gas pumps don’t work, credit cards don’t work,
  • Traffic lights don’t work; nothing works.
  • Imagine high rise apartments without lights, water, AC, or elevators, and toilets that don’t flush.

It would be catastrophic if any modern society lost electricity, but the number of people WITHOUT electricity access was about 730 million in 2024.

  • Those in poverty desperately need and want electricity to lift themselves out of poverty.
  • Those in poverty want what we have; reliable electricity to provide all the wonderful benefits of modern life enjoyed by those in wealthy countries.

Poverty means:

  • Poor diet, poor health, shorter life span expectancy, minimum education, and other hazards.
  • Child mortality in Africa is 14 times higher than in Europe.
  • Another result of poverty: over three million people die annually from lung disease caused by 2.1 billion women cooking over open fires using wood, charcoal, crop residue, waste or dung.

Three million dying from lung disease in poverty locations is just a number, right?  Stalin once said “One life is a tragedy, a million lives is just a statistic”.  But let’s put three million into perspective.  When there is a tragic airplane crash in wealthy countries killing several people, it makes news for days and initiates thorough investigations.

More people die annually in poverty around the world from cooking over open fires than would die if an airliner with 320 passengers crashed every hour of the day, and every day of the year.  Of course, the world should not tolerate that, yet we still have three million deaths per year from cooking over open fires.

Other analogies to put three million deaths annually into perspective:

  • That is more deaths annually than have died in all the natural disasters in the 21st
  • Three million is also ten times the deaths caused by the entire Russian/Ukraine war (high estimate is 300,000).
  • Tragically, almost an equal number of three million die in poverty from communicable diseases caused by unsafe drinking water and lack of sanitation facilities.

Because of the immensity of these tragedies, the world needs to mount a major effort by all the countries, foundations, financial institutions and corporations of the world to bring LPG stoves, safe water and electricity to the poor of the world.  The LPG stoves could be provided faster and with less funding, so should be done while continuous and uninterruptible electricity is being built out.

Most countries in Africa have good fossil fuel reserves so why don’t Africans have electricity?  One of the reasons, besides poverty, is because for five decades or more, Western World governments, and a loose cabal of financial institutions including the UN and World bank have blocked financing fossil fuel systems in the developing world.  At the Africa summit in Washington earlier this year, Secretary Chris Wright said:

  • “Western countries such as the United States have for years been “shamelessly” telling Africa that coal is bad and not to develop it. That’s just nonsense, 100 percent nonsense…Coal transformed our world and made it better, extended life expectancy and grew opportunities, and coal globally will be the largest source of electricity for decades to come. That’s not a policy, that’s not a desire, that’s just a reality.”

Globally there are 3 billion people using less electricity annually than required to run a standard refrigerator, many are limited to one tenth that.  The availability of limited electricity has been a great leap forward because it has provided communication and minimum lighting, but it is totally inadequate to support industry.  Eliminating poverty requires jobs, and jobs require industry, and that requires cheap reliable electricity.

Surprisingly, these poor people have cell phones, so they are aware of the wonderful benefits from electricity in the developed world and are determined to get it.  This pent-up demand has created a huge market for electricity in the developing world.  It is urgently needed now, so initially it must be fossil fuels like coal and natural gas, but nuclear should be included as quickly as possible.

The World bank says there are now 720 million living in extreme poverty defined as less than $3/day.  To combat poverty, we need jobs and good industrial jobs require cheap, reliable electricity.

Wealthy countries should stop pursuing the least reliable source of electricity generation that is NOT continuous nor reliable, via weather dependent wind turbines and solar panels, and should focus on improving the well-being of the billions on this planet who live in poverty. That positive direction for ALL of mankind will vastly increase the demand for, and thus the energy associated with, all conventional products and services from home heating and cooling, to transportation, healthcare, and more.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

[BIO: Jimmie Dollard worked 20 years as a systems engineer and manager in aerospace, then for four years with USDOE in Solar Energy.  He left DOE to form and serve as President of a solar energy company.  He then formed and served as President of a nuclear and environmental consulting firm.  Since retiring he has enjoyed researching climate, energy, and human conditions in the world.  He recently wrote SWITCHED, an adventure novel to bring the messages of this Op Ed.]

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net




Minneapolis: Federal Duty and the High Cost of Obstruction

By: Amil Imani

January 10, 2026

As Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents executed Operation Guardian – the most comprehensive immigration enforcement action in United States history – the mission was met with calculated resistance. The resulting fatal shooting of Renee Nicole Good is a direct consequence of a culture of obstruction that prioritizes political activism over the safety of those sworn to uphold the rule of law.

Federal authorities have officially designated this incident as an act of domestic terrorism. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) maintains that Good’s actions were not those of a passive bystander, but rather a deliberate attempt to use a vehicle as a weapon against federal officers. In a residential area already congested by heavy snowfall, Good positioned her maroon Honda Pilot to block federal transport vans, effectively trapping agents and preventing them from completing a lawful arrest operation.

When agents approached the vehicle to clear the roadway and ensure the safety of the perimeter, they encountered a driver who refused to comply with repeated, lawful commands to exit the car. Instead of submitting to authority, Good accelerated the vehicle. DHS Secretary Kristi Noem confirmed that Good weaponized her vehicle, driving directly toward an officer who had no choice but to use his firearm to stop the immediate threat. This officer, identified by federal sources as a veteran member of the Enforcement and Removal Operations (ERO) Special Response Team, acted according to the highest standards of federal use-of-force training.

The context of this encounter is essential to understanding the officer’s response. The agent, Jonathan Ross, is a highly decorated professional who had previously survived a near-fatal assault in June 2025. During that earlier incident, Ross was dragged for over 100 yards by a fleeing suspect, an ordeal that required 33 stitches and extensive rehabilitation. When a vehicle is steered toward an officer in a confined, snowy street, the threat of being crushed or dragged is an immediate reality. Federal policy recognizes a moving vehicle as a lethal weapon, and the split-second decision to fire was a necessary measure to prevent another officer from being killed or maimed in the line of duty.

The Trump administration has been unwavering in its support of the agents involved. President Trump, after reviewing footage of the scene, characterized the driver as a disorderly agitator who willfully and viciously attempted to run over the officer. Vice President JD Vance further underscored this by noting that federal agents deserve a debt of gratitude for performing a dangerous job while being targeted by organized networks of activists intent on doxxing and assaulting them. From the federal perspective, the responsibility for this tragedy lies solely with those who choose to interfere with law enforcement operations.

This incident highlights a growing and dangerous trend where local municipal leaders actively encourage defiance of federal law. Minneapolis Mayor Jacob Frey and Governor Tim Walz have publicly attacked the credibility of the federal account, yet their own “sanctuary” policies created the volatile environment where such a confrontation became inevitable. By signaling to residents that federal law is optional, local politicians embolden individuals to take physical action against agents. When activists attempt “de-arrest” maneuvers or use vehicles to impede federal vans, they create a high-stakes environment where lethal force becomes a standard defensive necessity.

The investigation into the shooting has been assumed by the FBI to ensure that local political biases do not compromise the integrity of the findings. The administration has blocked the Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension from accessing evidence, citing the need for an impartial federal review. This move is a necessary safeguard against a state government that has openly declared itself at odds with federal immigration mandates. Supporters of the agency maintain that the rule of law is a national standard, not a local suggestion, and that federal agents must have the autonomy to protect themselves while operating in hostile jurisdictions.

In the days following the shooting, the federal government has doubled down on its commitment to Operation Guardian. The deployment of over 2,000 agents to the Twin Cities area continues without apology. The message from the Department of Homeland Security is clear: the safety of federal officers is paramount, and the use of a vehicle to threaten or obstruct these officers will be met with the appropriate level of force.

The death of Renee Nicole Good is a tragedy, but it is one that was entirely preventable through simple compliance with law enforcement. When a citizen chooses to block a federal operation and then accelerates a vehicle toward an officer, they have initiated a sequence of events where the outcome is dictated by the officer’s right to self-preservation. For those who value national security and the enforcement of our borders, the actions of the ICE agent in Minneapolis represent a firm stand against lawlessness and a commitment to ensuring that federal authority remains absolute.

The rule of law cannot exist without the safety of its enforcers. As long as local governments and individual actors attempt to dismantle federal operations through physical obstruction, the risk of lethal confrontation will remain. Supporting ICE is not merely a matter of supporting immigration policy; it is a commitment to the safety of every officer who puts on a badge to protect the sovereignty of the United States.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Deport the Liars in the Foreign Media

By Cliff Kincaid

January 10, 2026

I sometimes turn to sports coverage for relief from the Trump Derangement Syndrome that characterizes most of the U.S. “mainstream media” and the foreign media’s coverage of American politics.  But Thursday night’s college football game, in which Miami beat Ole Miss 31-27 in the Fiesta Bowl, reminded me of the bias that exists there, too.

I hesitate to say the game was rigged or fixed, but something seriously wrong occurred, and everybody knows it.

Commentators ignored an obvious need for a pass-interference call on the final Hail-Mary play of the game that would have given Ole Miss a first down, possibly leading to a winning score. The commentators and the refs gave the win to Miami when the game was stolen.

Think about the coverage of this important game, and the fact that most people recognized the ending was tainted by the no-call and that Miami’s win was a fraud. The viewers saw it.

Something similar has happened with the death of the “queer” anti-ICE activist who rammed an ICE agent with her car and got shot and killed in the process. Everybody can see what happened. She refused to get out of the car and tried to drive it into the officer, who shot in self-defense as he tried to move out of the way. She was given orders to stop and get out of the car and ignored them. She stopped only when shot at.

We expect the major media to lie about it and blame ICE. This is what they do. They lie for a living, finding every angle of any incident to blame law enforcement or Trump. Among the worst offenders are foreign media like the British Guardian and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC). These are instruments of foreign powers and have no legal claim to operate from U.S. soil without “foreign agent” designations.

The Guardian accuses the White House of “untruths,” while the CBC says the facts about Minneapolis “differ” from what ICE says. They are like the college football refs who failed to see what actually happened.

I say “Deport the Foreign Media.” We are sick and tired enough of the broadcasting networks and the major papers here. We shouldn’t have to entertain lying foreign media on American soil.

Tell them to get out and never return. Revoke their press credentials. They are professional liars. Why don’t they focus their ire on the governments of Europe and Canada?

In the college game, at the end, one can clearly see a Miami player hanging on the Ole Miss player, to prevent him from catching the pass. This is pass interference. The commenter defended the no-call, saying the ball couldn’t be caught, when the Ole Miss player got a hand on it and had a chance of bringing it in. The defenders “were doing their jobs,” said the commentator, when they were interfering with the catch.

The public saw the truth, as reflected in the after-game coverage and outrage over the ending. Ole Miss was robbed. Everybody saw it, even if some won’t admit it.

By the same token, the ICE officer who defended himself against the terrorist act of the queer anti-ICE activist had the right to defend himself. He has been identified as a military veteran who joined ICE to defend his country from foreign invaders. He is a true patriot who deserves our thanks.

The queer woman, by contrast, deserves our sympathy but should not have been there in the first place, certainly not with a car that is increasingly being used as a terrorist weapon. Those who instigated this violence are those behind the anti-ICE protests.

In the game, some believe the refs refrained from calling pass interference because they were intimidated by Miami head coach Mario Cristobal, an angry man who was yelling and making faces at the refs on a regular basis throughout the game, to generate more sympathetic calls for his team

The domestic and foreign media in the U.S. use tactics like coach Mario Cristobal. They scream for a reason. In the case of the “protests” in Minneapolis, they spout lies and nonsense to make ICE look bad and force them to back off. But President Trump is backing them. And they are committed law enforcement officers.

The difference is that the football game is over and the communist-inspired war on ICE is heating up.

If you doubt these are communists, look at what the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA) is saying about the U.S. military’s apprehension of Cuban puppet Nicolas Maduro from Venezuela. (This is the group backing NYC Mayor Zohran Mamdani, who calls ICE murderers.)

The headline from the DSA newsletter is: “No Blood for Oil: United States attacks Venezuela — socialists stand against imperialist war machine.” These “socialists” are in reality Communists, in the same way Maduro is a socialist backed by the Communist Party of Venezuela. They are one and the same. They are enemies of the United States who want to kill our people.

The blood is the result of the drugs being poured into the USA by foreign communist regimes like Maduro’s. President Trump is finally standing up to it. ICE is grabbing the foreign invaders milking America’s socialist welfare system and killing our people, and that infuriates the communists.

Those who saw the video of the incident in Minneapolis understand the anti-ICE “protesters” were there to get somebody killed. They want confrontations. They are responsible for the death of that queer woman. They used her for their own purposes.

That is just as certain as pass interference on the final play of the college football game.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Is President Trump Abandoning the Unborn for a Political Deal?

By Patti Johnson

January 9, 2026

In a stunning turn of events, President Donald Trump has urged Republican lawmakers to “be a little flexible” on the Hyde Amendment which has been the bedrock protection that has shielded American taxpayers from funding the slaughter of innocent unborn children for nearly half a century. Speaking at a House Republican retreat on January 6, 2026, at the Kennedy Center, Trump casually suggested compromising this non-negotiable principle to push through healthcare legislation amid negotiations over ACA subsidies and rising premiums. [1] [2] ACA subsidies are federal financial assistance programs designed to reduce the cost of health insurance for eligible individuals and families who purchase plans through the Health Insurance Marketplace. The two sides are currently at an impasse, though some bipartisan Senate negotiations are exploring a compromise:

Republican Red Line: Many GOP lawmakers insist that any extension must include a ban on abortion coverage in exchange plans, the Hyde Amendment

Democratic Red Line: Democrats have stated that adding abortion-related restrictions to health subsidies is a “nonstarter”.

The Hyde Amendment, enacted in 1976, has saved an estimated 2.5 million lives by prohibiting federal funds from directly paying for elective abortions, with narrow exceptions for rape, incest, or life-threatening cases. It has been a bipartisan staple in spending bills for decades, a rare line in the sand that even many moderates respected. Trump himself repeatedly championed it during his campaigns, pledging to make it permanent law. Yet now, faced with Democratic obstructionism on healthcare funding, he tells his party to bend and open the door for taxpayers to bankroll the abortion industry.

Pro-life leaders, the very allies who propelled Trump back into office despite his past wavering, have rightly erupted in outrage. Marjorie Dannenfelser, president of Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America, blasted the suggestion as “an abandonment of this decades-long commitment,” warning that ditching Hyde would doom Republicans politically.[3] John Mize, CEO of Americans United for Life John Mize, warned, “As we approach the 50th Anniversary of the Hyde Amendment, we cannot abandon the most popular pro-life provision of all time.” With the most recent polling showing nearly 6 in 10 Americans supporting Hyde, to compromise on the issue now would not be the win President Trump predicts it will be.

Lila Rose of Live Action declared there must be “no exceptions, no inch given,” insisting that sacrificing Hyde means sacrificing innocent children. Tony Perkins of the Family Research Council flatly rejected any compromise, stating, “We will not compromise on Hyde.”

Even harsher words came from voices like Randall Terry, who compared Trump’s plea to asking slaves to negotiate with their masters—an absurd and morally bankrupt proposition. Alexandra DeSanctis at the Ethics and Public Policy Center (EPPC) rightly pointed out that this is just the latest evidence of Trump selling out the pro-life movement after already softening his stance during the 2024 campaign. These aren’t fringe radicals; these are the grassroots warriors who knocked doors, rallied voters, and defended Trump through every controversy.

When House Speaker Johnson was asked about Trump’s suggestion yesterday that Republicans be “flexible” on Hyde language in a health care deal he replied, “We are not gonna change the standard that we’re not gonna use taxpayer funding for abortion. I’m just not gonna allow that to happen,”

President Trump’s “flexibility” isn’t pragmatism it’s capitulation that would force conscientious taxpayers to subsidize Planned Parenthood’s bloody empire and its allies. All for what? To avert a manufactured crisis over healthcare premiums that Democrats engineered in the first place. This is the same man who promised to drain the swamp, yet here he is, swimming in it, trading unborn lives for a fleeting legislative win.

The Republican Party must reject this betrayal outright. Hold the line on Hyde, or risk alienating the pro-life base that handed you power. Mr. President, your legacy as a defender of life is crumbling and history will judge you harshly for it. The blood of the innocent demands better than “a little flexibility.”

© 2025 Patti Johnson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Patti Johnson: pj4charis@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-urges-gop-flexible-hyde-amendment-igniting-backlash-from-pro-life-allies

[2] https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/pro-life-leaders-slam-trump-for-urging-gop-lawmakers-to-be-flexible-on-hyde-amendment/?utm_source=daily-usa-2026-01-08&utm_medium=email

[3] https://sbaprolife.org/newsroom/press-releases/leading-pro-life-group-to-trump-gop-hyde-is-non-negotiable




The Queer Role in Domestic Terrorism

By Cliff Kincaid

January 9, 2026

As a long-time media critic, who began my career with Accuracy in Media, I am always disturbed by what President Trump calls the “fake news.” I have seen it over the course of decades. It is why the public has no confidence in the media. But they keep lying, especially when an incident like that in Minneapolis gives them the opportunity to stoke more violence by exploiting the death of a queer woman.

Vice President Vance declared “that woman is part of a broader left-wing network to attack, to dox, to assault, and to make it impossible for our ICE officers to do their job.”

What is fascinating is how various “business” channels and “news” outlets and their presenters echo the far-left sentiments of those like the Party for Socialism and Liberation, which declared, “We condemn the ICE murder of an innocent woman today in Minneapolis and demand the end of ICE terror in all our communities!”

Consider Bloomberg reporter, David E. Rovella, whose article, “ICE kills US citizen,” was distributed by Bloomberg on Wednesday. The Bloomberg article could have been headlined: “ICE Agent Defends His Life in Terror Attack.”

Consider the inflammatory first sentence:

“Less than a mile from where a Minneapolis police officer murdered George Floyd in 2020, a US immigration agent on Wednesday shot and killed an unarmed 37-year-old woman in her car amid protests over Donald Trump’s immigration dragnet.”

This deliberately inflammatory sentence was apparently designed to provoke anti-ICE protesters into burning down Minneapolis. Unarmed? In her car? She was driving the car, a deadly weapon in this case.

The communists were prepared when George Floyd died and capitalized on his death to instigate riots, and they are trying to do the same now.

The George Floyd riots that resulted in $500 million worth of damage to Minneapolis were based on a lie, the claim Floyd was murdered, when the evidence showed that the drugs in his system contributed to his death, as he was out of control and resisted arrest.

Interestingly, the LGBTQ “community” has admitted that the anti-ICE woman who tried to ram an ICE agent was a “radical queer woman” who was quickly labeled a “domestic terrorist” because cars have been used in terrorist attacks for years.

The woman, Renee Nicole Good, was shot and killed after she drove her car toward the ICE agent on the street. She was told to “get out” of the vehicle and refused, driving ahead. The ICE agent then tried to get to the side of the vehicle.

“Good was married to a woman and had a 6-year-old son from a previous union,” the gay press reports.

“The SUV [Good’s car] did move toward the ICE agent as he stood in front of it,” the Washington Post admitted. Still, the paper tried to blame the ICE agent, who had been wounded in a previous ICE operation, for what happened.

All of this took place in a matter of seconds.

But it gets worse. Here is the next part of the Bloomberg story:

“The Trump administration alleged that the victim, a US citizen, had endangered the life of the agent, who shot her in the head when she tried to drive away. But as with other shootings by federal immigration agents, video and eyewitness accounts cast doubt on the government’s account.”

The government account showed the queer woman driving into the ICE agent.

Here’s his next distortion:

“The woman was sitting in her car blocking a residential street because of the presence of federal agents, Minneapolis Police Chief Brian O’Hara said. Video shows she attempted to drive away as federal agents sought to open the door to her vehicle.”

Drive away? She was driving into a law enforcement officer, and officers were trying to get her to stop so she can be arrested.

A paper, “Vehicle Ramming as a Terrorist Tactic,” examines this phenomenon. It declared, “Car-ramming attacks, or vehicular assaults, in which drivers deliberately plow their vehicles into public gatherings, pedestrians, or bicyclists, have become an increasingly common terrorist tactic.”

The Combating Terrorism Center at West Point published a paper, “Into the Crowd: The Evolution of Vehicular Attacks and Prevention Efforts.”

The abstract from the March 2025 paper notes, “In recent months, there have been a series of vehicular attacks in Germany, the United States, and Israel targeting civilians during celebrations and public gatherings. This is representative of an increase in the use of the tactic. Following the Nice and Berlin attacks in 2016, vehicular ramming terrorist attacks in North America and Europe reached a peak in 2017, before subsiding with the waning of the international terror threat posed by the Islamic State and its supporters.”

As noted, this terror tactic is usually associated with Islamic terrorist groups. This time, the attacker was a queer woman, now portrayed as a “poet.”

The U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has released data showing “a more than 1,150% increase in assaults and violence against U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) law enforcement officers as compared with the same period in 2024 under the Biden administration.”

DHS said, “Over the last 10 months, federal officers and agents across the DHS enterprise have faced a dangerously escalating pattern of violence, ranging from hitting, spitting, kicking and biting during arrests, to vehicle ramming, open gun fire, and the throwing of Molotov cocktails. These nationwide incidents show how ICE officers are being targeted because of the badge they wear, not just the enforcement operations they execute on behalf of the American people.”

On November 18, 2025, DHS said that “vehicle ramming attacks against DHS law enforcement have more than doubled this year,” explaining “There have been nearly 100 vehicular attacks this year, more than double the amount during the same time last year. These attacks not only pose a potentially fatal risk to officers but also endanger the public.”

DHS blamed this on “hateful rhetoric from sanctuary politicians, leftist activists, and the mainstream media.”

Yes, the “mainstream media” are villains as well, even the “business” outlet Bloomberg. Now they are trying to spill more blood.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




NOTICE To ALL Democrats Void of Common Sense

By Lex Greene

January 8, 2026

This notice to ALL socialist democrats, politicians, operatives, media personalities and voters, is my attempt to prevent the escalation of your ongoing criminal activities and increasingly violent hate-filled movement to destroy the USA from reaching the level of civil war. Please take heed and assist with an effort to deescalate the situation while you still can…the American people are growing tired and intolerant of your behavior.

1. The USA is NOT a “democracy,” it is a Constitutional Representative Republic. Regarding Federal Authority, the U.S. Constitution is the “Supreme Law of the Land.”

2. Laws made by Congress which are consistent with, and not repugnant to the Constitution are legitimate laws that must be adhered to by you and properly enforced by proper law enforcement officials. Your “violent resistance” to law enforcement will not end well for you, nor should it.

3. All forms of “totalitarianism” (communism, Marxism, socialism, Leninism, Stalinism, Naziism, fascism and Maoism) are “unconstitutional and illegal” in the USA. If you are supporting any of these ideas, you are supporting the destruction of our Constitutional Republic and it will not be tolerated, nor should it be.

4. Our Immigration Laws can and must be enforced. If you are engaged in any effort to prevent the proper enforcement of these laws, you are engaged in “aiding and abetting illegal activities” and you will and should be charged with those crimes.

5. Violence, arson, looting, theft, gang-violence, assault, murder, destruction of property, and even spreading false propaganda are not “protected forms of free speech” under the First Amendment. These are crimes under U.S. Law and they must be treated and prosecuted as such, to the limit of the law.

6. Every Sanctuary City, County or State in the USA is “illegal” and “unconstitutional.” Each of these areas stand in direct violation of the U.S. Constitution and U.S. Criminal Codes pertaining to 18 USC Ch. 115: TREASON, SEDITION, AND SUBVERSIVE ACTIVITIES.

7. All Federal Law Enforcement Agencies are required by Oath to enforce our laws. Any attempt on your part to intervene, thwart, obstruct or otherwise prevent these agencies from doing their sworn duty is a “subversive action” on your part, punishable under 18 USC Ch. 115: TREASON, SEDITION, AND SUBVERSIVE ACTIVITIES.

8. Federal Supremacy exists when the U.S. Constitution grants said powers and authorities to the Federal Government. While all laws, executive orders and court opinions which are “repugnant to the Constitution” are VOID and without legal authority, all laws in furtherance of the U.S. Constitution have supremacy over all state, county and local statutes and political policies.

9. An act or instance of revolting against civil authority or an established government in direct violation of Constitutional Law is an act of “insurrection.” While a peaceful protest or rally which provides no threat to people or property are protected forms of free speech in the USA, acts which are not peaceful or non-threatening are not protected forms of speech.

10. If you continue your attempts to overthrow our Constitutional Republic and install any totalitarian system within the borders of the USA, you are openly declaring war upon the USA. Your right to vote does not include a right to vote to overthrow our constitutional form of government with any 3rd world totalitarian system.

If these facts of law are not enough to enlighten, inform and properly alter your current behavior patterns, there is no way for this to end well for you.

First, you will be confronted by lawful law enforcement. If need be, you will face the U.S. National Guard, if you refuse to abide by and adhere to legitimate law enforcement efforts.

Last, May God forbid, if Law Enforcement and The Guard are not able to stop you from destroying our country, you will face millions of American Patriots, 80 million of whom voted for this current Federal Administration. If you push it to this point, your chances for success are zero, and your chances for survival are about the same…

One way or another, you will not be allowed to continue your violent anti-American destruction of this Republic, freedom, liberty and justice under the law.

I urge you to heed this friendly warning, for your own sake…and the sake of those you care about.

AFTER THOUGHT: I’ve been thinking a bit after publishing this one. In case it’s not clear enough for dumbed-down democrat readers, I published this one for two reasons. First, to speak for millions of Americans who I know agree. But more importantly, to offer you fair warning. Your evil agenda has not advanced this far due to how smart, tough or determined you are. You’ve made it this far due to how tolerant and patient we have been, no other reason.

We’re like the rattlesnake that will just pass on by unless you corner us. But after many years of doing this, I can tell that you are now getting on the rattlesnake’s last nerve. You’re running out of people’s kindness, tolerance and patience. The rattlesnake is starting to feel cornered now and when that happens, sooner or later, you’re going to get bit. It seemed appropriate to give you fair warning before you get bit, in hopes you will stop blindly following your democrat leaders putting you in harm’s way, and back up. If you don’t, just remember you were given fair warning today… I know how the rattlesnake fights…and you’re standing in a den of over 80 million of them…

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




Cockeyed Politics in America and Around the World

By Frosty Wooldridge

January 8, 2026

Every day you read a newspaper or watch the evening news, somebody unhinges themselves from reality. Somebody shoots someone or stabs them or tries to run them over. Somebody robs a bank or a convenience store. Dozens of people shoot each other in Chicago on weekends so it’s become a killing zone with no solutions. We’ve got our own governors allowing illegal aliens to gain fraudulent CDL permits to drive 18-wheelers when those drivers can’t spell their own name, i.e., they are illiterate. Out on the road, those same illegals KILL American citizens with those big trucks. I know because I’ve carried a CDL since 1978 and have driven thousands of miles for United Van Lines across America—with no accidents.

At the same time, California’s Governor Gavin Newsom, gave those illegal aliens licenses, yet wants to be the next president of the United States. Instead of the “rule of law”, Newsom supports lawlessness. Governor Tim Walz of Minnesota over-saw the single greatest financial ripoff of Americans in the 21st century. He tried to become Vice President. When you look at the endless murders in Illinois with Governor Pritzker, who also wants to run for president, you can’t help but scratch your head and wonder what the heck is going on in America. What happened to truth, justice, God, family and The American Way?

Let’s face it; politics and politicians in America and around the world provide a never-ending story of stupidity, money-grubbing, lying thieves, murderers, and enormous incompetence. Russia’s Putin comes to mind.

During Biden’s “invited” four-year invasion of America, he allowed 15 to 20 million illegal aliens from all over the world to make our country their new home. He and/or his handlers didn’t care if they were rapists, robbers, killers, pedophiles, drug dealers, mentally ill and terrorists. Biden should be thrown in jail for violating his oath of office, as well as getting thousands of Americans killed.

Biden’s actions got Laken Riley killed, along with another 270,000 deaths from drug overdoses that he engineered into our county. It’s crazy, but you can’t make this stuff up.

Now, with I.C.E. agents trying to rid our country of 25 million illegal aliens, you’ve got I.C.E. officers being shot at, doxxed, run down with cars, and attacked on the streets—FOR UPHOLDING OUR LAWS. In fact, yesterday, a woman in Minneapolis attempted to run over an I.C.E. officer with her SUV. He shot her. She died. Really stupid move on her part. When the police stop you…you stop, roll down your window, place your hands on the wheel, and do exactly as they order you. It’s the law!

Yet, the mayor Minneapolis, Jacob Frey, who also maintains an illegal “Sanctuary City” for criminal illegal aliens, condemned the shooting. Hey, I saw the video. She was about to run over an I.C.E. agent instead of stopping when she was ordered to stop. She put his life in danger, and, he defended himself.

What’s so crazy about the entire episode is the fact that it’s been playing out across this country where I.C.E. agents are upholding the law to protect us, the American citizens of our country.

During Biden’s pathetic moments in the White House, he introduced a $25 million “Maduro Wanted” reward for capture and bringing to justice Venezuela’s dictator who was responsible for hundreds of thousands of pounds of drugs run into our country to kill off over 270,000 American kids. Maduro also killed and imprisoned countless Venezuelans. He turned that once prosperous country into a narco-terrorist den of thieves.

But when Trump captured him this past week, House minority speaker Hakeem Jeffries and Senate minority leader Schumer condemned Trump for doing what Biden mandated.

Whether it’s top leaders in Congress or unhinged demonstrators in Minneapolis or Portland, Oregon, we’re sliding into a Third World Banana Republic.

Come on! Governor Tampon Tim Walz should be sent to prison for giving away $9 billion of your tax dollars. He covered it up for years. He squashed all whistle blowers. He’s a total fraud. Instead, he’s blaming Trump. Walz needs to resign. He needs to be in handcuffs.

Then you’ve got NPR’s incredible bias reporting. They interviewed an author that wrote a book about America’s “White Supremacy” problem. The fact remains, the reality remains, and truth remains that all minorities in America live the highest standard of living in the world. They enjoy the finest K-12 education. They enjoy endless perks for education, medical care, affirmative action, D.E.I., WIC, ADC, EBT and dozens of other programs that benefit them. You will NEVER see such positive treatment in places like China, India, North Korea, et al.

Who do you know who wants to move to China, India, Russia, Columbia or Venezuela? Answer: maybe Whoopi Goldberg.

After the author’s interview on how bad America treats minorities, another woman interviewed at “how bad” republicans and Trump are doing on the economy. She trashed everything Trump’s done in the past 12 months. First, he had to undo every nightmare that Biden created. Second, he had to bring real economics to the forefront. It takes time to undo four years of economic chaos with 9 percent inflation and $5.00 a gallon for gas.

Note: this past week, I spent $2.14 cents for a gallon of gas to fill up my car in Lakewood, Colorado. As the price of fuel declines, the cost of our groceries will continue to decline. Notice you can buy a dozen eggs for under $4.00 now.

But the kicker for the “Cockeyed Politicians” and those who voted for them must be awarded to New York Mayor Zohran Mamdani, a Ugandan refugee, a communist, a Muslim who cheered 9/11, a Muslim who believes in honor killings and female genital mutilation, and a Muslim who placed his hand on the Quran to be sworn into office when he DOES NOT stand with our U.S. Constitution. Not only that, he pushes for “collectivism” rather than “rugged individualism.” Which translates to his approval of 42,000,000 people in America subsisting on food stamps while they sit on their “collective asses” doing nothing to improve their own lives—-but instead, suck off your “rugged individualism.”

If ever there was a politician that will destroy the framework and the foundation of America, foreign Islamist Zohran Mamdani is your man. He supports extermination of all Jews as mandated by the Quran that he used to swear into office. He accepts that women possess 1/2 the value of a man. If allowed, he will push for Sharia Law—which stands into total opposition to our U.S. Constitution. Pretty soon, you’ll see 50,000 Muslims butts up in the air in the streets of New York City. One comic said, “They’re mooning Allah.”

From this journalist’s perspective, it looks like democrats want to destroy America, while republicans want to maintain reason, logic, understanding and adherents to the U.S. Constitution.

Essentially, we’ve got a wolf by the ears. We can’t keep him, and we can’t let him get away. (Thomas Jefferson) Among all those cockeyed politicians, who will win for America, and maintain our nation as a Constitutional Republic? The wolf you feed. (Vote for)

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Presidential Power to Fire

By Paul Engel

January 8, 2026

  • Can Congress make executive agencies that are not subject to the President?
  • Is the President the sole holder of the executive powers of the United States?
  • Do independent agencies alter the very structure of the United States?

I’ve talked before about the unitary executive. However, a recent case before the Supreme Court brings into question not only whether or not the President has the power to fire employees in the executive branch, but the very structure of the federal government.

During oral arguments, both the justices and attorneys spent a lot of time focusing on previous cases and hypothetical situations. Today I will focus on three core constitutional questions, stare decisis, the alteration of government, and the separation of powers. We start with arguments for the petitioner, Solicitor General Sauer for President Trump.

GEN. D. JOHN SAUER, Solicitor General

GENERAL SAUER: Mr. Chief Justice, and may it please the Court:

In Seila Law, this Court held that the President’s power to remove and thus supervise those who wield executive power on his behalf follows from the text of Article II, was settled by the First Congress, and has been confirmed by precedent, including at least nine decisions of this Court from Ex Parte Hennen through Trump against United States.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

As I pointed out in the beginning, much of the arguments revolve around pervious court decisions. I will touch on some of them in the section on Stare Decisis. Probably the most cited case is called Humphrey’s Executor.

Humphrey’s must be overruled. It has become a decaying husk with bold and particularly dangerous pretensions. It was grievously wrong when decided, and cases from Morrison to Trump have thoroughly eroded its foundations. The Court has repudiated Humphrey’s reasoning and confined it to its facts, but it continues to generate confusion in the lower courts and it continues to tempt Congress to erect at the heart of our government a headless fourth branch insulated from political accountability and democratic control.

As Justice Thomas wrote in Seila Law, Humphrey’s poses a direct threat to our constitutional structure and, as a result, the liberty of the American people. And, as Seila Law held, the modern expansion of the federal bureaucracy sharpens the Court’s duty to ensure that the executive branch is overseen by a President accountable to the people.

I welcome the Court’s questions.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Is the Humphrey’s decision a “decaying husk” that has been repudiated by the Supreme Court? Then why is this argument still being made? Why is a decision Justice Thomas claims is a direct threat to our constitutional structure still at the heart of an argument? More will be revealed as we review the questioning.

Before we go to questioning, let’s hear from Amit Agarwal arguing the respondent’s side.

AMIT AGARWAL, ESQ.

  1. AGARWAL: Mr. Chief Justice, and may it please the Court:

The President’s constitutional duty to execute the law does not give him the power to violate that law with impunity. But Petitioners claim that the President was free to fire Commissioner Slaughter without cause in violation of the FTC Act as authoritatively construed by this Court. And, they urge, even if that firing was illegal, there is nothing that any court anywhere at any time could do to remedy that violation. The district court correctly rejected both arguments, and its judgment should be affirmed.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

This question of the President’s duty to execute the law is both fundamental to this case, and to showing the misunderstanding of the law by attorneys and justices alike.

On the merits, multi-member commissions with members enjoying some kind of removal protection have been part of our story since 1790. So, if Petitioners are right, all three branches of government have been wrong from the start. Congress and prior Presidents have been wrong to jointly create early founding-era commissions and more than two dozen traditional independent agencies since 1887. And this Court was wrong to repeatedly bless those laws and to unanimously uphold the exact same removal provision at issue here in Humphrey’s Executor almost a century ago.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Except the legislation creating “Sinking Fund,” as it was eventually called, does not put any protection on the members empowered to spend the money. It does create a group, which many called a “commission,” made up of members, not all of which are part of the executive branch.

That the purchases to be made of the said debt, shall be made under the direction of the President of of the said debt, shall be made under the direction of the President of the Senate, the Chief Justice, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Senate, the Chief Justice, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Attorney General for the time being;

Stat 1: 186–87

Mr. Agarwal then moves his argument to history, precedent, and stare decisis.

Finally, stare decisis militates against overruling a century of precedent at this late date. The political branches are more than up to the task of finding reasonable legislative solutions that strike an appropriate balance. That kind of legislative solution is far preferable than abandoning a foundational precedent on which so much of modern governance is based.

I welcome the Court’s questions.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

The justices had many questions for Mr. Agarwal about the ability of Congress to create agencies with different powers, conclusive vs preclusive, that would determine if they were under the control of the President or not. Mr. Agarwal frequently referred back to court precedent.

Since Mr. Agarwal is so interested in stare decisis, let’s start our analysis there.

Stare Decisis

Justice Sotomayor brings up a common fallacy in our jurisprudence, that age equals truth.

This Court even in Seila Law and all of the cases you’ve mentioned since have said that Humphrey’s is good — is controlling law. You’re asking us to overturn a case that has been around for over a hundred — nearly a hundred years, correct?
GENERAL SAUER: Ninety years, I believe.
JUSTICE SOTOMAYOR: Ninety years. What other cases have we overturned that have had a pedigree of a hundred years?

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

First of all, Humphrey’s is not law, it’s a court opinion and nothing more. The Constitution vests the power to create law solely with Congress.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1

As General Sauer pointed out in his opening arguments:

Humphrey’s Executor stands as an indefensible outlier from that line of authority. Its holding that federal agencies can exercise quasi-legislative and quasi-judicial powers that form no part of the executive power has not withstood the test of time. That holding was gutted and refurbished in Morrison, but this Court correctly rejected the refurbished version as providing an amorphous test with no limiting principle. Respondent now proposes a third update to Humphrey’s, which this Court has already rejected as making no logical or constitutional sense.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

According to the Solicitor General, the Humphrey’s opinion has already been gutted by other court decisions. Perhaps it’s time to put it out of our misery.

However, Justice Kagan seemed to imply that, since we’ve been doing it so long, the court shouldn’t touch it.

JUSTICE KAGAN: But — but we can all admit that for — for — whether you want to call it for constitutional purposes, that in a real-world kind of way, that’s what they’re doing.

Now some people think that we should never have gone down that road, but that’s what we’re doing.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

My mother used to say, “Two wrongs don’t make a right.” The same thing could be said about courts. Letting a wrong continue just because it’s been there a while, doesn’t make it right.

Altercation of Government

Justice Sotomayor made quite an accusation while questioning General Sauer.

You’re asking us to destroy the structure of government and to take away from Congress its ability to protect its idea that a — the government is better structured with some agencies that are independent.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

That is quite an accusation, attempting to destroy the structure of government. Before we get into the details, I think General Sauer had the perfect response.

GENERAL SAUER: I think what — the fundamental alteration of the structure of the government was ushered in by Humphrey’s, and then the Congress kind of took Humphrey’s and ran with it in the building of the modern administrative state and the proliferation of independent agencies that are insulated from democratic control.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

It wasn’t President Trump attempting to fundamentally alter the structure of government, it was the court in the Humphrey’s decision. Congress then took and ran with it.

Sotomayor went on:

JUSTICE SOTOMAYOR: According to the laws that Congress makes, and that’s the point Justice Jackson was emphasizing. What you’re saying is the President can do more than what the law permits.

GENERAL SAUER: I think I would repeat what I said before. There’s a strong line of precedent recognizing that the text and structure of the Constitution confer on the President the exclusive and illimitable power to remove executive officers and, as a result of that, Humphrey’s should be overruled.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

First, let’s look at Justice Sotomayor’s statement that the President wants to do more than the law, or at least the laws passed by Congress, allow. Except laws made by Congress are not the only laws of the land.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

Apparently the “constitutional law” class that Justice Sotomayor took in law school did not cover the actual language of the supremacy clause. The Constitution is the supreme law of the land. Only laws of the United States made following the Constitution are also considered supreme. So when Congress passes a law that violates the Constitution, not only does it not supersede the Constitution, but according to Alexander Hamilton, it’s not valid.

No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid.

Federalist Paper #78

Is Justice Sotomayor suggesting that the President is bound by an invalid and illegal law? General Sauer points to precedent that all executive power is vested in the President. A better argument would have been the actual language of the supreme law of the land, the Constitution.

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 1

And it wasn’t just Justice Sotomayor. Justice Alito apparently could not comprehend the Constitution either.

JUSTICE ALITO: Well, I mean, there’s an argument that the Constitution doesn’t say anything about the President’s removal authority and, therefore, Congress should have free rein in that area — in that — on that question. When did the Court cross that bridge?

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Except the Constitution did not create a government that can do anything it wants as long as it’s not prohibited. It created three branches and listed specific, enumerated powers for each, and that is all the power it has. The fact that the Constitution didn’t say the President has removal authority doesn’t change the fact that it did not grant to Congress the power to execute laws.

Justice Kagan brought up another important question that most people haven’t talked about.

JUSTICE KAGAN: Well, let me ask you how you would justify and — and how you would justify consistent with the proposition that all executive power is vested in the President.

Let’s start with Article I courts. How would you justify keeping those courts?

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Except there is not such thing as an Article I court in the Constitution.

The judicial Power of the United States, shall be vested in one supreme Court, and in such inferior Courts as the Congress may from time to time ordain and establish.

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 1

Congress doesn’t have the power to create so-called Article I courts, only inferior courts under Article III. That means that the legislative acts that created these fictitious courts are invalid and void. Meaning not only do those courts not legally exist, but their decisions are at best meaningless and at worst a violation of federal law, i.e., the deprivation of rights under color of law.

Justice Jackson added her ignorance to the questioning of General Sauer as well.

You’re asking us to infer this based on the Constitution’s structure, and I don’t know why we’d make that inference when the power to create agencies and set everything up lies with Congress.

GENERAL SAUER: I agree with very much of what you said, and so did James Madison. So he made the point in the Decision of 1789 that Congress has authority to create the — the office and give it — set its emoluments and structure that office. But, once Congress has done that, its power there stops.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Yes, the President and General Sauer are asking you to fulfill your oath of office, and support the Constitution of the United States. What a concept! Apparently General Sauer needed to give Justice Jackson a basic civics lesson. Congress creates the agency, defining its power and structure, and that’s it. After that it’s up to the executive branch to execute that law, as long as it doesn’t violate the supreme law. Apparently, she did not learn the lesson.

And I don’t understand why it is that the thought that the President gets to control everything can outweigh Congress’s clear authority and duty to protect the people in this way.

GENERAL SAUER: Congress has a broad authority in structuring the federal government, but what it lacks authority to do is to create these headless agencies, agencies who have no boss and are not answerable to the voters —

JUSTICE JACKSON: Why?

GENERAL SAUER: — and confer on them broad —

JUSTICE JACKSON: Why? Why does it lack the — the Constitution does not say that Congress cannot create an independent agency, so what is it about your argument that requires us to reach that result?

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

While the Constitution doesn’t specifically say Congress cannot create an independent agency, it doesn’t say it can. And since Article II is quite clear that the executive power is vested in the President, Congress has no authority to create an agency to execute the law outside of his control.

JUSTICE JACKSON: The text of the Constitution includes the Necessary and Proper Clause, which gives Congress the authority to determine, set up, et cetera, these agencies to protect the will — the — the interests of the people.

So we have a conflict, I guess, and I’m just wondering why the President’s interests in the way that you describe them win.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

The only conflict in that statement is between you and the Constitution, Justice Jackson. The Necessary and Proper Clause reads:

To make all Laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into Execution the foregoing Powers, and all other Powers vested by this Constitution in the Government of the United States, or in any Department or Officer thereof.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 18

General Sauer’s response I think made the point well.

GENERAL SAUER: It is not proper under the Necessary and Proper Clause for Congress to peel away executive power from the President and give it to someone who’s not answerable to the voters.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Meanwhile, Justice Jackson points to the real problem with the position represented by Mr. Agarwal.

JUSTICE JACKSON: Because Presidents have accepted that there could be both an understanding of Congress and the presidency that it is in the best interest of the American people to have certain kinds of issues handled by experts who — and I think you were — in your colloquy with Justice Kagan, you identified the fact that these boards are not only experts, but they’re also nonpartisan. So the — the seats are actually distributed in such a way that we are presumably eliminating political influence because we’re trying to get to science and data and actual facts related to how these decisions are made.

And so the real risk, I think, of allowing non — of allowing these kinds of decisions to be made by the President, of saying everybody can just be removed when I come in, is that we’re going to get away from those very important policy considerations.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

The problem is, these agencies, not to mention the logic behind them, are anathema of both a constitutional republic and a government of, by, and for the people. She is claiming that the people be governed not simply by their elected representatives, but by an unelected class of so-called “experts.” Not only is that unconstitutional, but an abandonment of the republic. Just because some presidents and congresses have done it does not make it right, nor make it legal.

Separation of Powers

Lastly, let’s look at some of the questioning around separation of powers.

JUSTICE KAGAN: General, would you agree with me, and I hope you will agree with me because this seems to be the one thing on which everybody can agree, that if there’s one thing we know about the founders, it’s that they wanted powers separated. They wanted the executive, the legislative, the judicial. They didn’t want them all in one place. They wanted them separated across the government, across the different branches.

Easy enough to agree with, right?

GENERAL SAUER: I agree, with an important caveat that the Court said in Seila Law that the one, you know, sort of exception to all this division was the presidency itself, where the Framers consciously adopted a unified and energetic executive.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Yes, the Framers of the Constitution wanted the executive, legislative, and judicial powers separated, which is why creating agencies with executive or judicial powers under the sole control of Congress violates said separation of powers. I think General Sauer was reacting to another argument about the fact that both Congress and the courts have multiple members while the President does not. He had a similar interchange with Justice Jackson.

GENERAL SAUER: The constitutional design sets up three branches of government. It forbids Congress from controlling what the executive branch does, and it also forbids Congress from shaving away the President’s control over the unitary executive branch.

JUSTICE JACKSON: And what I’m — what I’m positing is that — that Congress’s decision here is not shaving away the President’s control.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Yet that’s exactly what this type of legislation is doing: Claiming that someone other than the President controls the executive powers of the United States. As a matter of fact, as I pointed out in the section on Altercation of Government, Congress has shaved some of the judicial power from the courts as well. Speaking of the judicial power, Justice Sotomayor argued:

But you’re putting at risk the independence of the Tax Court, of the Federal Claims Court, Article I courts. You’re putting at risk the civil service. I don’t see how your logic could be limited.

GENERAL SAUER: As to the non-Article III courts, we haven’t challenged the removal restriction as to the non-Article III courts in this case.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Except, as I’ve already pointed out, there’s no provision in the Constitution for an Article I court, since the judicial power of the United States is vested in the Article III courts. That means that these so-called “Article I courts” are not just unconstitutional, but a usurpation of both the judicial powers and the Constitution of the United States.

Conclusion

What did I conclude from these arguments? Sadly, I think this case shows the abject failure of our legal system to educate its members on the supreme law of the land. The very fact that General Sauer needed to remind the court of this fact should sadden all of us.

GENERAL SAUER: The President is going to have all the executive power, which is what the Constitution dictates. And the way you framed it there, I think, makes the separation-of-powers problems in the alternative view here even worse because you have just described these, you know, rulemakings and adjudications as really judging and legislating. If they really were that, which this Court has unanimously said they must not be, they cannot be, but, if they were that, then Congress is not just affecting the executive, it’s — it’s — it’s creating junior varsity legislatures, which would be unconstitutional under Justice Scalia’s dissent in Mistretta. It’s peeling away adjudicative authority, you know, the power — the judicial power from — from Article III courts.

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Even here, the Solicitor General of the United States believes that the courts, and not the Constitution, are the supreme law of the land, that judges rule, and laws are secondary. This is evidenced by the statement that creating “independent agencies” with legislative powers is unconstitutional, not because it violates the language of the Constitution, but is the dissenting opinion of an associate justice of the Supreme Court.

Another example of the state of our legal system is a statement made by Mr. Agarwal regarding the Take Care Clause.

  1. AGARWAL: It would — one textual basis in the Constitution for that would be the Take Care Clause of Article II, Section 3, which does require the President to take care that the laws be faithfully executed, and this Court could hold that in some — that that requires that the President have constitutionally adequate means of supervision,

Trump, President of United States v. Slaughter – Oral Arguments

Mr. Agarwal just argued that, while the President is required to “take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed,” just not the supreme law of the land. He claims the courts determine when and where he can exercise his executive powers, not the Constitution.

How far our legal system has fallen.

These so-called “independent agencies” expose more than just the question of a President’s power to fire, but whether or not we are a republic at all. It seems there are those in all three branches of the federal government who wish to abandon their oaths and convert the republic into oligarchy of experts.

This case is about much more than a President’s power to fire, but the very health and structure of the republic.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




The Global Left’s Romance With Violence and Tyranny

By Amil Imani

January 7, 2026

The global left is not a political movement; it is a parasitic organism that feeds on the foundations of sovereign nations.

For decades, it has operated as the primary architect of chaos, hiding behind the veneers of “human rights” and “social justice” while systematically empowering the most regressive forces on the planet.

From the destruction of Imperial Iran to the current subversion of the United States, the left’s objective remains constant: the eradication of excellence, nobility, and national identity.

To understand the left’s methodology, one must look at the 1979 catastrophe in Iran.

The global left, in a fit of ideological hysteria, abandoned a modernizing, secular, and noble monarchy to facilitate the rise of a medieval theocracy. They traded the Pahlavi nobility — a symbol of Iranian dignity and rapid advancement — for the charlatanism of Ruhollah Khomeini.

The left-wing media and intellectual apparatus did not just report on the revolution; they curated it. They took a parasitic cleric and packaged him as a “saintly” figure to the Western world.

In doing so, they deliberately suppressed the legacy of figures like Gen. Nader Jahanbani, the “Blue Eyed General,” who represented the pinnacle of Iranian honor and military brilliance. By helping the Islamists execute the elite of the Iranian military and aristocracy, the global left ensured that Iran would be transformed from a regional powerhouse into a hub for global terror.

The left’s hatred for Iranian history and dignity continues today through their selection of “symbols.” They ignore the true underground resistance that seeks a return to nationalistic roots and instead elevate “activists” like Narges Mohammadi and a cultist, Islamist-Marxist MEK leader, Maryam Rajavi.

These figures are hand-picked by the global leftist establishment because they do not threaten the status quo but merely act as a safety valve, ensuring that the discourse remains trapped within the left’s approved framework of “reform” rather than total liberation and the restoration of Iranian pride.

This is a recurring theme: the left mocks the proud history of the Great Civilization and replaces it with a curated gallery of victims and “reformers” who are, in reality, extensions of the same ideological rot. They want an Iran that is weak, perpetually “reforming,” and stripped of its Imperial grandeur.

The same machinery that dismantled Iran is currently deployed against the United States and Europe. The global left has moved from the “Red Terror” of the 20th century to a more insidious form of institutional terrorism. By capturing the education systems, the media, and the bureaucracy, they are executing a slow-motion demolition of Western civilization.

The Erasure of Borders: Just as they sought to weaken Iran’s sovereignty, they now demand the total dissolution of Western borders, inviting chaos to dilute national identity.

The War on Merit: The left’s obsession with equity is a direct assault on the concept of the “Nobility of Spirit.” They seek to replace the high-achiever – the Jahanbanis of the world – with the mediocre and the parasitic.

The Funding of Proxies: Through back-channel diplomacy and the loosening of sanctions, the left-wing establishment in the West has effectively funded the very terror networks that threaten global security. The billions of dollars funneled back to Tehran under various “deals” are the lifeblood of global instability.

We are no longer in a phase of political disagreement; we are in a state of existential war. The left’s alliance with Islamists — often called the Red-Green Alliance – is the greatest threat to human survival. By destabilizing the Middle East and weakening the West from within, the left is creating a vacuum that can only be filled by ultimate escalation.

Once a cornerstone of American political life, the Democrat party has transformed into something unrecognizable — a force that now threatens the fabric of the nation.

If the left is not confronted and eradicated from the halls of power, the trajectory is clear: a nuclear-armed theocracy in Iran, emboldened by a hollowed-out West, will eventually trigger a global conflagration. The left’s “diplomacy” is nothing more than a stay of execution while they help the enemies of civilization sharpen their blades.

The solution does not lie in “centrism” or polite debate. You cannot debate a movement that seeks your total humiliation. The path forward requires:

The Restoration of National Identity: Embracing the symbols of nobility and strength, such as the Pahlavi legacy, to counter the left’s cult of victimhood.

The Dismantling of the Leftist Bureaucracy: Removing the ideological parasites from the institutions of power in both the East and the West.

Absolute Zero Tolerance for Terror: Ending the cycle of appeasement that has defined Western foreign policy for decades.

The global left is the true face of modern terror. It provides the intellectual cover, the funding, and the moral justification for the destruction of nations. To save the future, the left must be treated not as a political opponent, but as the existential threat to civilization itself.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Muslim (Political Candidate) In Ohio: She Once Threatened a School Bus Full of Kids

By Bradlee Dean

January 7, 2026

“I Might Have A Bomb-Gun,” On A School Bus Filled With Children – In America! (Video Resurfaces)

“A nation of fierce countenance, which shall not regard the person of the old, nor shew favour to the young.” -Deuteronomy 28:50

Recently, I was scrolling through information in vetting as to what was pertinent to what our radio listeners and social media platform followers needed to address (1 Chronicles 12:32).

In doing so, I came upon a video from 2021 that has resurfaced, which I found to be article-worthy for readers.

What is uncovered here is a Muslim woman who enters a school bus and begins to give orders to the bus driver, stating that she is a “national security threat.” Read Deuteronomy 28:43.

She goes on and states that she may have a bomb and suggests that she has a gun under her clothing.  Again, this happened on a school bus filled with children here in America (Deuteronomy 28:53)!

Before you observe the information below, I do want to make clear that we, as a ministry, have been blowing the trumpet on this in making people aware of the fact that this is not new information (Ezekiel 33:3-4).  This is one of the thousands of incidents that the American people have been made aware, as well as have ignored, and this to their own demise.

FOX 13 HIGHLINE, Wash. – A video from 2010 has resurfaced of a now King County Council candidate threatening a bus full of students, claiming she had a bomb. In the video, obtained by The Post Millennial, Ubax Gardheere boards a Highline School District bus full of middle school students and tells the driver there is a “national security incident.” She advises the driver that he cannot leave. “How do you know what I have? I might have a bomb,” she said to the driver – a claim she later repeated to the students. She also suggested she might have a gun hidden under her clothing.

Children are seen running out of the emergency exit on the bus as Gardheere screams, “Cowards! Cowards! Cowards!”

The video continues to roll as a King County Sheriff’s Deputy boards the bus and raises a weapon, instructing Gardheere to exit.

“If you choose not to get off the bus, I’m going to drop you right here as we stand, you understand that?” he said.
Gardheere, who was 29-years-old at the time, was initially charged with felony threats to bomb. While some court documents for the case are sealed, they suggest Gardheere underwent a psychological evaluation. She later pleaded to the misdemeanor crime of harassment.

She also once threatened a school bus full of kids, claiming she had a bomb and a gun, calling them cowards when they ran away.

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Communist Sympathizers in the Media

By Cliff Kincaid

January 7, 2026

I was a young journalist covering the Marxist Institute for Policy Studies (IPS) when I heard Karen DeYoung of the Washington Post at the “think tank” teaching a “journalism” class and commenting that the leftist guerillas in Latin America were considered “the good guys.”

DeYoung participated in the IPS “class” at a time when President Ronald Reagan was repelling a Soviet-Cuban invasion of the hemisphere.

Reagan had commented, at the time, that the Democrats were becoming Marxist in orientation, and he urged Congress to investigate Marxist members of the Democratic Party. He was asked by Arnaud de Borchgrave, “What is to be done when two dozen pro-Marxists, with real political clout, can in our own Congress influence great issues of defense, arms control and international policy?” He replied: “Well, Arnaud, that is a problem that we have…”

Now the problem is much larger and one of their comrades has captured the mayor’s seat in New York City.

A caller on Rush Limbaugh’s radio program many years ago wondered where people such as Rep. Ilhan Omar came from. She is the Democratic Party Muslim who counts communist Angela Davis as her idol.

These people have not emerged “out of the woodwork,” as the caller said. One of my mentors, Reed Irvine, endorsed and helped publish the 1990 book, Communists in the Democratic Party.

The number of communists in the Democratic Party is now so large that books have been written about it. Anti-communist analyst Trevor Loudon has written a number of them.

To understand how journalism has been “fundamentally transformed,” please read this report, “Saving the World For Socialism: How Soviet Dupe and Fellow Traveler Curtis MacDougall Trained Today’s ‘Progressive’ Journalists.” MacDougall conceived “interpretative reporting,” the name of his textbook, and drove many young journalists to embrace this far-left worldview.

The report is based in part on my own experience in journalism. I saw it from the inside.

Karen DeYoung had told that IPS class, attended and tape-recorded by this reporter, that “most journalists now, most Western journalists at least, are very eager to seek out guerrilla group leftist groups, because you assume they must be the good guys.”

DeYoung herself demonstrated the truth of that remark when she wrote a series of stories datelined “At a Sandinista Training Camp,” during the Cuban-backed revolution in Nicaragua. “At that time, she reported that despite claims by Nicaraguan President Anastasio Somoza that the Sandinistas were Communist terrorists, the Sandinistas said they favored the establishment of a “pluralistic democracy,” not a “new Cuba.”

But look at the current coverage of the Washington Post, supposedly taking a new turn under owner Jeff Bezos. While the editorial board ran an editorial supporting President Trump’s action on Venezuela, its “news” coverage still shows a sympathy for the fate of the left-wing “good guys” in Latin America, as defined by Karen DeYoung.

The paper’s January 3 article tries to pick apart the capture of Maduro, calling it “audacious” rather than brilliant.

Here’s an actual quote from the article:

“The audacious move makes good on Trump’s long-held desire to remove the Venezuelan strongman, but was done without congressional authorization, is in apparent violation of international law and leaves open questions about Venezuela’s future.”

By contrast, the Post editorial said, “Maduro’s removal sends an important message to tin-pot dictators in Latin America and the world: Trump follows through. President Joe Biden offered sanctions relief to Venezuela, and Maduro responded to that show of weakness by stealing an election.” It called Maduro “illegitimate.”

The “strongman?” Maduro is an indicted narco-terrorist and illegitimate leader.

By the way, Karen DeYoung is still at the Post. She is associate editor and senior national security correspondent.

Let’s take a hard look at one of the most prominent communist sympathizers at this paper.

I remember a Washington Post “journalist” by the name of Laurence Stern, who was then the national news editor of The Washington Post. When Laurence Stern died in 1979, I covered his memorial service, noting that among those who eulogized him at the memorial service presided over by Post executive editor Ben Bradlee was the Washington station chief of the Cuban intelligence service, Teofilo Acosta. I reported that he had praised Stern as a “friend.”

In fact, Acosta said, “I’m from Cuba, I am Marxist-Leninist. I am human. Larry Stern was my friend, one of my best friends. I loved him.” He said he taught Stern how to rhumba.

It was Laurence Stern who used his key position at the Washington Post to try to whitewash rather than expose Orlando Letelier. Documents recovered from the briefcase of Letelier, a former ambassador and later cabinet officer in the government of Chile under the Marxist president, Salvador Allende, demonstrated that he was being financed out of Cuba and tasked with manipulating American journalists and others.

The Post dismissed the significance of the documents possibly because Letelier’s address book included Stern’s business and home phone numbers.

Post owner Jeff Bezos shifted the paper’s editorial direction in early 2025, mandating that its opinion section defend “personal liberties and free markets.” He said that “viewpoints opposing those pillars will be left to be published by others.”

It turns out those contrary “viewpoints” are in the paper’s news coverage.

If Bezos wants his paper to defend “personal liberties and free markets,” he must extend this mandate to the news pages, starting with those who consider leftist guerillas “good guys” and offer flimsy reasons to oppose the liberation of Venezuela.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




The 2009 Obama’s Betrayal of Iranian People

By Amil Imani

January 6, 2026

In June 2009, the streets of Tehran were flooded with millions of protesters in what became known as the Green Movement. Following a disputed election that kept Mahmoud Ahmadinejad in power, the world watched as Iranian citizens – led by youth and women – demanded “Where is my vote?” The crackdown that followed was brutal: snipers fired from rooftops, and the image of Neda Agha-Soltan bleeding to death on the pavement became a global symbol of the regime’s cruelty.

However, from the White House, the response was one of “strategic caution.” For days, President Barack Obama remained largely silent, refusing to “meddle” or take a side. Iranian activists alike viewed this as a historic betrayal. By the time Obama issued a stronger condemnation, the regime had already gained the upper hand. Years later, Obama himself admitted in an interview that he made a mistake, stating, “Whenever we see a glimmer of hope, of people being able to have a voice, we should be public about it.”

The motivation for this silence, according to investigative journalists like Jay Solomon in The Iran Wars, was a desire to protect a long-term goal: a nuclear deal with the Islamic Republic. To achieve this, the administration sought to assure Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei that the U.S. was not seeking “regime change.”

Central to the falsehood of this era is the National Iranian American Council (NIAC). While NIAC describes itself as an advocacy group for Iranian Americans, it is actually a lobby for the interests of the Islamic Republic in Washington.

The NIAC has been consistent in its advocacy for policies that benefit the Tehran regime, most notably the lifting of sanctions without requiring human rights reforms. During the 2009 protests, while the regime was killing demonstrators, NIAC’s leadership was involved in amplifying the regime’s narrative that U.S. support for the protesters would be “counterproductive” and “dangerous.”

Evidence of NIAC’s deep involvement surfaced during a 2008 defamation lawsuit the group filed against Hassan Daioleslam. The lawsuit backfired significantly. During the discovery process, internal documents and emails were revealed that led a federal judge to sanction NIAC for withholding and altering records. The court eventually ordered NIAC to pay over $180,000 in legal fees to the defendant. The documents uncovered showed extensive communication between NIAC’s leadership and Iranian officials, including Javad Zarif, who would later become Iran’s Foreign Minister. These revelations proved beyond any dount that NIAC acted as an unregistered foreign agent, moving the needle of U.S. policy in favor of a regime that oppresses its own people.

The consequences of this “appeasement” policy have now manifested in a direct path toward regional instability and potential nuclear escalation. According to analysis from the American Center for Law and Justice (ACLJ) and JFeed, the structural flaws of the 2015 Nuclear Accord – specifically its “sunset clauses” and the lack of restrictions on ballistic missiles – effectively subsidized the Iranian regime’s military expansion. By unfreezing billions in assets and lifting secondary sanctions, the U.S. provided the financial “fuel” for the IRGC to build the very drone and missile infrastructure used in recent direct conflicts with Israel.

The shift from the Obama-era deal to today’s “detonation” point is a straight line: a policy that prioritized a temporary nuclear pause over dismantling a terrorist network. Fifteen years after the Green Movement, we can clearly observe a pattern of “betrayal” extending into the Biden administration, where continued sanctions relief is seen not as a tool for peace, but as a direct contribution to a “Nuclear Armageddon” scenario in the Middle East.

While Iranians were being tortured in the Kahrizak prison, President Obama was engaged in a secret correspondence with the man ordering the crackdowns. It is now a matter of historical record that Obama sent at least four personal letters to Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei.

These letters, sent in 2009, 2011, 2012, and 2014, were intended to build “mutual respect” and “trust.” However, the optics were devastating for the Iranian freedom movement. To the protesters on the street, the President of the Free World was treating their oppressor as a legitimate partner. This diplomatic outreach culminated in the 2015 Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA).

The deal provided the Islamic Republic with billions of dollars in sanctions relief and returned frozen assets. This “infusion of cash” was used to fund the IRGC (Revolutionary Guard) and proxy wars in Syria, Yemen, and Lebanon. From this perspective, the administration prioritized a temporary freeze on nuclear enrichment over the permanent aspiration of 80 million Iranians for liberty.

The factual timeline of 2009 to 2016 paints a picture of a U.S. administration that viewed the Islamic Republic as a stable state to be negotiated with, rather than a revolutionary regime to be confronted. By empowering “reformists” who were still beholden to the Supreme Leader, and by relying on the advice of groups like NIAC, the Obama administration chose a path of conciliation.

For the “Freedom Fighters” of the Green Movement, this was not just a policy disagreement; it was an abandonment. They entered the streets expecting the world’s greatest democracy to stand behind them. Instead, they found that the leader of that democracy was busy exchanging letters with the very man who was ordering their arrest. The result was a solidified regime, an empowered IRGC, and a generation of Iranians who learned that in the game of global power, their lives were secondary to the “big deal.”

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Mid-Term Elections Are About Power & Dirty Money

Authored by Devvy Kidd Not AI

January 6, 2026

Well, the holiday season is over and President Trump has lawfully arrested a lying cheating drug cartel gangster, imposter Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro and his wife, Cilia Flores.  No question (just like the fake 2020 election, Maduro cheated his way into office.) Maduro makes Al Capone look like a choir boy.

President Trump had every legal right to have our courageous Delta Force to arrest Maduro as he had already been indicted by a federal grand jury.  Law Professor Jonathan Turley: Trump Did Not Need Congressional Approval to Capture Maduro (VIDEO). Jan. 3, 2026

“Turley uses the example of Manuel Noriega, who was removed from Panama by the United States in 1989 under similar circumstances. He refers to the actions of other presidents as well.

“Democrats and their media allies will object in the months ahead, but there is legal precedence for all of this…

“This operation will be justified as executing the criminal warrant and responding to an international drug cartel, a very similar legal framework to the one used against Noriega. There is precedent supporting that earlier operation, which will now be used to defend the actions in Venezuela…

“Democratic members quickly denounced the operation as unlawful. They may want to review past cases, particularly the decision related to the Noriega prosecution after his capture by the administration of President George H.W. President Barack Obama killed an American citizen under this “kill list” policy.

“If Obama can vaporize an American citizen without even a criminal charge, Trump can capture a foreign citizen with a pending criminal indictment without prior congressional approval.”

But of course, the paid (big salaries) whores in the fake media care nothing for the law. The Democrat Communist Party USA is in itself a brutal, morally bankrupt rotting criminal enterprise and has been longer than I’ve been alive.  As I’m sure you’ve noticed, all the “left” wing media, crooks and criminals who belong to that rancid pile of steaming you know what, have been crapping their pants over Maduro’s arrest.

Not to say the Republican Party hasn’t and still does have too many RINO’s in elected offices; many work inside cabinets and agencies in an effort to turn OUR beautiful, free America into a sh*t hole as Maduro did to the poor people of Venezuela.  They are Trump haters, make no mistake about that.

When word came out after Maduro and his wife’s arrest, their people and those who are fighting to stop the tyranny going on world-wide rose up thanking the U.S. for getting rid of Maduro.  Liberation Day: Venezuelans Worldwide Erupt in Celebration After U.S. Forces Capture Dictator Maduro While Left-Wing Democrats Rage, Jan. 3, 2026

Venezuela was at one time a very prosperous country, their people living a happy life in their culture and traditions.  The last few years under Maduro they eat out of garbage cans and wear rags.  There is NO excuse for such extreme poverty in a beautiful oil rich country like Venezuela.

As for Trump “running the country” until a transition team is in place to govern, ah, I don’t like that plan: “We’re going to run the country until such time as we can do a safe, proper and judicious transition.” Excuse me, but it’s up to the people of Venezuela to choose their lawfully elected leadership (or hold a new fair, legal election) to decide who will run their country.

María Corina Machado emerges as top potential successor after Máduro’s fall – Venezuela expert says opposition leaders María Corina Machado and Edmundo González have support of 70% of country, Jan. 3, 2026

However, there appears to be some stinky back-room hanky-pankie that went on. Inside Job? Reports Suggest New Venezuela’s Interim President, Delcy Rodríguez, Negotiated With the US the Removal of Maduro, With the Mediation of UAE, Jan. 4, 2026 (62% of UAE are muslims.  72% of Venezuelans are Catholic with a lot of Protestants. Oil has no religious preference.

Why the hell would they want the same VP, Rodríguez, who served under a crook and drug king to become their new dictator?  Beware the wolf in sheep’s clothing.

Venezuela’s interim government vows unity behind ousted dictator Maduro following US capture, Jan. 4, 2026: “A top Venezuelan official said Sunday that the South American country’s government remains united behind ousted dictator Nicolás Maduro.

“Here, the unity of the revolutionary force is more than guaranteed, and here there is only one president, whose name is Nicolas Maduro Moros,” Interior Minister Diosdado Cabello said in a recording released by the United Socialist Party of Venezuela. “Let no one fall for the enemy’s provocations.”

“Officials in Maduro’s government have denounced Saturday’s seizure of Maduro and his wife, Cilia Flores, as a kidnapping, Reuters reported.

“Vice President Delcy Rodríguez has assumed interim leadership of the country but has said that Maduro is still president.”  And: “Rodríguez insisted that Maduro remains Venezuela’s “only president.” She declared that Venezuela would continue Maduro’s policies and “never be a colony ever again.”, Jan. 4, 2025

Maduro’s Military Loyalists Issue Threatening Video — Accuse U.S. of “Colonialism” While DEMANDING RELEASE of Captured Dictator, Jan. 4, 2026

Trump warns Venezuela’s new leader Rodríguez to cooperate or face ‘big price’

Nobel Peace Prize winner dedicates award to people of Venezuela, Trump, Oct. 10, 2025 – “She posted on social media on Friday that the prize would give her people a boost to “conquer freedom.” She (Maria Corina Machado) praised Trump’s “decisive support” and dedicated the award partly to him.”

After Maduro’s arrest, Trump said Maria Corina Machado was a “nice lady” but doesn’t have the “respect” of the country to govern following the ousting of Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro. “I think it would be very tough for her to be the leader. She doesn’t have the support within or the respect within the country. She’s a very nice woman, but she doesn’t have the respect,” Trump said.” What a slap in the face.  With a 70% approval rating from THE PEOPLE in Venezuela and a modern-day Samuel Adams determination, Machado is loved by the people there.

Why do people think Machado got the Nobel Peace Prize? Sometimes newly elected office holders do “learn on the job” as time goes on.  Trump learned that hard lesson during his first term when Sessions, Barr and so many others turned on him with a smile on their faces.  Personally, I think Trump should have had a sit-down face to face with Machado and discussed the situation.  Instead, he announced the U.S. would run Venezuela until a transition he likes is in place. President Trump: I voted for you three times but on this one, I am deeply disappointed.

Next comes the court battles.  Communist Comrade Mamdani is vowing to protect NYC from ICE agents performing their duties under the LAW.  Nitwits and lazy-ass bozos stand behind him cheering on his plan to make America muslim Communist controlled.  All those groups, organizations and allegedly elected public officials can hardly wait to file law suits against Trump over immigration and now Maduro.

Much will be written about Maduro for months to come along with the massive fraud machine by thieving Somalis in this country. But WE THE PEOPLE HAVE MUCH TO DO BETWEEN NOW AND THE MID-TERM ELECTIONS.

Vote fraud is number one at the top and two is for voters to do their homework and not count on 30-second TV commercials to decide your vote. There are very dirty RINO’s just as there are members of the Democrat Communist Party USA and believe me when I say they are going to do everything they can get away with to get their minions and more loads of foreigners like the Somali’s who’ve pulled off the third biggest fraud heist in our nation’s history elected – especially as judges.

First is the unconstitutional privately owned “Federal” Reserve. Second is its collection agency, the IRS, robbing us blind to pay interest on our OWN money; my member of Congress, House & Senate and yours by spending zillions of “dollars” in debt to fund debt in violation of the U.S. Constitution (see my last column) and third, covering up the non-ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment.

(Massive fraud is now being uncovered in California and several other states, just like Minnesota. It seems like every day and I predict it will mushroom into a gigantic scandal that will make people’s heads spin. Tip of the iceberg:

Pam Bondi Issues Damage-Control Statement After Explosive Backlash Over DOJ’s Alleged Failure to Act on Massive Minnesota Somali Fraud, Dec. 29, 2025: “According to Bondi:

  • 98 individuals have been charged
  • 85 are of Somali descent
  • More than 60 have already been convicted

“She warned lawmakers that “more prosecutions are coming,” adding, “Buckle up.”  (Too bad they can’t get con artist crook, Zelensky.)

This country has nothing to fear from the crooked man who fails. We put him in jail. It is the crooked man who succeeds who is a threat to this country.” Theordore Roosevelt, 26th President of these united States of America.

We must make honest, accurate elections top of the list. (Election Fraud: The most corrupt AZ, GA, CA, OR, MN, MI, PA, NV & Ohio)

Fulton County’s Admission That 315,000 Votes Were Unlawfully Cast Exonerates President Trump Once and For All, Dec. 23, 2025

Many, many counties are now going to use paper ballots hand counted in front of witnesses.  The upcoming mid-term elections is about POWER and DIRTY MONEY– NOT to preserve and protect you, your family or our constitutional republic.

If the Democrat Communist Party USA takes the majority in either the house or senate or both – and that includes governors and state legislators, we will have a disaster most can’t even imagine. They probably won’t try to impeach Trump again but with a majority, all the good he’s trying to do will blow away like dust in the wind.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2025 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

With Tyrant Maduro’s Arrest Expect Cartel Ties and Money Transfers to the US Democrat Party to Finally Be Revealed, Jan. 4, 2026

Second front: How a socialist cell in the US mobilized pro-Maduro foot soldiers within 12 hours, Jan. 3, 2026 (Same thing as when illegitimate cheating liar, Hussein Obama, was a “community organizer for ACORN.) While you work to make ends meet, our domestic enemies never sleep. 

Elon Musk’s Starlink offers free internet to Venezuela until Feb 3 following US operation and Maduro’s capture, Jan. 4, 2026

Why is he still on the bench?  YOU CAN’T MAKE THIS UP: 92-Year-Old Clinton Judge Who Denied Trump’s Hush-Money Removal to Federal Court and Blocked Venezuelan Gang Deportations Now Assigned to Preside Over Maduro Case in New York, Jan. 4, 2026

War Room’s Natalie Winters’ Brilliant Summary of Somali Fraud in Minnesota (VIDEO), Jan.3, 2026

Zohran Mamdani Inauguration: Same Old Communist Rhetoric, Jan. 2, 2026




Ticking Away the Seconds Toward Eternity

By Rob Pue

January 5, 2026

As a kid, I had a hard time imaging the year 2000, but now, we’re more than a quarter century past that, as 2025 rolls into history. According to surveys, only 10% of Americans felt it was a “good” year; 20% thought it was a “bad” year and 28% thought it was a “terrible” year. The rest just responded that it was “ok” or said they were uncertain.

Other polls found nearly half of Americans say their financial security has worsened in the last year. People are deeply concerned about inflation and having to adjust to a lower standard of living. What’s more, young Americans are finding it difficult to afford rent, and young married couples have found even modest “starter homes” are well beyond their reach now.

Other areas of concern include political tensions, corruption in government, a failing healthcare system, the fear of economic collapse, cyber terrorism, the possibility of wars escalating and the growing epidemic of violent crime nationwide.

But let’s go deeper and take a look back over the past year, to remember things we may have forgotten, and the things many never will. The year began with the Pacific Palisades fire in Los Angeles County, fueled by extreme Santa Ana winds and dry conditions. The blaze destroyed thousands of homes and structures, and at least 12 people were killed.

January also marked the start of Donald Trump’s second term in office. He signed 70 executive orders that month alone, including six on his first day: one restoring freedom of speech and ending federal censorship; one restoring names that honor America; one defending women from gender ideology extremism; one ending radical DEI programs across the federal government; one ending federal funding for elective abortions and one prohibiting the creation of a central bank digital currency in America.

The newly formed Department of Government Efficiency (or DOGE) made major headlines as it slashed bloated budgets and uncovered obscene wasteful spending and fraud within government agencies. This was led by Elon Musk, who took a great deal of “backlash” from liberals opposed to his working with Trump. Those who formerly supported him wholeheartedly — along with his Tesla electric vehicles — began protesting, calling Musk (and Tesla owners) “Nazis” while vandalizing Tesla cars and dealerships. By the end of May, Musk and Trump had parted ways, and the Department of Government Efficiency was officially dissolved in November. So much for that. But it looked good — for a while.

On January 29, we also witnessed one of the deadliest aviation incidents in history, as an American Eagle flight, on approach to Ronald Reagan National Airport collided with a US Army Blackhawk helicopter on a training flight. All 67 people on board both aircraft were killed.

Other big news of the year included the US Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency, or “ICE,” finally starting to enforce immigration laws. An estimated 350,000 illegals were deported last year, while others, with violent crime charges, were detained. But millions of illegals remain and likely always will.

In July, the Trump administration officially opened a detention facility in the Florida Everglades, which came to be known as “Alligator Alcatraz,” because of it’s high security in guarding what was called the “worst of the worst” illegal alien criminals….those who’ve committed rape, murder, arson, drug running, human trafficking and were gang leaders.

Of course, the never-ending protests against Trump continued last year. Millions participated in “No Kings” protests in June and October. Protestors were angry about Trump’s stifling of DEI programs, the arrest and deportation of illegals, sending National Guard troops to assist police in cities like DC and Chicago, and attempts to stop government funding of abortions, among other things.

The protests against ICE turned into violent riots in many places, especially Los Angeles, where violent clashes between protestors and law enforcement took place. Rocks, fireworks and other objects were thrown; vehicles and property were destroyed, and large crowds blocked major streets and freeways. By mid-June, around 4,100 National Guard personnel and 700 active-duty Marines were called in to restore law and order. The LA riots alone caused millions of dollars in damages.

The 4th of July weekend saw catastrophic flooding in the Central Texas Hill Country. As a tropical storm stalled over the area, river levels surged more than 20-30 feet in a matter of hours. The flooding caused at least 135 deaths, including at least 27 children and counselors at a Christian girls’ camp.

On September 10th, Charlie Kirk, the founder of the conservative youth organization Turning Point USA, was gunned down while speaking at an outdoor event at Utah Valley University. Liberals cheered and celebrated his death, but TPUSA reported receiving tens of thousands of inquiries from students and schools about starting new chapters in the weeks that followed. To give you an idea as to the scope of this, there were 32,000 requests within 48 hours of his death.

Still, the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression reported at least 300 protests in 2025, with college students attempting to disrupt, block or cancel conservative speakers on campuses nationwide. Many of them turned violent, most notably at UC Berkeley in November.

And socialist mayors were elected in Seattle and New York City in November. There are now Socialists in positions of political power in 40 of our 50 states.

A 48-year-old Portugese national opened fire at Brown University in Providence, Rhode Island on December 13, killing two and wounding nine others. Two days later, he fatally shot an MIT professor in Massachusetts. The alleged shooter was found dead of a self-inflicted gunshot wound in New Hampshire on December 18.

This is certainly not a complete list of notable events in 2025. I could also mention Israel, Gaza and Iran; Russia and Ukraine; the Biden Autopen scandal; the heavily redacted Epstein files, the so-called “Big Beautiful Bill;” the implementation of RealID; the rise of AI, and more. But suffice to say that 2025 was another year of turmoil, violence, lawlessness and disaster. I can understand why people are so unhappy.

Despite our best human efforts, we must understand that we live in a nation that’s abandoned God and therefore, we’re reaping what we’ve sown. Unless we repent and return again to worshiping and serving the Creator, rather than the creation — or the false gods of our own imaginations — things are not going to get any better.

But I’m concerned that even those who do know and serve Jesus as Lord and Savior are suffering from depression and giving up the fight. The other day I say a short video clip of a Christian woman stating she’s “done with everything in this world and just ready to go home to Jesus.” Her joy of living is gone and apparently, she’s done trying to be salt and light in a world ruled by Satan and his demonic angels. That’s a bad attitude to have, but I understand it. I know how discouraging it can be and how all the bad news and horrible events that happen can wear you down. But understand, it’s a spiritual battle and Satan uses fear and discouragement to immobilize God’s people and cause them to hide and be wholly ineffective in the battle. Instead, we need to “fear not,” stand firm ‘til the end, occupy until Christ returns, and take back the ground the devil has stolen. And yes, that is possible.

Internet news sources thrive on bad news and scary headlines, and the powers that be behind the curtain continue to pull the strings to socially engineer hearts and minds for their own purposes. So-called “news” organizations use “click bait” to get people to read their stories. These are sensationalized headlines designed to draw you in to a story that has little to no substance. But the latest thing now is called “rage bait.” These are stories designed to create division and hatred among Americans — stories that serve only to enrage one demographic against another. It’s all manipulation. Don’t fall for any of it.

Maybe we need to begin looking at things through spiritual eyes rather than carnal ones and come to understand that if we, as Christ-followers, give up the fight, give in to discouragement, anxiety, depression and deception, we will have become good for nothing, except to be thrown out and trampled under the feet of men. Read Matthew 24 and understand the times we’re living in. And take note of verse 13, which promises, “But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved.”

Also, we need to really examine our churches, pastors and teachers. Don’t follow the teachings of men who like to “nuance” Scriptures to fit their own agendas. “Many false prophets shall rise and shall deceive many.” And today, we have many Bible Prophecy teachers, finding seals, trumpets and bowls behind every new news story. Their predictions can be sensational and exciting, even if they’re not true. But true or not, those erroneous teachings sure make a lot of profits for the self-proclaimed “prophets.”

I get it. We would all like to know the future. And it’s good to be aware of the signs of the times and sound a warning to the lost and perishing. But it seems the most popular so-called “Prophecy Teachers” are the ones who basically tell you, it’s all over. Nothing to do now but sit and wait, because the latest news story “proves” Jesus’ return is any day now. I’ve seen at least three prophecy teachers present their “proof” that His coming will occur in 2026. What did we read in Matthew? “Many false prophets shall rise and shall deceive many.”

Please don’t misunderstand me. I’m waiting eagerly for our Lord’s return too. I’m not a scoffer, as we read about in 2nd Peter 3, “there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, and saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming?’” But, I believe our job is to make sure our lamps are always filled with oil. In other words, we’re to be ready to meet Him every day — because today may be that day, whether today is the Day of the Lord or simply our own personal appointment to meet Him.

On a bookshelf, in a place of honor in my home, is a mantle clock. I inherited it when my parents passed away. That clock was in our home my whole life as a kid, but it was broken and my Dad was never able to find a repairman to fix it. So, it was relegated to a side room and all but forgotten. When it became mine, I took it and had it fixed. I was in my 50s before I ever heard it chime.

The clock is special because it belonged to my grandfather, a devout Christian who emigrated here from Ireland. On the front of the clock is a plaque, stating it was presented to him by a Protestant organization he belonged to, and it reads, “on the occasion of his marriage, September 21st, 1910.” The clock is now 116 years old. It still keeps pretty good time, and chimes beautifully every hour — as long as I remember to wind it. And after 116 years, time is still ticking away, non-stop.

My grandfather was a great and respected man of God who won many souls to Christ, but I don’t remember him at all. His personal appointment with the Lord came when I was just two years old. I also inherited his Bibles, study materials and notes. He was an adamant student of Bible prophecy, and throughout the entirety of his life, he believed the “rapture” was imminent. His headstone reads, “To Reign with Christ.” His wife, my grandmother, passed away before I was born. Her earthly body now lies next to his. And her headstone reads, “Be Ye Also Ready.”

And so should we all. At all times. None of us know what 2026 will bring, but we know from Romans 13 that “now is our salvation nearer than when we first believed.” Beware of fake predictions, fake messiahs, fake prophets and fake news. Stick to God’s Word. And don’t just sit and wait for the “rapture.” Instead, in this new year, keep your lamps filled with oil and be about your Father’s business, working diligently for His Kingdom. And let nothing stop you…even as the clock of your life — and God’s great Heavenly clock — continue to tick away the seconds that lead us all to eternity.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




THE MOST Important Aspect of Your Life in 2026: Your Health

By Frosty Wooldridge

January 5, 2026

New Year’s resolutions come and go as fast as 2025 vanished in our review mirrors.  What promise did you make to yourself for 2026?  Are you going to be kinder and gentler to your friends and loved ones?  Will you work harder and smarter to earn a living?  What are you going to do in the New Year to benefit your life?

When you look out over the American landscape, what is the most important resolution you can make for your life, for your spouse, for your kids, for your family, and for your friends?

Point blank: YOUR HEALTH!  YOUR BODY, MIND AND SPIRIT!

To give you an idea of how much I treasure my health, I work out 1.5 hours six days a week. I swim a half mile. I meditate for 20 minutes in the hot tub. I lift weights. I run on the elliptical. I lift weights. Finally, I stretch every muscle in my body.  I treasure my health so much that I make it my first priority.

Why?  Because in my teens, my father died of a massive heart attack at 46 years of age. He loved sports. He loved umpiring in his later years. He inspired everyone with his energy.  His youthful death devastated our entire family. His passing changed how I looked at and lived life.  Every day gives most Americans an opportunity to live, thrive, laugh, work, play and enjoy this grand adventure.

As I entered my mid-twenties, I became a cardiac catheterization medical technician.  That job showed me how my dad died of heart failure.  I asked Dr. Moberg what could I do to NOT die in my forties?  He said, “You’ve got a health heart. What you inherited are the eating patterns of your parents.”

“What can I do to change for better health?” I asked.

He replied, “Don’t eat anything with a face on it, and avoid dairy products like the plague. Plus avoid sugar.”

“Isn’t that a “cult group of vegans” that eat only vegetables?” I asked.

“Healthiest plant-based nutrition on the planet,” he said.

For a month, I studied Vegan cook books on how to combine fats, complex carbohydrates and proteins into a solid program for health. That was back in 1971.  Today, as I am only 12 months away from 80, I am in better shape physically and internally than most American 40-year-olds.  High fiber (40 grams daily) keeps everything flowing along my colon.  I don’t take any pills or drugs to save myself from pain, high blood pressure or joint problems. I ski, bike, climb, swim, backpack, tennis, pickleball, and enjoy sports of all kinds just like I did in my teens and twenties. That job saved my life. I’ve been a Vegan for 55 years.

Ironically, I tried to talk my brothers into eating better. They blew me off because they liked their junk foods at the burger joints.  My brother John, 60 pounds overweight, died of a massive heart attack at 50.  Howard suffered a massive A-Fib stroke at 55.  He changed his entire eating paradigm after that stroke.  Many of my friends at my Buchanan Recreation Center have died of heart attacks in their 50’s, 60’s and 70’s.  All of them overweight with 50 to 60 pound “food bellies.”

Those same friends struggle horribly on the treadmill trying to lose weight.  They suffer discomfort trying to lift those weights. Yet, they won’t lose the weight.  One lady, at least 100 pounds overweight, comes into the recreation center six days a week. She waddles into the pool, walks around the vortex pool, waddles out and goes home.  Why she hasn’t suffered stroke or heart attack beats the heck out of me.

So, because of my wife’s challenges, I have bought every book on the market as to health and wellness.  My latest book: OUTLIVE—The Science & Art of Longevity by Dr. Peter Attia describes just about everything that I already practice as to exercise and nutrition, plus emotional/spiritual balance.  I could have written the book because I have practiced it for 55 years.

He said, “Exercise is the best medicine in the world.  Good, nutritious food is second.”

So, as I watch the ads on TV that present the wildest and craziest names for the craziest physical ailments, I want to laugh or cry because they always sell some chemical to “alleviate” your ailments, but never cure them.

In the book, Dr. Attia stated that 42 percent of the American public is “Grossly Obese”, much like my 100-pound lady friend in the pool, and dozens of my “gym rats” on the treadmills.  The other 30 percent of Americans suffer 20 to 40 pounds overweight. That’s 7 out of 10 Americans who face horrible health consequences after the age of 60.

What Attia wants to do in his book: eat healthy, exercise daily, and maintain a spiritual balance. It goes without saying that you need a daily purpose in your life.  You can read dozens of books on finding purpose after 60 years of age.  Instead of an ever accelerating decline after 50, you want to maintain your best health all the way up to 80 or 90—and then, just drop dead quickly.  He shows you how to do it.

Additionally, you’ve got numerous books and websites on how to lose weight.  That’s the biggest key to a long and thriving life.  Get your body back to its healthiest weight. The fatter you are, the faster you will suffer from heart disease, diabetes, cancer and a dozen other ailments. Obesity is now implicated in Alzheimer’s Disease. Remember: NONE of products on TV will save you from obesity, lack of exercise and lack of spiritual balance.  If you’re looking for purpose, I recommend Elizabeth Gilbert’s Big Magic: Creative Living Beyond Fear.  Read it! Live it! Get excited about your life.

For anyone with heart problems, high blood pressure, fibromyalgia, A-Fib, congestive heart failure and other problems, obtain: The Sinatra Solution by Dr. Steven Sinatra, 30-year cardiologist and CNS.  Brilliant book, and it works! My brother has been on it since his stroke and has not suffered another A-Fib event.

Who can help you with losing weight?  I recommend www.golow.com . They do a very good job of educating you.  Do you have to go Vegan?  No, but you really need to delete dairy, red meat and sugar. Go for salmon, vegetables, fruits, nuts, seeds, coconut oil and virgin olive oil.

Me? I’m gunning for 95 to 100 years of participating in life.  Every sunset stuns me over the Rocky Mountains.  Every time I ski through 24” of alpine powder, I sing a song of joy. Every time I hit the saddle of my bicycle, there’s no telling where I’ll end up. Every day there’s a 20-knot wind, my windsurfer thrills every cell in my body. For going slow, I love to watch the water curl past my paddle while I’m in my canoe.

Spirit of Adventure  

The adventure of life offers every human being the ability to live ‘the’ moment of his or her most passionate idea, fantasy or pursuit.  It may take form in the arts, acting, sports, travel or other creative endeavors.  Once engaged, a person enjoys ‘satori’ or the perfect moment.  That instant may last seconds or a lifetime.  The key to adventure whether it involves painting, dancing, sports or travel: throw yourself into it with rambunctious enthusiasm and zealous energy—which leads toward uncommon passion for living.  By following that path, you will attract an amazing life that will imbue your spirit and fulfill your destiny as defined by you alone. In the end, you will savor the sweet taste of life pursuing goals that make you happy, rewarded and complete.  As a bonus, you may share your life experiences with other bold and uncommon human beings that laugh at life, compare themselves with no one and enjoy a whale of a ride!  —Frosty Wooldridge      

So, for heaven sakes, get out there in 2026 to do what you love. Eat well, exercise daily, maintain your spiritual base, and keep purpose in your life. Life is a grand adventure!

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The “Enemies Within” Are Out of the Closet

By Cliff Kincaid

January 5, 2026

Now that Maduro is in custody, it is time to identify his supporters in the United States. They are easy to identify, since they have been agitating for the Maduro regime on American soil and in Venezuela. They are now in the streets protesting and include:

  • The Democratic Socialists of America (DSA), which “stands in solidarity” with the Maduro regime and counts NYC Mayor Zohran Mamdani as a member.
  • The ANSWER Coalition, a communist front.
  • The People’s Forum, another communist front.
  • The “World Beyond War” group, which includes Medea Benjamin, co-founder of Global Exchange and CODEPINK.
  • The Party for Socialism and Liberation, which has announced an “Emergency Rally for Venezuela.”
  • The Communist Party USA, which protested “the drive to war against Venezuela and the aggression against China,” and declared its intention to get Communist Cuba off the list of State Sponsors of Terrorism.
  • The Revolutionary Communists of America, a group which declares “America Needs a Revolution.”
  • The Committees of Correspondence for Democracy and Socialism, which condemned “the far-right cabal in the White House for its unprovoked aggression against our Latin American neighbors.”
  • The Popular Resistance, which said “progressive governments in Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC)” have been “delegitimized and displaced,” threatening the so-called Pink Tide governments.
  • Drop Site News, which ran an article declaring that “Venezuela’s communes are prepared to face Trump’s illegal naval blockade and U.S. plans for economic asphyxiation.”
  • Common Dreams, a far-left “news” site, which quoted Cuban President Miguel Diaz-Canel as saying about the U.S. action, “This is state terrorism against the brave Venezuelan people and against Our America.”
  • The Revolutionary Communist Party, which has participated in “emergency protests” against the Trump Administration over its policy toward Venezuela.
  • The Workers World Party, which reported on a delegation from the U.S. which traveled to Venezuela to attend the “People’s Assembly for Peace and Sovereignty in our Americas” held in Caracas from December 9-11.

The communist group said delegates at that assembly from the U.S. represented Freedom Road Socialist Organization, Students for a Democratic Society, Party for Socialism and Liberation, Struggle La Lucha, Workers World Party and Palaver Collective.

“Also attending from the U.S. were representatives of Tricontinental and the Venezuela Solidarity Network,” the group reported.

Cuba is now collapsing, according to an article in the Wall Street Journal. We can only hope that the regime finally collapses and that its communist rulers pay the price for their brutality and oppression.

Meanwhile, the Trump administration has wisely asked Congress to approve the largest-ever U.S. arms package for Taiwan. It is worth more than $11 billion.

Communism has never worked anywhere, especially in Cuba, but the situation is now even more severe because the regime’s reliance of oil from Communist Venezuela is making it even more vulnerable to collapse.

The establishment journal Foreign Affairs calls it “Latin America’s Revolution of the Right,” noting “The true revolutionary fervor in today’s Latin America, with leaders determined to transform not just their countries but the region itself, is primarily evident on the ideological right.”

The article adds, “Conservative presidential hopefuls are leading polls in Costa Rica and Peru, and are within striking distance in Brazil and Colombia, in elections due before the end of 2026.”

The current predicament for the communist rulers in Cuba is worth broadcasting to the world at large, but especially to American college students hooked on the idea that socialism might work in New York City.

DSA-backed New York City Mayor Zohran Mamdani was once pictured in solidarity with the Cuban Delegation to the United Nations.

He took his oath of office, pledging allegiance to the U.S. Constitution, on the Koran.

The battle now shifts to the legal arena, as lawyers from the National Lawyers Guild (NLG) prepare to defend Maduro against narco-terrorism charges.

The NLG is an affiliate of the old Soviet front, the International Association of Democratic Lawyers (IADL), which quickly issued a statement condemning “in the strongest and most unequivocal terms the US bombing of Caracas as well as the attacks on Miranda, La Guaira and Aragua.” The group also expressed “our outrage that Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro and his wife Cilia Flores have been kidnapped and removed from Venezuela by the US government.”

In addition to the National Lawyers Guild, U.S. affiliates of the IADL include the National Conference of Black Lawyers, the “Legal Arm of the Movement For Black Liberation,” and the Center for Constitutional Rights, a group “committed to the creative use of law as a positive force for social change.”

Groups and individuals signing the communist-inspired “Hands Off Venezuela” campaign include:

  • Bronx Anti-War Coalition, United States
  • Chicago ALBA Solidarity, United States
  • CODEPINK, United States
  • Cuba and the Bolivarian Alliance Committee, Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom (WILPF-US), United States
  • Friends of Latin America, United States
  • International Action Center, United States
  • National Lawyers Guild International Committee, United States
  • Nicaragua Solidarity Coalition, United States
  • Orinoco Tribune, Venezuela
  • San Jose Against War, United States
  • Sanctions Kill Campaign, United States
  • Task Force On the Americas, United States
  • United National Antiwar Coalition (UNAC), United States
  • US Women and Cuba Collaboration, United States
  • Vancouver Communities in Solidarity with Cuba (VCSC), Canada
  • Vermont Peace Anti-War Coalition, United States
  • Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom, Vermont Branch, United States
  • Workers World Party/Partido Mundo Obrero, United States.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org




Donald Trump’s ‘Locked and Loaded’ Strategy Is Turning the Tide in Iran

By Amil Imani

January 4, 2026

As of January 2026, the streets of Tehran, Isfahan, and Mashhad are alive with a sound the Islamic Republic has spent forty-seven years trying to silence: the roar of a people who no longer fear their oppressors. What began as a localized strike by shopkeepers in Tehran’s Grand Bazaar on December 28, 2025, has transformed into a nationwide uprising that many analysts believe is the beginning of the end for the clerical regime. While the bravery of the Iranian people is the primary engine of this revolution, the strategic “Maximum Pressure 2.0” and the unapologetic military stance of U.S. President Donald Trump have provided the essential external leverage to make a free Iran a reality.

The collapse of the Iranian Rial to a historic low of 1.4 million per U.S. dollar this week was the final straw for a population already pushed to the brink. This economic freefall is not an accident of the market; it is the direct result of a calculated U.S. policy designed to drain the regime’s “terrorist coffers.”

By successfully triggering the UN Snapback Mechanism in late 2025, the Trump administration ensured the return of all pre-2015 international sanctions. Furthermore, a relentless crackdown on the “shadow fleet” – the clandestine tankers Iran used to smuggle oil to East Asia – has effectively reduced the regime’s oil revenue to near-zero. Without this hard currency, the regime can no longer subsidize basic goods or, more importantly, continue the high salaries required to keep the rank-and-file security forces loyal. As the Economist noted in early 2026, “The mullahs are running out of money to buy the silence of their own enforcers.”

Historically, Iranian protests have been crushed by the brutal efficiency of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) and the Basij. However, 2026 is different. On January 2, President Trump issued a definitive warning that has fundamentally altered the regime’s calculus: if the Islamic Republic “violently kills peaceful protesters,” the United States is locked and loaded to come to their rescue.

This isn’t just a social media post; it is backed by the memory of the “12-Day War” in June 2025, where U.S. and Israeli precision strikes decimated Iran’s nuclear enrichment facilities at Natanz and Fordow. By establishing a credible threat of kinetic intervention, the U.S. has created a “deterrence umbrella” over the protesters. The IRGC now knows that a mass-casualty event – like the “Bloody November” of 2019 – could trigger surgical strikes on their own command-and-control centers. For the first time, the “fear” has shifted from the protesters to the persecutors.

The rhetoric on the streets of Iran has evolved. The “reformist” promises of President Masoud Pezeshkian have been flatly rejected by a public that sees them as cosmetic fixes for a terminal illness. In the clerical stronghold of Qom, protesters were filmed this week chanting “Death to the Dictator,” a sign that the regime has lost its traditional base of support.

The Trump administration’s refusal to engage in “deceptive diplomacy” has emboldened this shift. By treating the regime not as a legitimate government to be negotiated with, but as a “bankrupt theocracy” (as stated by the State Department on January 1, 2026), the U.S. has signaled to the Iranian people that the goal is no longer behavior change, but a total transition to a secular, democratic state.

If the regime falls, the vision for “the day after” is already taking shape. Exiled leaders, including Reza Pahlavi, have found a more receptive audience in Washington, advocating for a provisional government that would:

  1. Abolish the “Velayat-e Faqih” (Rule of the Jurisprudent).
  2. Restore the Rial through reintegration into the global banking system.
  3. End Regional Aggression by diverting “axis of resistance” funds back into domestic infrastructure and water management.

Should the current uprising succeed in toppling the clerical regime, the transition to a democratic Iran would likely follow a carefully structured, multi-phase roadmap. The first phase would involve the formation of a National Transitional Council (NTC), composed of technocrats, human rights activists, and representatives from diverse ethnic and religious groups, with a mandate to restore order, provide essential services, and stabilize the collapsing economy by securing international aid and lifting sanctions. Phase two would focus on Constitutional Reform, establishing an interim government, and convening a constituent assembly to draft a new, secular, and democratic constitution, enshrining human rights, gender equality, and the separation of powers. This phase would culminate in a national referendum to ratify the new constitution and a provisional election law. The final phase would see Free and Fair Elections for a new parliament and presidency, overseen by international observers, paving the way for a fully democratic, secular, and regionally peaceful Iran.

The liberation of Iran is being written in the blood and courage of the youth in Tehran, but the ink is being supplied by a U.S. policy that finally prioritizes the Iranian people over their oppressors. Through a combination of economic strangulation and credible military deterrence, the Trump administration has helped create the first real opportunity for regime change since 1979. As the 2026 uprising continues to swell, the message from the White House to the streets of Iran is clear: the world is watching, the U.S. is ready, and finally, Iran will be free.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




VP Vance’s Splinter Problem

By Joan Swirsky

January 4, 2026

At one time in my life, I was an operating-room nurse, both participating in and witnessing the things that just about every person on earth can’t stand to think about.

So, I can say with some authority that splinters in particularly sensitive areas of the body––often the kind that happen when sitting on a fence––can cause significant discomfort. And removing them requires a recovery period that involves quite a bit of post-op pain.

Metaphorically speaking, VP JD Vance has been sitting for quite a while on a splintery fence, trying to camouflage his dislike of Jews and Israel with fancified language, while at the same time, none-too-subtlety affirming the thinking and virulent attitudes of the most malignant anti-Semites in our current body politic. A dramatic example is his utter failure to condemn the ongoing––indeed, daily––manic rantings of Tucker Carlson, who appears to have been born again as a rabid Jew- and Israel hater.

In several recent incidents in which Carlson’s blatant Jew hatred was on display, VP Vance’s reaction was as bland as white bread. He didn’t want to take part in Republican “infighting,” he said. And when Politico exposed racist and antisemitic text messages sent by members of Young Republican clubs last month, VP Vance said that the repulsive behavior of these 20- and 30-year-old full-grown adults––many of them married and with children––were “what kids do.”

Similarly, Mr. Vance was thunderously mute after learning that his close friend, Mr. Carlson, was interviewed recently in Doha, where he claimed that Israel was “a completely insignificant country,” with “no resources” and … that the US has “no overriding strategic interest” in Israel, and then went on to ask: “What are we getting out of this? Nothing.”

ONE-WAY CLUELESSNESS

Mr. Vance––in a stunning display of political cluelessness––obviously thought that his waffling and double-talking––his fence-sitting––was working. But it wasn’t. And it didn’t take long for numerous media outlets, among them Newsmax.comThe Jewish Telegraphic Agency (JTA),  TimesofIsrael.com, et al, to start questioning what appeared to be a distinctly negative attitude toward both Jews and Israel.

This has been followed by somewhat of an avalanche of articles––from publications left, right and center––questioning not only Mr. Vance’s judgement and credibility, but also, by inuendo, his sanity!

In Why Jews know they can’t trust JD Vance anymore, writer Adam Scott Bellos opines that, “There are moments in politics when a man’s silence is louder than anything he has ever said. JD Vance has reached that moment.”

“For months now,” Bellos continues, “Jews who have long identified with the conservative movement — philanthropists, activists, donors, veterans of the Reagan, Bush, and Trump eras — have tried to give him the benefit of the doubt. We told ourselves he was new, that he was ‘finding his voice,’ that his flirtation with isolationist rhetoric and his awkward handling of antisemitism were simply missteps. But at a certain point, ambiguity becomes its own kind of message. And in 2025, ambiguity about antisemitism and Israel is not caution. It is complicity.”

TOO LITTLE, TOO LATE

I, for one,   hope that the entire American electorate realizes that Mr. Hillbilly Elegy is deeply unfit for the U.S. presidency he aims for and, in fact, has brought shame to the august office of the vice-president by failing to condemn his famous and famously racist friend Tucker Carlson, whose entire career, it appears, is now committed to obsessively, even fanatically, vilifying, lying about, and condemning both Jews and Israel.

But VP Vance––who employs Carlson’s son as his Press Secretary––finds it difficult, actually impossible, to cut off his relationship with this colossal anti-Semite, in the same way, it is obvious, he would not cut off his relationship with a “friend” who used the “n” word every time he referred to a Black person, or who used the expression “raghead” every time he spoke of a Muslim.

But he certainly wasn’t shy about lambasting Nick Fuentes, the Hitler-infatuated, Stalin-admiring political commentator when he called Vance a “race traitor” for marrying Usha Vance, a Yale-educated lawyer of Indian descent.

In fact, demonstrating yet another facet of his personality, VP Vance clearly rejected the King’s English when during a recent interview, he pronounced that, “Anyone who attacks my wife, whether their name is Jen Psaki or Nick Fuentes, can eat s***. That’s my official policy as vice president of the United States.”

Can you imagine the universal cringing that would take place if he was on an even bigger world stage than he has now blurting out such vulgarity?

But at the same press conference, VP Vance, clearly smelling the anti-Vance sentiment in the country, finally addressed the one form of bigotry about which he has had nothing to say. “Antisemitism and all forms of ethnic hatred have no place in the conservative movement,” he announced, somewhat robotically, as if the words were written for him and he had to spit them out, as he would after gargling, or perhaps more accurately, as he would after an acid-reflux episode.

IF IT WALKS LIKE A DUCK…

According to Jonathan Tobin, editor-in-chief of the Jewish News Syndicate, at the recent Turning Point USA’s AmericaFest in Phoenix, AZ, VP Vance “had a chance to distinguish his national conservative vision from the views of Fuentes and Carlson, who seem to have a lot more in common with left-wing antisemites and anti-Zionists like New York City mayor-elect Zohran Mamdani than with Trump or other conservatives these days.

“It wouldn’t have taken much to do so…. But he didn’t… by passing on a golden opportunity to draw a line in the sand between his ideas and those of right-wingers who share the left’s hatred for Jews, he’s telling us that he wants their votes.

“… Vance picked a side,” Tobin goes on. “And it was the one that did not seek to establish any limits that might exclude those who have articulated antisemitism or, like Carlson, are at war with the idea of a Judeo-Christian heritage, which is the foundation of political conservatism.”

PREPPING FOR THE PROCEDURE

It could be that Mr. Vance’s white-bread disclaimer about anti-Semitism is a signal that he is ready for a splinterectomy, ready to stop waffling and to start rejecting the florid racists in his own Party.

It could even be that he has already undergone the procedure and was able to attend Turning Point USA’s AmericaFest because the anesthesia had not fully worn off… or the pain medication had successfully kicked in.

We will only know is he stays the course, and we will also know by what he says and does if he scales that fence again and invites another bundle of splinters into his, um, body.

THE COMPETITION

With so many strong contenders for POTUS in the wings––Texas Senator Ted Cruz, Secretary of State Marco Rubio, Florida Governor Ron DeSantis, Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard, Arkansas Senator Tom Cotton, Missouri Senator Josh Hawley, and possibly others––President Trump will have an easy choice if VP Vance gets back on that fence. He took a huge chance selecting him for VP in the first place, knowing that Mr. Vance spent years, according to Antonio Pequeño IV of Forbes Magazine, calling President Trump  “reprehensible,” “cynical” and privately suggested he could be “America’s Hitler.”

Adam Scott Bellos describes the ideal scenario for people who consider the American-Israeli relationship vital to our national security and the Trump-style support for Jews and Israel literally life-saving, especially since Jews all over the world are now weathering the greatest pandemic  of anti-Semitism since the 1930s and 1940s when Hitler’s deadly Holocaust murdered fully one half of the Jews in the entire world.

“What the Jews need from JD Vance is not perfection,” Bellos writes. “We do not need him to memorize every Israeli talking point or endorse every policy of any government in Jerusalem. We need something far more straightforward and far more foundational: We need to know that the man who may soon lead the Republican Party does not see Jews and the State of Israel as a problem to be ‘managed’ in his coalition — but as allies central to his vision of America.”

© 2025 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com




Weaponized Justice: Guilty Unless Proven Innocent?

By Lex Greene

January 4, 2026

Weaponizing Justice

In U.S. Law, we have a presumption of innocence… or at least we used to!

“A presumption of innocence means that any defendant in a criminal trial is assumed to be innocent until they have been proven guilty. As such, a prosecutor is required to prove beyond a reasonable doubt that the person committed the crime if that person is to be convicted. To do so, proof must be shown for every single element of a crime.”

The active word here is “proven” or “proof.” Until credible evidence is presented to “prove” someone is guilty of a crime, or of an accusation of wrong doing in a civil case, “beyond a reasonable doubt,” the accused must be “presumed innocent.”

In other words, it isn’t up to the accused to “prove their innocence.” It’s up to the accuser to “prove guilt beyond a reasonable doubt.” The USA has laws against malicious prosecutionor false prosecution, “void of any evidence or probable cause.”

“presumption of guilt” violates the most fundamental concepts of true justice and violates Constitutional protections for the Natural Rights of any accused. It’s therefore unconstitutional and unlawful, as a practice.

Weaponizing Justice

To weaponize justice, the “presumption of innocence” must be turned up-side-down to a “presumption of guilt.” I’ll use two glaring examples of this to illustrate the point.

THE J6 EXAMPLE:

The Biden (aka 3rd Obama) administration jailed over a thousand American citizens and accused them of an “insurrection.” None of them were ever officially charged with “insurrection” much less convicted of “insurrection” because there was no evidence of any “insurrection.” Even Biden’s FBI concluded “there was no insurrection.” Yet, to this day, leftists in the USA still claim J6 was an “insurrection” despite no evidence of such and the FBI confirming no such thing ever happened on that day. They were simply “presumed guilty” despite evidence of innocence.

THE Carroll v. Trump, No. 23-793 (2d Cir. 2024) EXAMPLE:

American author E. Jean Carrol accused Trump of “sexually assaulting her” in a Manhattan store back in 1996. The United States District Court for the Southern District of New York held a nine-day trial. The jury found that Trump sexually abused Carroll and defamed her in his 2022 statements. The jury awarded Carroll $5 million in compensatory and punitive damages.”

However, the only witness was the accuser. The alleged event happened some 28 years ago. There was no evidence presented at all, because there was no evidence. And the accuser, the sole witness, E. Jean Carrol couldn’t remember even the most basic details of the event, what day it was, which store it was, what actually happened. She is on record speaking in interviews about how she finds “rape” to be sexy and enjoyed by herself and many other women. The conviction happened without even a whisper or hint of evidence to support the accusation. Defamation requires the statements made to be “untrue.” Yet Trump’s statements in 2022 appear as true, as there was no evidence to the contrary.

In this case, all E. Jean Carrol had was a story backed by no evidence and no witnesses. The conviction was based solely upon her accusation and nothing more. This is not how American Justice is supposed to work, no matter who the accused or accuser might be. In this case, the accuser was also totally uncredible.

NOTE: Further, it has become a common practice to convict political opponents in the court of public opinion, with the help of social media trolls and leftist news anchors, ahead of any actual trial, tainting the jury pool well in advance of any actual trial.

GUILTY UNLESS PROVEN INNOCENT

Even when proven innocent, with no evidence to imply guilt as in the two examples above, our courts and even juries are ruling upon the basis of what they want to be true, not upon what is true. They are ruling on political interests, not upon an honest interest in justice.

People who have been Pavlov incited to hate Trump without even knowing why, love seeing him hit with what can only be described as malicious prosecutions, simply because they believe Trump is their political foe. They believe it, because someone told them so…and they never did their own homework.

It hasn’t crossed their minds that if a President of the United States can be treated this way, presumed guilty without any evidence whatsoever, convicted despite no proof, that any American can be, including them…

BUT WHEN PROVEN GUILTY

When evidence of wrong-doing and criminal acts is overwhelming, even out in the public domain, if the evidence proves their political heroes guilty, political supporters refer to real justice as a mere “weaponized witch hunt” driven by political agendas.

The truth is, the people who weaponized justice in the USA are guilty of treason against the USA. U.S. Justice was weaponized by the political LEFT, not the political RIGHT, as demonstrated in the examples above and many other cases I could present here.

Those trying to hold them lawfully accountable for their actions are the real heroes in the USA. Those exposing their crimes and prosecuting those crimes are in the right.

But sadly, dirty politics has infected all of American society now, and very few even care about this truth, much less stand up against false malicious prosecutions, or the presumption of guilt when a presumption of innocence is required by law.

In the end, this renders every American “GUILTY UNLESS PROVEN INNOCENT” and often, guilty even when proven innocent!

Final Thought

Leftists in the USA continue to promote and spread public knowledge that “Trump was convicted of 34 Felonies” by a New York State Court. The mere fact that Trump was charged in a State Court on the basis of alleged Federal Crimes (aka felonies), instead of a Federal Court, demonstrates that this prosecution was both false and malicious.

The conviction on “34 counts” for the same “5 things” is also a fraudulent type of prosecution. But most importantly, the so-called “evidence” presented against Trump in this case was “falsified evidence” by the prosecution. Every witness for the prosecution, those engaged in Trump business dealings, testified on Trump’s behalf. Nothing leftist prosecutors accused Trump of in this case was true or accurate, as confirmed by the business associates who testified. But it didn’t matter, because Trump-haters got what they wanted, a conviction.

This is not freedom, liberty or justice. This is tyranny! And it threatens every single American citizen, not just Trump!

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




Think of Trump as a Farmer

By Karen Schoen

January 3, 2026

May 2026 bring you all you wish for. Happy New Year to all.

I am sure many of you have been watching President Trump’s address the nation..

Some of you may have walked away, scratching your head, saying “but the prices of goods I buy are still too high!” Trump said he would lower prices. He didn’t. Actually, he did.

It took Biden 4 years to destroy America. Fixing America will not happen overnight.

When Biden took office in Jan 2021, inflation was around 2%. By June 2021, with Biden’s reckless spending, printing money and just plain corruption… inflation leaped to 9% with interest and rising. Biden’s great economy was based on jobs for illegals, effectively leaving Americans begging for some government program handouts. The price of goods escalated, the dollar lost value and interest rates and inflation soared. Enter Trump.

Think of Trump as a farmer.

♦ Farmer Trump had to till and condition the soil. He did that by closing the border.

♦ Farmer Trump had to plant the seeds. He did that by eliminating the stranglehold of overbearing regulations stifling businesses.

♦ Farmer Trump had to make sure the crops were irrigated. Throwing out the Green energy scam took care of that. As all types of energy can be used. This will reduce the cost of all 6000 goods using fossil fuel.

♦ Farmer Trump realized we can’t just be dependent on the weather for rain, so he brought back manufacturing making America self-sufficient.

♦ Healthy plants need fertilizers. So, using tariffs, Trump made deals with other countries to invest in America.

♦ Lastly, Farmer Trump had to get rid of the weeds that were strangling those baby plants. Therefore, illegals who were stealing America’s wealth were sent out of the country.

It takes a tree about 5 years to bear fruit. President Trump put all of this in place in a year. Amazing! Don’t think the prices will lower immediately. There is no magic wand to make that happen. But he can, and did, put more money in the hands of hard-working Americans so they will be able to afford the things they need. He did this by lowering and/or eliminating many taxes and regulations.

Beware of the lies of the Anti-Trumpers. They hate everything Trump does. The Media/ Democrats/Islamists/RINOS twist and turn and spin the truth to make it appear that Trump is actually causing high prices. Remember, they are the ones who created the failing economy. They caused the crisis and now they want you to think they can solve the problem. Their solutions are expensive and don’t work, but it makes them rich.

To me the RINOs are the worst offenders. We thought “they are Republicans and we are all in this together.” Wrong. The RINOs are worse because they lead us to believe they will work to make America First when they are just waiting out Trump’s term. Things are getting better and where are the RINOs? Where is the “attaboy”? Income is outpacing inflation. Where is the messaging? Why does the GOP let the DNC control the narrative?

Make no mistake, the RINOs do not care about us. They care about money and their donors. I ask all the time: Who is the enemy? It seems as though the enemy of the RINOs is MAGA. The RPOF (Republican Party of Florida) is purging MAGA from committees replacing them with people who will tow their line. They are on a crash course to destroy the GOP in Florida. They tell us they are registering more Republicans than ever before. But they must turn the registration into a vote and here is where I give them an F.

In the US Congress, Republicans are doing everything possible to slow walk Trump policies. Not getting rid of the Blue Slips, no recess appointments (207 Vacancies), not enough arrests, keeping the Filibuster and allowing corruption to fester are more reasons for people to throw up their hands and not vote.

We cannot be part of the do nothing crowd. Now is the time to act.

Call your legislators, Federal, State and Local. Tell the Feds: NO more Blue slips! Get Trump appointments in place! Ditch the Filibuster! And stop fighting with MAGA!

We are not the enemy. If you get no help, find a candidate to run against them. Expose the RINOS on all media platforms. For State and Local candidates and current legislators, make sure you pay attention to new bills taking your rights.

Can you join a MAGA focused group in your state like the American Patriot Executive Committee? https://apecunited.com/. Help find and vet new candidates and work for those who are like minded. Vote in all elections, especially primaries.

One of the greatest lies, aka hoaxes, they created was the Green Energy Scam. My guest this week is H. Sterling Burnett from the Heartland Institute to discuss the devastation this hoax has perpetrated on the American people and the world.

♦ Foreign Elites, China Fund American Climate Alarm

♦ Rising Electricity Prices? Blame Green Energy Policies, Not President Trump

♦ Turns Out Climate Change Isn’t Causing ‘Mass Extinctions’

Is America Worth Saving?

♦ Will you contact your legislator and tell them that working with Trump and MAGA will get them elected?

♦ Florida, will you contact your state legislator and tell them NO on HB479 – State take over of water?

♦ Will you help spread the Truth

Applying Knowledge is Power

© 2025 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com




An Autopsy of a Fading Civilization Afraid to Name Its Enemies

By: Amil Imani

January 2, 2026

The Prophet in the Ruins

In his December 2025 commentary for The Daily Signal, “Leaders Fail When the Threat of Radical Islam Is Ignored,” Victor Davis Hanson does not merely contribute to the 24-hour news cycle; he pens a digital memento mori for a fading civilization. To review this piece from the perspective of a cultural archaeologist is to see Hanson as a man standing amidst the marble dust of a crumbling forum, frantically sketching the silhouette of a storm that the city’s architects insist is merely a light fog. Hanson emerges here as a “Prophet in the Ruins,” an intellectual classicist who recognizes that the collapse of a society rarely begins with an external breach of the walls, but with an internal rot of the language used to describe the danger.

From this perspective, Hanson’s article is a primary source document on the “Era of Euphemism.” He dissects a peculiar 21st-century pathology: the belief that naming a demon is more dangerous than the demon itself.

Hanson begins by mapping a series of violent tremors – shootings in Australia, cancellations in Paris, and executions in Rhode Island. However, his focus isn’t on the ballistics or the blood; it is on the lexicon of the aftermath. He observes a recurring ritual among Western elites: the “nanosecond” pivot. Whenever a radical Islamist strikes, the political apparatus performs a linguistic sleight of hand, widening the lens until the specific threat disappears into a foggy generality of “all extremism.”

Hanson’s critique of the Bondi Beach response is particularly sharp. He views the Australian government’s refusal to name the ideology of the killers – preferring to pivot to “white extremism” even when the perpetrators were on terrorist watchlists – as a form of state-sponsored gaslighting. Through the lens of a cultural historian, this is the “Suicide of Clarity.” Hanson argues that when a society loses the courage to identify its enemies, it has already lost the will to protect its citizens.

The most intellectually provocative segment of the article is Hanson’s analysis of how Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) has moved from a HR initiative to a national security vulnerability. He describes DEI as a “binary” religion that has categorized the world into fixed roles of victim and victimizer based on skin color and heritage.

In this framework, Hanson argues, the radical Islamist is granted a “victimhood shield.” Because they are perceived as part of the “oppressed 30%,” their actions are viewed by Western elites as symptoms of Western failure rather than autonomous acts of ideological warfare. This perspective is a fascinating reversal of traditional geopolitics. To Hanson, the West is no longer being conquered by external armies, but by an internal software update that has deleted the concept of “self-defense” from the cultural hard drive.

Hanson’s review of Western decline takes on a casi-theological tone. He speaks of “spiritual, emotional, and psychological” decay. By linking low fertility rates, anemic military spending, and “green energy zealotry” to the threat of radical Islam, he presents a holistic theory of civilizational exhaustion.

He posits that the West is “slouching” toward its own end not because it lacks the technology to win, but because it lacks the “confidence” to exist. The cancelation of Christmas in Paris is his “smoking gun.” To Hanson, when a majority population of 65 million people cancels its own sacred traditions to avoid offending a radicalized 10%, it is not practicing “tolerance” – it is practicing “pre-emptive surrender.” He views this as a “pathology of the elite,” who would rather see their culture erased than be accused of an “-ism” or a “-phobia.”

Perhaps the most poignant “unique” observation in Hanson’s piece is the mention of the Syrian immigrant who tackled the shooter in Australia. In a strange irony, Hanson highlights that it was a man from an “antithetical society” who displayed the very Western virtues – courage, decisive action, and physical defense of the innocent – that the native Western leaders lacked. This creates a fascinating subtext: the “West” is no longer a geography or a race, but a set of values that some immigrants cherish more than the bureaucrats born into them.

To review Hanson’s article is to acknowledge that he is playing the role of Cassandra. His prose is heavy with the frustration of a man who sees a pattern that his peers are incentivized to ignore. He identifies a “perfect storm” where open borders meet a lack of assimilation, fueled by a domestic ideology that views the host culture as inherently evil.

Hanson’s “Radical Islam” article will likely be remembered by future historians as a desperate plea for “The Great Re-naming.” He argues that the first step to survival is the restoration of the truth: that there are ideologies that wish for the West’s destruction, and that no amount of DEI training or semantic gymnastics will change that fact. It is a grim, unflinching look at a civilization that has replaced its “will to power” with a “will to disappear,” and it challenges the reader to decide whether they are watching a tragedy or a transformation.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Tim Walz’s Somali Fraud Is DEADLY

By Kat Stansell

January 2, 2026

It funded Training For 9/11-Style Attack on America! Among Much More. Guaranteed

An AL-SHABBAB terrorist was using some of the Somali-stolen money, hereinafter referred to as the Walz Fund, to plan and train for an attempt to re-create a 9/11 style attack.

His target was to have been the Bank of America Plaza in Atlanta.

Philippine authorities arrested Cholo Abdi Abdullah in July 2019 before he could kill thousands. Why we are just hearing of this now speaks to the evil that was running our nation from 2020 – 2024. I needn’t go into detail; you understand.

This also speaks to the literal life and death importance of our upcoming elections.

On Dec. 22, 2025, US AG Jay Clayton, Southern District of NY, announced the sentencing information, for the Abdullah case, just before the Christmas holiday, when things are easily passed by, so I wanted to bring this to your attention.

Clayton, a recent Trump appointee, described Abdullah as a highly trained extremist who was prepared to die in pursuit of a mass-casualty attack. And that is exactly what he was. A mass killer-in-training funded by Somalis.

The total of the MN Somali fraud theft, it is being said in numerous sources, will exceed $9 billion. MOST RECENT ESTIMATES SAY THAT THE THEFT MAY GROW TO EXCEED $18 BILLION by the time we get to the bottom of it. That is just one reason we MUST elect Conservatives everywhere possible in 2026.

$18 BILLION DOLLARS OUR OF THE AMERICAN TAXPAYER’S POCKETS IS NOT BAD ENOUGH, BUT KNOWING IT IS BEING USED TO PLOT AGAINST US IS TANTAMOUNT TO WAR. Those who defend this and cover up the system are the enemy. Do not think twice.

Somali-Americans (about 150,000 in the U.S., concentrated in Minnesota, Ohio, and Washington state) send ~$1.4 billion in remittances to Somalia yearly.  Al-Shabaab diverts a portion of this—estimated at $10-20 million annually—through coercion, aka, extortion, making U.S. funds a vital “top-up” to extortion income. Somali families are threatened if they do not send.

Here’s the timeline of the Abdullah case:

2015: Abdullah joined al-Shabaab, the Somali-based terrorist group similar to alQaeda at the approximate age of 25.

2015–2016/2017: He spent about a year in Somalia safehouses receiving military-style training, including firearms (e.g., AK-47) and explosives.

2016/2017: Abdullah was recruited for an international aviation plot; directed to train as a pilot to hijack a plane. NB: the direction came from the larger group; he was NOT the originator of the insanity. Also note that these people are not afraid to give their own lives for “the cause”. This was Trump45’s first year in office.

October 2017–July 2019: He enrolled in a flight school in the Philippines (financed by al-Shabaab via those extortion funds, or “taxation” money from ports roads and businesses in Somalia and logged hundreds of hours in classroom, simulator, and flight training toward a commercial pilot license. Abdullah is known to have conducted research on hijackings, cockpit access, U.S. visas, pilot jobs, and targets (e.g., tallest buildings in major U.S. cities, Delta flights, Atlanta’s Bank of America Plaza).

July 2019: Arrested by Philippine authorities in Zambales Province (initially on local charges related to terrorism suspicions). At the time, he had nearly completed his commercial pilot requirements. Authorities found weapons and bomb-making materials in his possession. He admitted to FBI agents that he was training on al-Shabaab’s behalf to hijack a plane.

2020

December 2020: Indicted in the U.S. (Southern District of New York) on six terrorism-related counts, including providing material support to a foreign terrorist organization, conspiracy to murder U.S. nationals, aircraft piracy, and acts of terrorism. The case went directly to SDNY because of its “terrorism experience” (9/11?)

December 2020: The accused was transferred to U.S. custody. The full details, including the extortion-based funding mechanism, were formally presented in the unsealed federal indictment on December 16, 2020, when Abdullah was brought to the U.S. and charged in the Southern District of New York. Trump was about to leave office, and Bill Barr was then the US Attorney General, his second such service. Barr, remember, was GW Bush’s AG from 1991- 93. Hold that thought for my upcoming article, hopefully out tomorrow.

2021–2023

Pretrial proceedings in federal court (New York). Abdullah largely represented himself pro se with standby counsel. This, during the OBiden administration which apparently took four years to bury and ignore the terrorist’s plot.

So, folks, this is one thing we know FOR SURE about the uses for the Walz Fund, to date. I guarantee you that many more will be found. Stay tuned.

Gov Tim has given lip service to the incident, but, has “questioned the motive and timing of the sentencing of Abdullah.

It seems that GOV. WALZ FORGOT THAT THE TERRORIST WAS ARRESTED IN 2019, AND NOTHING OF SUBSTANCE WAS REALLY DONE UNTIL TRUMP47’s term. Walz said that he didn’t want the Somali Community to be harmed by “politicized attacks”.

Want to scream yet? Yeah, me too.

Recently, a You-Tuber, Nick Shirley, exposed a Minneapolis day-care center that has taken $4 million but doesn’t seem to exist. The FBI has gone to investigate. The mess will be more quickly and completely revealed if citizens help. Thank you, Nick Shirley.

If you live in Minnesota, or have a sane relative who does, ask them to observe and tell you about it.

We are all in this together. Eh, Georgia?

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




NYC Mayor Takes Oath on Koran

By Cliff Kincaid

January 2, 2026

Financial fraud involving Somalis is the least of my worries at the present time.

A Marxist film has been released titled The Communists Are Coming, and I am afraid to say it is true, as we saw in the election of a Marxist-Muslim as mayor of New York City. This ominous development demonstrates just how important our organization is, and why we have so many political enemies on the Left.

The good news: our YouTube channel has been restored. Watch it here. We are recording new videos.

In a 1952 interview, Senator Joseph McCarthy declared that “…unless you call the role of the traitors, unless you call the role of those who have been responsible for the suicidal foreign policy, it’s a waste of the speaker’s time and the audience time.”

I don’t want to debate McCarthy’s record, except to say that we won’t waste your time, and the threat is real.

I’m not talking about Mamdani appointing an openly gay woman as FDNY chief or Ramzi Kassem, who defended al Qaeda terrorist Ahmed al-Darbi in court, as the city’s top attorney.

I’m talking about Mamdani himself. He took his oath of office on the Koran, the central religious text of Islam. If you examine photos of their friendly meeting, Mamdani is pictured next to President Trump, with a sculpture of George Washington behind him.

What did Washington think of Muslims? The conventional wisdom is that he welcomed them to the new American nation, and that is true to a point, as long as they were “good workmen.” This is hardly an expression of confidence in their system of beliefs. The Muslims were slaves imported from Africa.

Thomas Jefferson, who studied the Koran, criticized Islam (and Catholicism) as “stifling free enquiry.” As President, he fought the Barbary Muslim Pirates. Americans saw the confrontation with these terrorists as a form of “sea Jihad” against Christian nations. Crewmen who were terrorized were often taken back to Africa and enslaved.

Regarding Mamdani’s entourage, Ramzi Kassem is worth a mention. He is the founding director of the Creating Law Enforcement Accountability & Responsibility (CLEAR) project, whose mandate “is to support Muslim and all other client, communities, and movements in the New York City area and beyond that are targeted by local, state, or federal government agencies under the guise of national security and counterterrorism.”

A list of CLEAR “allies” can be found here. Not surprisingly, the Soros-funded Open Society Foundations is there.

The group represents and advises clients “approached for questioning by the FBI, NYPD, DHS, and other law enforcement agencies; those served with grand jury and trial subpoenas; and those facing searches and surveillance.”

With New York City electing a “Marxist-Muslim” mayor, the risk of another attack on America’s financial capital cannot be ignored. Mamdani has ideological links to the same brand of Shia Islam that dominates Iran’s regime. Like the Mullahs who rule Iran, he is a “Twelver” or Ithna-Asheri, and believes in the return of the so-called 12th Imam and an apocalypse leading to global Islamic rule.

We are the group that held conferences exposing George Soros’s funding of Marxist groups years before other conservatives were paying any attention to him. We exposed Barack Hussein Obama as a Marxist-Muslim (a role model for Zohran Mamdani) and we are demanding that Obama be put on trial for treason, identity theft, and fraud. We have the proof.

Years ago, in our book Marxist Madrassas on higher education, we warned that young people were being groomed for socialism. We also disclosed that a member of the group backing Mamdani—the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA)—went to prison for spying for East Germany and Communist Russia. His name is Kurt Alan Stand, and he remains a DSA member in good standing.

Tragically, the FBI no longer investigates communist groups on American soil because some are integrated into the Democratic Party. We are working to change that through petitions and educational campaigns. And we will name names.

History shows the dangers. Palestinian Marxist Sirhan Sirhan killed Robert F. Kennedy and wrote “Long live communism.” JFK assassin Lee Harvey Oswald was a Marxist with KGB and Cuban connections. In 2017, James Hodgkinson, a “Bolshevik Bernie Sanders” supporter, opened fire on Republican members of Congress.

Internationally, President Trump is already a target of Iranian terrorists, a threat heightened after he ordered strikes on Iran’s nuclear program.

Terrorists, including those from Iran, are still plotting against him. Their plan is clear: capture New York City’s government, undermine and defund the police, and lay the groundwork for another 9/11. We believe they intend to smuggle enriched uranium left in Iran into the United States and detonate a nuclear “dirty bomb,” killing millions.

Remember, Mamdani appeared with a co-conspirator in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing that killed six New Yorkers.

My friends, I fear for the future, unless Attorney General Bondi and FBI Director Patel act quickly.

Mamdani took office on January 1. We are demanding, through our petition campaigns and other efforts, that he be investigated, arrested, and then deported. Then, we can indict and put on trial Barack Hussein Obama for his crimes. Please consider using the “give” section on our secure website to help.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Foolish Disputes and Arguments

By Rob Pue

January 1, 2026

In the first century, after Jesus’ life, death and resurrection, His followers were known as “The Way,” before eventually being referred to as “Christians.”  The Way echoes the words of our Lord from John 14:6, “I am the way, the truth and the life.”

We read about what was, perhaps, the first gathering of Jesus’ Church in Acts, Chapter 1.  After Jesus ascended to heaven, the disciples returned to Jerusalem and stayed together in an upper room.  In verse 14, we read, “These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary, the mother of Jesus, and with His brethren.”  Scripture tells us there were about 120 gathered together — and they were all in agreement, all in “one accord.”

Those who followed The Way remained in one accord for some time, and their numbers grew as people learned the way, the truth and the life found in repentance and faith in Christ.  The 12 apostles decided to choose seven faithful men, filled with the Holy Spirit, to help care for widows and manage other practical needs of Jesus’ followers.  Among them was Stephen.  In Acts 7, Stephen gave a long speech to the Jewish religious leaders, recounting Israel’s history and accusing the Sanhedrin of resisting the Holy Spirit, rejecting God’s messengers and betraying and killing the Messiah.

Enraged by his words, the religious leaders dragged Stephen outside the city and stoned him to death.  As he died, Stephen saw a vision of Jesus standing (not sitting, but instead we read that Jesus stood up during this time) at the right hand of God.  And he prayed for forgiveness of his executioners, just as Jesus did on the cross.

Persecution of Christ-followers then began to intensify, which only caused The Way to grow in numbers as the early Church dispersed to other areas.

Scripture also tells us about a man in the crowd who held the coat of one of Stephen’s killers.  That man, Saul, was a devout Jew with an intense religious hatred for these members of The Way.  But Saul was eventually radically transformed by Jesus Himself as he traveled the road to Damascus.  He was going there to arrest and persecute more of Christ’s followers.  Saul received a new heart and a new name (Paul), and went on to write much of the New Testament, instructing individual apostles and entire churches on the teachings of Christ.  Perhaps the most amazing transformation and salvation story in history.

We should note that the letters to the Ephesians, the Philippians, the Colossians, Timothy and Philemon were written by Paul while he was in prison.  Paul needed to instruct and correct the early Church frequently, because it didn’t take long before The Way was no longer in “one accord.”  He repeatedly appealed for unity among the believers.

In Philippians, he wrote, “Complete my joy by being of the same mind, having the same love, being in full accord and of one mind.”  In Romans he wrote, “So we, though many, are one body in Christ, and individually members one of another.”  And, “That together you may with one voice glorify the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ.”  To the Corinthians, he wrote, “I appeal to you, brothers, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that all of you agree, and that there be no divisions among you, but that you be united in the same mind and the same judgment.”  Clearly, God is pleased when His followers know, understand and follow the simple truths of the Scriptures He’s given us.

Yet, throughout the centuries and especially today, there are many professing Christians who are in error.  Perhaps we all need to take heed of Galatians 1:6-10, “I am astonished that you are so quickly deserting Him who called you in the grace of Christ and are turning to a different gospel— not that there is another one, but there are some who trouble you and want to distort the gospel of Christ. But even if we or an angel from heaven should preach to you a gospel contrary to the one we preached to you, let him be accursed…For am I now seeking the approval of man, or of God? Or am I trying to please man? If I were still trying to please man, I would not be a servant of Christ.”

So many today are trying to please man.  And The Way has become so fractured that there are now an estimated 50,000 different “Christian” denominations in the world.   And each one believes they have it all figured out.  I have to wonder how so many people — all reading the same Bible — can come to such different and often abominable interpretations and conclusions.  How can they possibly justify and bless things like homosexuality, “transgenderism,” same-sex unions, and abortion, while many others deny the very deity of Jesus Christ?

Apparently, many are still seeking the approval of man, rather than God.  These are not servants of Christ, but rather deceivers, finding ways to justify sin and reject God’s commandments.  And if the truth be told, sadly, it’s not just to create a license to continue on in their own sins and filthy perversions, but also for the sake of financial profit, as they assure those with reprobate minds of a false salvation, allowing them to ease their guilty consciences and continue in error and deadly sin.  Jesus called these people “ravenous wolves.”  And in Acts 20, we have this: “from among your own selves will arise men speaking twisted things, to draw away the disciples after them.”

And so it is.  What was once clearly The Way, has now become “many ways to God.”  Sound doctrine and theology is essential.  We are to study the Scriptures diligently, and show ourselves approved, workmen that need not be ashamed because we know how to rightly divide the Word of Truth.

But I dare say that none of us, even the most diligent students of Scripture, can completely comprehend everything in God’s Word and understand everything completely.  Much will remain a mystery until we reach our Lord’s presence and He reveals all the mysteries of His perfect will to us.  But we certainly can and must understand and know for certain the essentials of Scripture, God’s commandments and the way of salvation.

These are the essentials of our faith and should be clearly understood by those who name the name of Christ.  Likewise, we should be trained up for the work of the ministry, so we can lead others to The Way.

Let me be clear: God’s Word is truth.  All Scripture is God-breathed.  It’s important to study all of it.  However, many needless quarrels and divisions take place between believers over topics we need not argue about.  For example, I’ve seen many break fellowship with their Christian brothers and sisters over the question of whether or not we should celebrate Jesus’ birth, or remember His death, burial and resurrection.

There are thousands of prophecy teachers out there, each one believing they have it all figured out.  Many have even set dates for Christ’s return — something the Bible explicitly warns us not to do.  Many argue over things like the rapture and end times events and churches split over this.  All firmly believe they fully understand Bible prophecy, that they’re right and others are wrong.  And as time wears on and knowledge increases, perhaps there will come a day when those things written in God’s Book will be abundantly clear.  But for now, arguing is fruitless and breaking fellowship with others over this is not God’s will.  It’s a distraction that paralyzes many Christians into doing nothing of value for the Kingdom of God while they simply wait for Christ’s return.

Others will argue and separate over Bible translations.  I can’t tell you the number of times I’ve been strictly admonished for not quoting only the King James Version.  I’ve also been told that people will not read my messages if I do use the King James Version.  A note I received recently stated, “It’s not the 1600s anymore. If you expect people to read anything you write, use a version of the Bible people can understand!”

As a child, I grew up memorizing Scripture from the King James Version, and that’s the version I know best.  However, those who declare this to be the only acceptable version, because it’s the oldest, might be surprised to learn that were at least 6 other versions in the English language which were published prior to the King James in 1611.  These include the Wycliffe Bible in 1382, the Tyndale Bible and Coverdale Bible in 1525, Matthew’s Bible in 1537, the Great Bible in 1539 and the Geneva Bible in 1560.

When I write or speak, I now use the version that gets the point across in the clearest way, though having grown up with the King James, I still tend to lean toward that version and always check to make sure the language I’m quoting carries the proper weight and doesn’t change the meaning.  Still, the criticism and contention will continue, no matter what I do.  Christians do seem to be predisposed to want to fight one another.

There are so many who love to argue and debate theology, stubbornly adhering to what they so firmly believe, piously correcting others, but most of these are needless arguments that only bring division. Titus 3:9-11, “But avoid foolish debates, genealogies, quarrels, and disputes about the law, for they are unprofitable and worthless. Reject a divisive person after a first and second warning, knowing that such a person is perverted and sins, being self-condemned.”

From 2nd Timothy: “This saying is trustworthy, for if we have died with Him, we will also live with Him; if we endure, we will also reign with Him; if we deny Him, He also will deny us.”  These are things we should all agree on.  Later in the same chapter, we read, “Remind them of these things, and charge them before God not to quarrel about words, which does no good, but only ruins the hearers.”  From 1st Timothy, “…nor give heed to fables and endless genealogies, which cause disputes rather than godly edification which is in faith.”

And from 1st Timothy 6, “If anyone teaches a different doctrine and does not agree with the sound words of our Lord Jesus Christ and the teaching that accords with godliness, he is puffed up with conceit and understands nothing. He has an unhealthy craving for controversy and for quarrels about words, which produce envy, dissension, slander, evil suspicions, and constant friction among people who are depraved in mind and deprived of the truth, imagining that godliness is a means of gain.”  I’ve seen divisive people like this in action many times, and they’ve broken many fellowships, many families and many hearts.  Again, this is not God’s will for us.

So, what should we be focusing on as Christians, regarding our personal lives?  We can start with Romans 12:2, “And be not conformed to this world: but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, that you may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.”

And Titus 2:11-12, “For the grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared to all men, teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world.”

What would Jesus do?  What did Jesus do?  During His prayer time in the Garden prior to His arrest, He prayed to His Father for His disciples — and all believers.  This is His prayer: “I pray not only for these, but also for those who believe in Me through their message. May they all be one, as You, Father, are in Me and I am in You. May they also be one in Us, so the world may believe You sent Me. I have given them the glory You have given Me. May they be one as We are one. I am in them and You are in Me. May they be made completely one, so the world may know You have sent Me and have loved them as You have loved Me.”  It’s time we stopped being a house so divided, get back to basics and come together as true Christ-followers.  And if we don’t know The Way, we must examine our hearts to see if we’re really in the faith.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: robatwcn@icloud.com




Wish List for 2026 America

By Frosty Wooldridge

January 1, 2026

A brand spanking new year awaits America, and every American. What will you do with your life in 2026? Same ole’ same ole’ as last year? What will you do differently to advance your life physically, mentally and spiritually?

What about our country? Will you participate in making it better or watch from the sidelines as events grow more tenuous? What is your “wish list” for making America better, more productive, and more viable as a civilization? Can we stop endless violence and killings in our large cities? Can we stop kids from killing themselves into the hundreds of thousands from drug overdoses? Can we change our educational systems to meet 21st century challenges? Yes! Get cell phones out of classrooms, period!

In the ongoing debate, we’re all a part of the “Social Contract” that binds us together as a cohesive, viable and lawful civilization. It takes all of us, all of our input at the local, statewide and national levels—to grow a better America.

What am I going to do personally to make America improve?

First off, as we watch the massive fraud into the billions of dollars in Minnesota under a sitting Governor Tim Walz, who aided and abetted the fraud, and an entire immigrant Somalian society—I would like to see another “Elon Musk” command “Department of Government Efficiency” or DOGE to root out every lying, cheating and scheming politician and bureaucrat who keeps cheating every hardworking American out of billions/trillions of his/her tax dollars.

How about inspecting U.S. AIDE programs that have scammed us out of trillions of dollars since 1970? It’s been a slush-fraud fund for nameless thieves at the highest levels in Washington DC. Start putting handcuffs on those financial thugs. Then, prosecute and off to prison.

What about 42,000,000 (million) people in America riding their EBT food stamp cards off your tax dollars? Tell me that at least 3/4 of them are fraudsters who’ve lied, defrauded, and cheated Americans for years. Let DOGE go into every city to root-out the welfare queens, welfare mothers and welfare scammers. Go after the agency heads of SNAP, WIC, ADC and more! Prosecute and lock them up.

You wonder why your food prices are SO HIGH? Answer: you’re paying for 42 million people, most of them liars and frauds, stealing your money for food while they sit on their rear ends doing nothing. Let DOGE stop the “free for all” food stamp scam.

How do you do it? Answer: mandate workfare for welfare. If they want to eat, they do community service, and/or work a job. The unemployment rate is always around 4.1 percent, so there are millions of jobs out there. Force them into those jobs via workfare for welfare. It’s time to “Buck Up” to reality. We’re tired of freeloaders.

What about Minnesota’s Somalia $9 billion plus in fraud as to food stamps and Medicaid? Those refugees suffer an average IQ of 68, so it was somebody on the inside engineering the massive fraud. Arrest and prosecute. Start with Governor Tim Walz. After him, for Keith Ellison the AG of Minnesota. Then, examine how House Member, Somalian refugee, penniless Ilhan Omar now enjoys a $30 million bank account. Then, deport her and every Somalian out of America. They are SO intellectually vacant, they cannot and never will contribute to America’s viability. Why? Because 90 percent of them ride welfare after 20 years in our country. It’s become their lifestyle because when you’re THAT dumb, you lack educational thrust to better yourself.

Speaking about useless immigrant-refugees—-what about a 20-year closure on all immigration? Why do we need one single more immigrant from the Third World? What benefit? Answer: NONE! We’re already overcrowded, overwhelmed cities, overwhelmed anchor babies that cost us billions of dollars, severe air pollution and resources being scooped up into exhaustion!

Oh, “But we’re a nation of immigrants…blah, blah, blah.”

Reality check: that was when we were a tiny nation of less than 50 million people. Today, we’re exploding at the seams with 350 million people with another 25 million illegal alien refugees. Who in their right mind with common sense thinks we can sustain another 100 million people added to America by mid-century or so if we continue legal immigration? Why would anyone want America to become a seething beehive of cultural conflict, linguistic chaos and religious squabbling like Bondi Beach in Australia or Israel/Gaza or London, England or Paris, France or Malmo, Sweden? Have you visited Vancouver, BC, Canada lately? It’s dominated by Chinese immigrants as Canadians have fled.

Another reality check: MULTICULTURALISM has failed worldwide. It’s failing in America. How can I say that? It foments internal conflict, religious wars, cultural suicide, and racial conflict—and notice that it’s only happening to Western Countries. Why is it that Christians are not allowed to migrate to the 56 Islamic countries, but those countries don’t mind sending their own colonizers into all of Europe, Canada and America? They’re not coming to assimilate! They are coming to out-populate and dominate.

When you allow people into the USA that lack any cultural assimilation or affinity to Western Ethos…such as Joy Reid, Whoopi Goldberg, Rashida Tlaib, Maxine Waters, Sheila Jackson, AOC, Hank Johnson, Ilhan Omar, Keith Ellison and thousands more—you’ve got people willing to shred America’s Social Contract. If you allow terrorist groups like Antifa or the Muslim Brotherhood to keep growing, you face violent and deadly consequences to our Constitutional Republic.

Point blank: we need to ban all biological men from destroying girls’ and women’s sports. NOW! This sickening transgender mental illness needs to end. Let them compete among themselves. With maybe two people in the stands cheering them on, the William “Lia” Thomas’ in the sports world will vanish into the footnotes of history books.

What about those intellectually lost people fighting ICE, Border Patrol, ATF and police? Arrest all of them. Prosecute and jail them. They will quickly subside and let 25 million illegal aliens find their way back home via deportation. For those supporting illegals, you’re fools, plain and simple. You run on emotions, not brains. You don’t respect our laws that protect you. If you’re so excited about drug pushers, rapists, criminals and the like, go help those “narco drug boats” in the Gulf of America. I’m sure you’ll get a “bang” out of that experience!

We need a national discussion as to where the wing nuts come from and how to stop them. We don’t need drag queens giving third graders story books on “Being Queer Brings Joy”. We don’t need two dozen languages in our classrooms. We don’t need another Mosque-ridden Dearborn, Michigan where the Muslim immigrants want to kill us as their Prime Directive. Remember their videotaped chant, “Death to America.” We need to ban Sharia Law from ever being practiced in America, along with wearing of the Burka. It makes women “non-beings”. It’s 6th century, it’s pathetic and it’s against everything our Constitution protects for all of us.

As it is in 2026, we may not be able to stop our country from disintegrating right under our noses. It has already happened to at least 10 countries in Europe. They are ruled by Islamists as their 10,700 mosques illustrate and their hundreds of “no go zones” prove, and thousands of them with their butts up to the sky five times a day praising Muhammad the prophet, a rapist mongrel, illiterate who decapitated his opponents and raped little girls. They simply do not belong in 21st century Western countries.

Yes, my list for improving America grows. We need a lot of changes to save our country from the moronic aspects of people like AOC or Jasmine Crockett or Ilhan Omar or Rashida Tlaib or Maxine Waters, and for sure, Kamala Harris.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com